wrlfep.htm

P R O S P E C T U S

May 1, 201 5

WRL FREEDOM EQUITY PROTECTORâ

issued through

WRL Series Life Account

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

(Formerly, Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio ).

Administrative Office:

570 Carillon Parkway

St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

Please direct transactions, claim forms, payments and other correspondence and notices as follows:

Transaction Type	Direct or Send to
Telephonic Transaction	1-727- 299-1800 or 1-800-851-9777 (toll free)
Facsimile Transaction	1-727-299-1648 (subaccount transfers only) 1-727-299-1620 (all other facsimile transactions)
Electronic Transaction	www.premier.transamerica.com
All payments made by check, and all claims, correspondence and notices	Mailing Address: 4333 Edgewood Road, N.E., Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52499

AN INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICY

This prospectus describes the WRL Freedom Equity Protector,â a flexible premium variable life insurance policy (the “Policy”). You can allocate your Policy’s cash value to the fixed account (which credits a specified guaranteed interest rate) and/or to the WRL Series Life Account, which invests through its subaccounts in portfolios of the Transamerica Series Trust – Initial Class (“Series Trust”), the Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Funds – Service Class 2 (the “Fidelity VIP Funds”), the ProFunds, the Access One Trust ("Access Trust"), the AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. (“AllianceBernstein”), and the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Product Trust (“Franklin Templeton”), (collectively, the “funds”). Please refer to the next page of this prospectus for the list of portfolios available to you under the Policy. Note: If your Policy was issued in the State of New Jersey, then you may not allocate your Policy’s cash value to the fixed account. We do not currently offer this Policy for sale to new purchasers.

The value of your Policy that is allocated to the subaccounts may fluctuate. You bear the risk that your Policy value may decrease.

If you already own a life insurance policy, it may not be to your advantage to buy additional insurance or to replace your policy with the Policy described in the prospectus. Additionally, it may not be to your advantage to borrow money to purchase the Policy or to take withdrawals from another policy you own to make premium payments under the Policy.

Prospectuses for the portfolios of the funds must accompany the prospectus. Certain portfolios may not be available in all states. Please read these documents before investing and save them for future reference.

The Policy is not a bank deposit. The Policy is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

PORTFOLIOS AVAILABLE UNDER YOUR POLICY
Transamerica Series Trust:*	Transamerica Series Trust (Cont.):	ProFunds (Cont.):
Ø Transamerica Aegon Active Asset Allocation – Conservative VP	Ø Transamerica PIMCO Tactical-Balanced VP	Ø ProFund VP Money Market
Ø Transamerica Aegon Active Asset Allocation – Moderate Growth VP	Ø Transamerica PIMCO Tactical-Conservative VP	Ø ProFund VP NASDAQ-100
Ø Transamerica Aegon Active Asset Allocation – Moderate VP	Ø Transamerica PIMCO Tactical-Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP Oil & Gas
Ø Transamerica Aegon High Yield Bond VP	Ø Transamerica PIMCO Total Return VP	Ø ProFund VP Pharmaceuticals
Ø Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP	Ø Transamerica Systematic Small/Mid Cap Value VP	Ø ProFund VP Precious Metals
Ø Transamerica Aegon U.S. Government Securities VP	Ø Transamerica T. Rowe Price Small Cap VP	Ø ProFund VP Short Emerging Markets
Ø Transamerica AB Dynamic Allocation VP	Ø Transamerica Torray Concentrated Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP Short International
Ø Transamerica Asset Allocation – Conservative VP	Ø Transamerica Vanguard ETF Portfolio-Balanced VP	Ø ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100
Ø Transamerica Asset Allocation – Growth VP	Ø Transamerica Vanguard ETF Portfolio-Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP Short Small-Cap
Ø Asset Allocation – Moderate Growth VP	Ø Transamerica WMC US Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP Small-Cap
Ø Transamerica Asset Allocation – Moderate VP	Fidelity Funds:**	Ø ProFund VP Small Cap Value
Ø Transamerica Barrow Hanley Dividend Focused VP	Ø Fidelity VIP Index 500 Portfolio	Ø ProFund VP Telecommunications
Ø Transamerica BlackRock Global Allocation VP		Ø ProFund VP UltraNASDAQ-100
Ø Transamerica BlackRock Tactical Allocation VP	ProFunds:	Ø ProFund VP UltraSmall-Cap
Ø Transamerica Clarion Global Real Estate Securities VP	Ø ProFund VP Asia 30	Ø ProFund VP U.S. Government Plus
Ø Transamerica International Moderate Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP Basic Materials	Ø ProFund VP Utilities
Ø Transamerica JPMorgan Core Bond VP	Ø ProFund VP Bull	Access Trust:
Ø Transamerica JPMorgan Enhanced Index VP	Ø ProFund VP Consumer Services	Ø Access VP High Yield Fund
Ø Transamerica JPMorgan Tactical Allocation VP	Ø ProFund VP Emerging Markets	AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.:
Ø Transamerica Janus Balanced VP	Ø ProFund VP Europe 30	Ø A B Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio
Ø Transamerica Jennison Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar	Franklin Templeton Variable Products Trust:
Ø Transamerica MFS International Equity VP	Ø ProFund VP Financials	Ø Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund
Ø Transamerica Morgan Stanley Capital Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP International
Ø Transamerica Morgan Stanley Mid-Cap Growth VP	Ø ProFund VP Japan
Ø Transamerica Multi-Managed Balanced VP	Ø ProFund VP Mid-Cap

*Transamerica JPMorgan Mid Cap Value VP, previously offered as an investment option under your Policy, does not accept new investments from current or prospective investors; the prospectus for this portfolio was mailed to policyowners invested in the portfolio under separate cover.

**Effective May 1, 2003 the Fidelity VIP Contrafund® Portfolio, the Fidelity VIP Equity Income Portfolio and the Fidelity VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio were no longer available for sale to new investors; prospectuses for these portfolios were mailed to policyowners invested in these investment options under separate cover.

Table of Contents WRL Freedom Equity Protector®

Policy Benefits/Risks Summary WRL Freedom Equity Protector®	1
Policy Benefits	1
The Policy in General	1
Flexibility	1
Death Benefit	2
Cash Value	2
Investment Options	2
Tax Information	3
Risks of Your Policy	3
Long-term Financial Planning	3
Risk of an Increase in Current Fees and Expenses	3
Investment Risks	3
Risks of Managing General Account Assets	3
Premium Payments	3
Lapse	3
Withdrawals and Loans	4
Surrenders	4
Tax Consequences of Withdrawals, Surrenders and Loans	4
Portfolio Risks	4
Fee Tables	4
Range of Expenses for the Portfolios	11
Transamerica Premier , the Separate Account, the Fixed Account and the Portfolios	11
Financial Condition of the Company	11
The Separate Account	12
The Fixed Account	13
The Portfolios	13
Selection of Underlying Portfolios	24
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Portfolios	24
Your Right to Vote Portfolio Shares	25
Charges and Deductions	25
Premium Charges	25
Monthly Deductions	26
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge	27
Surrender Charge	27
Transfer Charge	29
Loan Interest Rate Charged	29
Cash Withdrawal Charge	29
Taxes	30
Rider Charges	30
Portfolio Expenses	30
Revenue s We Receive	30
The Policy	32
Ownership Rights	32
Modifying the Policy	32
Purchasing a Policy	32
Tax-Free "Section 1035" Exchanges	33
Group or Sponsored Policies	33
Associate Policies	33
WRL Protector Plus ProgramSM	33
When Insurance Coverage Takes Effect	34
Backdating A Policy	36
Premiums	36
Allocating Premiums	36
Premium Flexibility	37
Planned Periodic Payments	37
Minimum Monthly Guarantee Premium	37
No Lapse Guarantee	37
Premium Limitations	38
Making Premium Payments	38
Transfers	38
General	38
Disruptive Trading and Market Timing	39
Telephone, Fax, and Online Privileges	41
Fixed Account Transfers	42
Conversion Rights	43
Dollar Cost Averaging	43
Asset Rebalancing Program	44
Third Party Asset Allocation Services	44
Policy Values	45
Cash Value	45
Your cash value:	45
Net Surrender Value	45
Subaccount Value	45
Subaccount Unit Value	46
Fixed Account Value	46
Death Benefit	46
Death Benefit Proceeds	46
Death Benefit	47
Effect of Cash Withdrawals on the Death Benefit	48
Choosing Death Benefit Options	48
Changing the Death Benefit Option	49
Increasing/Decreasing the Specified Amount	49
Payment Options	50
Surrenders and Cash Withdrawals	50
Surrenders	50
Cash Withdrawals	50
Canceling a Policy	51
California Policyowners Age 60 and Over	52
Signature Guarantees	52
Loans	52
General	52
Loan Interest Spread	53
Loan Reserve Account Interest Rate Credited	53
Effect of Policy Loans	54
Policy Lapse and Reinstatement	54
Lapse	54
No Lapse Guarantee	55
Reinstatement	55
Federal Income Tax Considerations	56
Tax Status of the Policy	56
Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits	56
Other Policy Information	59
Settlement Options	59
Benefits at Maturity	59
Payments We Make	60
Split Dollar Arrangements	60
Policy Termination	61
Assignment of the Policy	61
Supplemental Benefits (Riders)	61
Primary Insured Rider ("PIR") and Primary Insured Rider Plus ("PIR Plus")	62
Other Insured Rider	63
Children's Insurance Rider	63
Accidental Death Benefit Rider	63
Disability Waiver Rider	64
Disability Waiver and Income Rider	64
Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider	64
Additional Information	65
Unclaimed or Abandoned Property	65
Sending Forms and Transaction Requests in Good Order	65
Sale of the Policies	65
Legal Proceedings	67
Financial Statements	67
Glossary	68
Prospectus Back Cover	72

iii

Policy Benefits/Risks Summary WRL Freedom Equity Protector®

This summary describes the WRL Freedom Equity Protector’s® (the “Policy”) important benefits and risks. The sections in this prospectus following this summary discuss the Policy in more detail. Additional discussion is also included in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). For your convenience, we have provided a Glossary at the end of this prospectus that defines certain words and phrases used in this prospectus.

Policy Benefits

The Policy in General

·	The WRL Freedom Equity Protector® is an individual flexible premium variable life insurance policy, which gives you the potential for long-term life insurance coverage with the opportunity for tax-deferred accumulation of cash value.

The Policy is designed to be long-term in nature in order to provide significant life insurance benefits for you. You should only purchase the Policy if you have the financial ability to keep it in force for a substantial period of time. You should consider the Policy in conjunction with other insurance that you own.

·	Your Policy offers supplemental riders, and depending on which riders are selected, certain charges may be deducted from the Policy’s cash value as part of the monthly deductions.

You may apply for an increase in the specified amount at any time before the insured’s 86th birthday, and you may decrease the specified amount after your Policy has been in force for three years, but you may not increase and decrease the specified amount in the same Policy year. If approved, the change will take effect on the next Policy Monthiversary. Changes are not allowed after the insured reaches attained age 95. The amount of your decrease may be limited. For further details, please see “Death Benefits – Increasing/Decreasing the Specified Amount.”

·	You can invest your net premium in, and transfer your cash value to, subaccounts. Your cash value will fluctuate with the daily performance of the portfolios in which the subaccounts invest.

You may place your money in the fixed account where it earns an interest rate declared in advance for a specific period (at least 4% annual interest) or in any of the subaccounts of the WRL Series Life Account (the “Separate Account”) which are described in this prospectus. The fixed account is not available to you if your Policy was issued in the State of New Jersey.

The Policy’s cash value will increase or decrease depending on the investment performance of the subaccounts, the premiums you pay, the fees and charges that we deduct, the interest we credit to the fixed account, and the effects of any Policy transactions (such as transfers, loans and cash withdrawals). Investment returns are not guaranteed. The Policy is not suitable as a short-term investment or savings vehicle.

Your Policy has a no lapse guarantee which means that as long as certain requirements are met, your Policy will remain in force and no grace period will begin until the no lapse date shown on your Policy schedule page. This is true even if your net surrender value is too low to pay the monthly deductions as long as, on any Monthiversary, you have paid premiums (minus any cash withdrawals, minus any outstanding loan amount, including any accrued loan interest, and minus any decrease charge) that equal or exceed the sum of the minimum monthly guarantee premiums in effect for each month from the Policy date up to and including the current month. The no lapse guarantee is discussed in more detail in the section of this prospectus entitled “Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.”

·	There may be adverse consequences should you decide to surrender your Policy early, such as payment of a surrender charge during the first 15 Policy years and for 15 years from the date of any increase in the specified amount of life insurance coverage that you select.

Flexibility

The Policy is designed to be flexible to meet your specific circumstances and life insurance needs. Within certain limits, you can:

·	Choose the timing, amount and frequency of premium payments.
·	Change the Death Benefit Option.
·	Increase or decrease the amount of life insurance coverage.
·	Change the beneficiary.
·	Transfer cash value among investment options available under the Policy.
·	Take a loan against the Policy.
·	Take cash withdrawals or surrender the Policy.

Death Benefit

If the insured dies while the Policy is in force, we will pay a death benefit to the named beneficiary(ies) subject to applicable laws and in accordance with the terms of the Policy. The amount of the death benefit generally depends on the specified amount of insurance that you select, the death benefit option that you choose, your Policy’s cash value, and any additional life insurance provided by riders that you purchase. The death benefit proceeds are reduced by any outstanding loan amount, including accrued loan interest, and any charges that are due and unpaid if the insured dies during the grace period.

You may choose one of two Death Benefit Options:

·	Under Option A, the death benefit is the greatest of:
	>	The specified amount; or
	>	The minimum death benefit under the Guideline Premium Test; or
	>	The amount required for the Policy to qualify as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code.

·	Under Option B, the death benefit is the greatest of:
	>	The specified amount plus the Policy's cash value on the date of the insured's death; or
	>	The minimum death benefit under the Guideline Premium Test; or
	>	The amount required for the Policy to qualify as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Cash Value

Cash value is the sum of the value of your investments in the subaccounts plus the value of the fixed account (including the loan reserve account), on any business day. It is not guaranteed – it depends on the performance of the investment options that you have chosen, the timing and amount of premium payments you have made, Policy charges deducted, and how much you have withdrawn from the Policy.

You can access your cash value in several ways:

·	Withdrawals – You can withdraw part of your Policy’s net surrender value once each year after the first Policy year. Withdrawals are described in more detail in the section of this prospectus entitled “Surrenders and Cash Withdrawals – Cash Withdrawals.”

·	Loans – After the first Policy year, you can take out a loan from the Policy using your Policy’s net surrender value as security. Loans and loan interest rates are described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Loans.”

·	Surrender – You can surrender or cash in your Policy for its net surrender value while the insured is alive. Surrenders are described in more detail in the section of this prospectus entitled “Surrenders and Cash Withdrawals – Surrenders.” You may pay a substantial surrender charge.

Investment Options

You can choose to allocate your net premiums and cash value among the subaccounts, each of which invests in a corresponding portfolio of the various underlying funds. Your Policy also offers a fixed account option, which provides a guaranteed minimum rate of interest.

You can transfer your cash value among the fixed account and the subaccounts during the life of your Policy. You can accumulate cash value in the fixed account and the subaccounts without paying any current income tax. We may limit the number of transfers out of the fixed account and, in some cases, may limit your transfer activity to deter disruptive trading and market timing. We may charge a $10 transfer processing fee for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in a Policy year. For more details, please refer to the section entitled "Transfers" in this prospectus.

Tax Information

We intend the Policy to qualify as a life insurance contract under the Internal Revenue Code so that the death benefit generally should not be taxable income to the beneficiary. If your policy is not a Modified Endowment Contract (“MEC”) you will generally not be taxed on the gain in the Policy unless you take a cash withdrawal in excess of your basis in the Policy or a loan that is not repaid prior to surrender of your Policy. If your policy is a MEC, cash withdrawals, loans, assignments, and pledges are treated first as taxable income to you to the extent of gain then in the policy and then as non-taxable recovery of basis. In addition, such gains may be subject to a 10% penalty tax if received before reaching age 59½. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more details.

Risks of Your Policy

Long-term Financial Planning

The Policy is designed to help meet long-term financial objectives by paying a death benefit to family members and/or other named beneficiaries. It is not suitable as a short-term savings vehicle. It may not be the right kind of policy if you plan to withdraw money or surrender the Policy for short-term needs. A charge may be assessed on withdrawals. You may pay a substantial charge if you surrender your Policy. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Fee Tables” and your Policy for charges assessed when taking cash withdrawals or surrendering your Policy.

Please discuss your insurance needs and financial objectives with your registered representative.

Risk of an Increase in Current Fees and Expenses

Certain fees and expenses are currently assessed at less than their guaranteed maximum levels. In the future, these charges may be increased up to the guaranteed (maximum) levels. If fees and expenses are increased, you may need to increase the amount and/or frequency of premiums to keep the Policy in force.

Investment Risks

If you invest your Policy’s cash value in one or more subaccounts, then you will be subject to the risk that investment performance of the subaccounts will be unfavorable and that your cash value will decrease. Also, we deduct Policy fees and charges from your cash value, which can significantly reduce your cash value. During times of poor investment performance, this deduction will have an even greater impact on your cash value. You could lose everything you invest and your Policy could lapse without value, unless you pay additional premiums. If you allocate premiums to the fixed account, then we credit your fixed account value with interest at a rate declared by us. You assume the risk that the interest rate on the fixed account may decrease, although it will never be lower than the guaranteed minimum annual effective rate of 4%.

Risks of Managing General Account Assets

The general account assets of Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company (“ TPLIC ,” “ Transamerica Premier ,” the “Company”) are used to support the payment of the death benefit under the Policies. To the extent that Transamerica Premier is required to pay amounts in addition to the Policy’s subaccount value under the death benefit, such amounts will come from general account assets. You should be aware that the general account assets are exposed to the risks normally associated with a portfolio of fixed-income securities, including interest rate, option, liquidity and credit risk, and are also subject to the claims of Transamerica Premier ’s general creditors. Transamerica Premier ’s financial statements contained in the Statement of Additional Information include a further discussion of risks inherent in the general account investments.

Premium Payments

Federal tax laws limit the premium payments you can make in relation to your Policy’s Death Benefit. We may refuse all or part of a premium payment that you make, or remove all of part of a premium from your Policy and return it to you with earnings under certain circumstances to maintain qualification of the Policy as a life insurance contract for federal income tax purposes. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Premiums” for more details.

Lapse

Your Policy will stay in force as long as the net surrender value is sufficient to cover your monthly deductions and Policy charges, or as long as the no lapse guarantee is in effect. Insufficient premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, and unpaid loans or loan interest may cause your Policy to lapse – which means you will no longer have insurance coverage. A Policy lapse may have adverse tax consequences. There are costs associated with reinstating a lapsed Policy. For a detailed discussion of your Policy’s Lapse and Reinstatement provisions, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Policy Lapse and Reinstatement.”

Withdrawals and Loans

Making a withdrawal or taking a loan may:

·	Reduce your Policy’s specified amount.
·	Reduce the death benefit proceeds paid to your beneficiary.
·	Make your Policy more susceptible to lapsing.
·	Trigger federal income taxes and possibly a penalty tax.

Cash withdrawals will reduce your cash value. Withdrawals, especially those taken during periods of poor investment performance by the subaccounts, could considerably reduce or eliminate some benefits or guarantees under the Policy. Federal income taxes and a penalty tax may apply to loans and cash withdrawals. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Be sure to plan carefully before using these Policy benefits. For a detailed description of withdrawals and loans, and any associated risks, please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled “Surrenders and Cash Withdrawals – Cash Withdrawals” and/or “Loans.”

Surrenders

If you surrender your Policy during the first 15 Policy years (or during the 15 year period following an increase in specified amount) you will pay a surrender charge. The surrender charge may be significant. Federal income tax and/or a penalty may apply. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Tax Consequences of Withdrawals, Surrenders and Loans

You may be subject to income tax if you take any withdrawals or surrender the Policy, or if your Policy lapses and you have not paid any outstanding policy indebtedness. If your Policy is a MEC, cash withdrawals, surrenders, assignments, pledges, and loans that you receive or make during the life of the Policy may be taxable and subject to a federal tax penalty equal to 10% of the taxable amount if taken prior to reaching age 59½. Other tax issues to consider when you own a life insurance policy are described in more detail in the section of this prospectus entitled “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Note: You should consult with your own qualified tax advisor to apply the law to your particular circumstances.

Portfolio Risks

A comprehensive discussion of the risks of each portfolio may be found in each portfolio’s prospectus. Please refer to the fund prospectuses for more information.

There is no assurance that any portfolio will meet its investment objective.

Fee Tables

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and surrendering your Policy. If the amount of a charge depends on the personal characteristics of the insured or the owner, then the fee table lists the minimum and maximum charges we assess under the Policy, and the fees and charges of a representative insured with the characteristics set forth below. These charges may not be representative of the charges you will pay.

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying or owning the Policy, paying premiums, making cash withdrawals from the Policy, surrendering the Policy, or transferring Policy cash value among the subaccounts and the fixed account.

Transaction Fees
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Amount Deducted
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Guaranteed Charge	Current Charge1
Premium Charges	Upon payment of each premium
Premium Expense Charge		First 10 Policy years = 6.0% of each premium payment; and 2.5% of premiums in Policy years 11+	First 10 Policy years = 6.0% of each premium payment; and 2.5% of premiums in Policy years 11+
Premium Collection Charge		$2.00 per premium payment	$2.00 per premium payment
Cash Withdrawal Charge2	Upon withdrawal	2.0% of the amount withdrawn, not to exceed $25	2.0% of the amount withdrawn, not to exceed $25

1The Company reserves the right at any time to change the current charge but never to a level that exceeds the guaranteed charge.

2When we incur the expense of expedited delivery of your partial withdrawal or complete surrender payment, we currently assess the following additional charges: $30 for overnight delivery ($35 for Saturday delivery); and $50 for wire service. You can obtain further information about these charges by contacting our administrative office.

Transaction Fees
		Amount Deducted
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Guaranteed Charge	Current Charge1
Surrender Charge3	Upon full surrender of the Policy during the first 15 Policy years and first 15 years after any increase
1. Deferred Issue Charge Component:		$5.00 per $1,000 of initial specified amount	$5.00 per $1,000 of initial specified amount
2. Deferred Sales Charge Component:		A percentage of total premiums paid	A percentage of total premiums paid
Maximum Charge		26.5% up to the guideline premium plus 4.2% of premium paid in excess of the guideline premium4, 5	26.5% up to the guideline premium plus 4.2% of premium paid in excess of the guideline premium4, 5
Minimum Charge		26.5% up to the guideline premium plus 2.0% of premium paid in excess of the guideline premium5, 6	26.5% up to the guideline premium plus 2.0% of premium paid in excess of the guideline premium5, 6
Charge during first 10 Policy years for a male, issue age 34, in ultimate select non-tobacco use class7		26.5% up to the guideline premium plus 4.2% of premium paid in excess of the guideline premium5	26.5% up to the guideline premium plus 4.2% of premium paid in excess of the guideline premium5
Transfer Charge8	Upon transfer	$10 for each transfer in excess of 12 per Policy year	$10 for each transfer in excess of 12 per Policy year
Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider9	When rider is exercised	Discount Factor	Discount Factor

3The surrender charge is equal to the sum of the Deferred Issue Charge and the Deferred Sales Charge multiplied by the Surrender Charge Percentage. The Deferred Issue Charge component of the surrender charge is assessed on the initial specified amount stated in your Policy and any later increase in specified amount in effect at the time of surrender. The Deferred Sales Charge component of the surrender charge is based upon the issue age and gender of each individual insured, and the total premiums paid up to and in excess of the guideline premium shown in your Policy. The Surrender Charge Percentage varies with the insured’s issue age, gender, and number of years the Policy has been in force. The Surrender Charge Percentage on a Policy where a male insured’s issue age is less than 66 (and a female insured’s issue age is under 71), is 100% for the first 10 Policy years then decreases at the rate of 20% each Policy year until it reaches zero at the end of the 15th Policy year. For a Policy where a male insured’s issue age is greater than 65 (and a female insured’s issue age is greater than 70), the Surrender Charge Percentage is 100% for the first several Policy years (3 to 9 depending on issue age and gender) and then declines to zero at the end of the 15th Policy year. The surrender charges shown in the table may not be typical of the charges you will pay. You can obtain more detailed information about the surrender charges that apply to you by contacting your registered representative and requesting a personalized illustration.

4This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 55. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

5The guideline premium is a designated premium that varies by issue age, gender, underwriting class, death benefit option, and specified amount. It is shown on your Policy schedule page.

6This minimum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 75. This minimum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics

7 Because we no longer offer this version of WRL Freedom Equity Protector, the information regarding the “representative insured” has not been updated since sales terminated in 2003.

8The first 12 transfers per Policy year are free.

9 We do not assess an administrative charge for this rider, however, if the rider is exercised, we do reduce the single sum benefit by a discount factor to compensate us for income lost due to early payment of the death benefit. The discount factor is equal to the Applicable Federal Interest Rate ( 1.68% for 2015 ) or the Policy loan interest rate expressed in arrears, whichever is greater, (“discount factor”). For a complete description of the Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider, please refer to the section entitled “Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider” in this prospectus.

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Policy, not including portfolio fees and expenses.

Periodic Charges Other Than Portfolio Operating Expenses
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Amount Deducted
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Guaranteed Charge	Current Charge1
Monthly Policy Charge	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary	$5.00 per month	$5.00 per month
Cost of Insurance10 (without Extra Ratings)11	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the insured reaches attained age 95
Maximum Charge12		$24.85 per $1,000 of net amount at risk per month13	$21.12 per $1,000 of net amount at risk per month13
Minimum Charge14		$0.06 per $1,000 of net amount at risk per month13	$0.05 per $1,000 of net amount at risk per month13
Charge for a male insured, issue age 34, in the ultimate select non-tobacco use class, in Policy year 57		$0.17 per $1,000 of net amount at risk per month13	$0.14 per $1,000 of net amount at risk per month13
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge	Daily	Annual rate of 0.90% of average daily net assets of each subaccount in which you are invested	Annual rate of 0.90% of average daily net assets of each subaccount in which you are invested
Loan Interest Spread16	On Policy Anniversary15	1.49% (effective annual rate, after rounding)	0.74% (effective annual rate, after rounding)

10 Cost of insurance charges are based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to: the insured’s issue age, gender and underwriting class, the Policy’s specified amount, Policy year, and the net amount at risk. Cost of insurance rates generally will increase each year with the age of the insured. The cost of insurance rates shown in the table may not be representative of the charges you will pay. Your Policy’s schedule page will indicate the guaranteed cost of insurance charges applicable to your Policy. You can obtain more detailed information concerning your cost of insurance charges by contacting your registered representative.

11 We may place insureds in substandard underwriting classes with extra ratings that reflect higher mortality risks and that result in higher cost of insurance rates. If the insured possesses additional mortality risks, we may add a surcharge to the cost of insurance rates up to a total charge of $83.33 monthly per $1,000 of net amount at risk.

12 This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 75, standard tobacco underwriting class and in the 20th Policy year. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

13The net amount at risk equals the death benefit on a Monthiversary minus the cash value on such Monthiversary.

14 This minimum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: female, issue age 10, and in the first Policy year. This minimum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

15 While a Policy loan is outstanding, loan interest is payable in advance on each Policy anniversary. If before the next Policy anniversary, there is a loan repayment, Policy lapse or surrender, Policy termination, or the insured’s death, we will refund the amount of any loan interest we charged in advance for the period between the date of any such occurrence above and the next Policy anniversary.

16 The Loan Interest Spread is the difference between the amount of interest we charge you for a loan and the amount of interest we credit to your loan reserve account. We charge you an annual interest rate on a Policy loan of 5.2% in advance (5.49% effective annual interest rate) on each Policy anniversary. We will also currently credit the amount in the loan reserve account with an effective annual interest rate of 4.75% (4.0% minimum guaranteed).

Periodic Charges Other Than Portfolio Operating Expenses
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Amount Deducted
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Guaranteed Charge	Current Charge1
Optional Rider Charges: 17
Accidental Death Benefit Rider	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the insured reaches attained age 70
Maximum Charge18		$0.18 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.18 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Minimum Charge19		$0.10 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.10 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Charge for a male insured, issue age 34, Policy year 57		$0.10 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.10 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Disability Waiver Rider20	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the insured reaches attained age 60
Maximum Charge21		$0.39 per $1,000 of the Policy’s net amount at risk per month13	$0.39 per $1,000 of the Policy’s net amount at risk per month13
Minimum Charge22		$0.03 per $1,000 of the Policy’s net amount at risk per month13	$0.03 per $1,000 of the Policy’s net amount at risk per month13
Charge for a male insured, issue age 34, Policy year 107		$0.05 per $1,000 of the Policy’s net amount at risk per month13	$0.05 per $1,000 of the Policy’s net amount at risk per month13

17 Optional rider costs of insurance charges are based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to: each insured’s attained age and rider face amount. The cost of insurance rates shown in the table may not be representative of the charges you will pay. The rider will indicate the maximum guaranteed rider charges applicable to your Policy. You can obtain more information about this rider by contacting your registered representative.

18 This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 50, and in the 20th Policy year. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

19 This minimum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 45, and in the first Policy year.

20 Disability Waiver charges are based on the primary insured’s issue age, gender and net amount at risk. The charges shown are for base Policy only (no riders and benefits). The addition of other riders and benefits would increase these charges. This charge does not vary once it is added to the Policy. The cost of insurance rates shown in the table may not be representative of the charges you will pay. Your Policy’s schedule page will indicate the guaranteed cost of insurance charges applicable to your Policy. You can obtain more information about these riders by contacting your registered representative.

21 This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: female, issue age 55. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

22 This minimum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 25. This minimum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

Periodic Charges Other Than Portfolio Operating Expenses
Optional Rider Charges (continued):
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Amount Deducted
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Guaranteed Charge	Current Charge1
Disability Waiver and Income Rider23	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the insured reaches attained age 60
Maximum Charge24		$0.86 per $10 monthly rider units	$0.86 per $10 monthly rider units
Minimum Charge25		$0.20 per $10 monthly rider units	$0.20 per $10 monthly rider units
Charge for a male insured, issue age 34, in Policy year 57		$0.27 per $10 monthly rider units	$0.27 per $10 monthly rider units
Children’s Insurance Rider26	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the Monthiversary after the insured child reaches his/her 25th birthday or until the death of the last child dies	$0.60 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.60 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Other Insured Rider27 (without Extra Ratings)11	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the other insured reaches attained age 95
Maximum Charge12		$24.85 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$21.12 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Minimum Charge14		$0.06 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.06 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Charge for male insured, issue age 38, in Policy year 57		$0.22 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.19 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month

23The charge for this rider is based on the base insured’s issue age, gender and number of units of monthly disability income selected.

24 This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: female, issue age 55. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

25 This minimum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 27. This minimum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

26 The charge for this rider is based on the rider face amount and the cost per $1,000 does not vary.

27 Rider charges are cost of insurance charges that are based on each other insured’s issue age, gender, underwriting class, Policy year, and the rider face amount. Cost of insurance rates for this rider generally will increase each year with the age of the other insured. The cost of insurance rates shown in the table may not be representative of the charges you will pay. The rider will indicate the maximum guaranteed rider charges applicable to your Policy. You can obtain more information about this rider by contacting your registered representative.

Periodic Charges Other Than Portfolio Operating Expenses
Optional Rider Charges (continued):
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Amount Deducted
Charge	When Charge is Deducted	Guaranteed Charge	Current Charge1
Primary Insured Rider27 (without Extra Ratings)11	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the insured reaches attained age 90
Maximum Charge28		$18.46 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$14.91 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Minimum Charge14		$0.06 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.05 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Charge for a male insured, issue age 34, in Policy year5 7		$0.17 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.12 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month
Primary Insured Plus Rider27 (without Extra Ratings)11	Monthly, on the Policy date and on each Monthiversary until the insured reaches attained age 85
Maximum Charge		$13.54 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month29	$10.93 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month30
Minimum Charge		$0.08 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month31	$0.04 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month32
Charge for a male insured, issue age 34, in Policy year 5 7		$0.17 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month	$0.07 per $1,000 of rider face amount per month

28 This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 70, standard tobacco use class and in the 15th Policy year. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

29 This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 75, standard tobacco use class and in the 10th Policy year. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

30This maximum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: male, issue age 70, standard tobacco underwriting class and in the 15th Policy year. This maximum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

31This minimum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: female, issue age 18, non-tobacco use class and in the first Policy year. This minimum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

32This minimum charge is based on an insured with the following characteristics: female, issue age 29, ultimate select non-tobacco use class and first Policy year. This minimum charge may also apply to insureds with other characteristics.

For information concerning compensation paid for the sale of the Policy, please see “Sale of the Policies.”

Range of Expenses for the Portfolios1, 2

The next table shows the lowest and highest total operating expenses charged by the portfolios during the fiscal year ended December 31, 201 4 . Expenses of the portfolios may be higher or lower in the future. More detail concerning each portfolio’s fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each portfolio.

	Lowest	Highest
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (total of all expenses that are deducted from portfolio assets, including management fees, 12b-1 fees, and other expenses)	0.35 %	1.73 %
Net Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (total of all expenses that are deducted from portfolio assets, including management fees, 12b-1 fees, and other expenses, after contractual waiver of fees and expenses)3	0.35 %	1.71 %

1 The portfolio expenses used to prepare this table were provided to Transamerica Premier by the funds. The expenses shown are those incurred for the year ended December 31, 201 4 . Current or future expenses may be greater or less than those shown.

2The table showing the range of expenses for the portfolios takes into account the expenses of several Transamerica Series Trust asset allocation portfolios and the Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund that are each a “fund of funds.” A “fund of funds” portfolio typically allocates its assets, within predetermined percentage ranges, among certain other Fund portfolios and affiliated Fund portfolios (each such portfolio an "Acquired Fund"). Each “fund of funds” has its own set of operating expenses, as does each of the portfolios in which it invests. In determining the range of portfolio expenses, Transamerica Premier took into account the information received from the Fund groups on the combined actual expenses for each of the “fund of funds” and for the portfolios in which it invests. The combined expense information includes the Acquired Fund (i.e., the underlying fund’s) fees and expenses for the Transamerica Series Trust asset allocation portfolios and the Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund. See the prospectuses for the Transamerica Series Trust and the Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund for a presentation of the applicable Acquired Fund fees and expenses.

3The range of Net Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses takes into account contractual arrangements for 14 portfolios that require a portfolio’s investment adviser to reimburse or waive portfolio expenses until April 30, 201 6 .

Transamerica Premier , the Separate Account, the Fixed Account and the Portfolios

Transamerica Premier

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company, located at 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, is the insurance company issuing the Policy. We are obligated to pay all benefits under the Policy. NOTE: On October 1, 2014, Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio merged with Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company (effective July 31, 2014, Monumental Life Insurance Company changed its name to Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company).

Financial Condition of the Company

The benefits under the Policy are paid by Transamerica Premier from its general account assets and/or your cash value held in the Company’s separate account. It is important that you understand that payment of benefits is not assured and depends upon certain factors discussed below.

Assets in the Separate Account. You assume all of the investment risk for your cash value that is allocated to the subaccounts of the separate account. Your cash value in those subaccounts constitutes a portion of the assets of the separate account. These assets are segregated and insulated from our general account, and may not be charged with liabilities arising from any other business that we may conduct. See "The Separate Account."

Assets in the General Account. You also may be permitted to make allocations to the fixed account, which is supported by the assets in our general account. See "The Fixed Account." Any guarantees under the Policy that exceed your cash value, such as those associated with the Policy’s death benefit are paid from our general account (and not the separate account). Therefore, any amounts that we may be obligated to pay under the Policy in excess of subaccount value are subject to our financial strength and claims paying ability and our long term ability to make such payments. The assets of the separate account, however, are also available to cover the liabilities of our general account, but only to the extent that the separate account assets exceed the separate account liabilities arising under the Policies supported by it.

We issue other types of insurance policies and financial products as well, and we also pay our obligations under these products from our assets in the general account.

Our Financial Condition. As an insurance company, we are required by state insurance regulation to hold a specified amount of reserves in order to meet all the contractual obligations of our general account to our policyowners. We monitor our reserves so that we hold sufficient amounts to cover actual or expected policy and claims payments. In addition, we may hedge our investments in our general account, and may require purchasers of certain of the variable insurance products that we offer to allocate premium payments and cash value in accordance with specified investment requirements. However, it is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims-paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product.

State insurance regulators also require insurance companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital, which acts as a cushion in the event that the insurer suffers a financial impairment, based on the inherent risks in the insurer’s operations. These risks include those associated with losses that we may incur as the result of defaults on the payment of interest or principal on our general account assets, which include bonds, mortgages, general real estate investments, and stocks, as well as the loss in market value of these investments. We may also experience liquidity risk if our general account assets cannot be readily converted into cash to meet obligations to our policyowners or to provide the collateral necessary to finance our business operations.

How to Obtain More Information. We encourage existing policyowners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on a statutory basis. Our financial statements, which are presented in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Iowa Department of Insurance - as well as the financial statements of the separate account—are located in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI). The SAI is available at no charge by writing to our mailing address – Transamerica Life Insurance Company , 4333 Edgewood Rd., NE, Cedar Rapids, IA 52499 - or by calling us at (800) 851-9777, or by visiting our website www. premier.transamerica .com. In addition, the SAI is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Our financial strength ratings, which reflect the opinions of leading independent rating agencies of Transamerica Premier 's ability to meet its obligations to its policy owners, are available on our website and the websites of these nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations--A.M. Best Company ( www.ambest.com ), Moody's Investors Service ( www.moodys.com ) Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ( www.standardandpoors.com ) and Fitch, Inc. ( www.fitchratings.com ).

The Separate Account

WRL Series Life Account was a separate account of Western Reserve, established under Ohio law. Effective on October 1, 2014, WRL Series Life Account was re-domesticated under the laws of the State of Iowa and reestablished under TPLIC. We own the assets in the separate account and we may use assets in the separate account to support other variable life insurance policies we issue. The separate account is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

The separate account is divided into subaccounts, each of which invests in shares of a specific portfolio of a fund. These subaccounts buy and sell portfolio shares at net asset value without any sales charge. Any dividends and distributions from a portfolio are reinvested at net asset value in shares of that portfolio.

Income, gains, and losses credited to, or charged against, a subaccount of the separate account reflect the subaccount's own investment experience and not the investment experience of our other assets. The separate account's assets may not be used to pay any of our liabilities other than those arising from the Policies and other variable life insurance policies we issue. If the separate account's assets exceed the required reserves and other liabilities, we may transfer the excess to our general account.

Changes to the Separate Account. As permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the separate account, which may include:

·	Remove, combine, or add subaccounts and make the new or combined subaccounts available to you at our discretion.
·	Combine the separate account or any subaccounts with one or more different separate accounts or subaccounts.
·	Close certain subaccounts to allocations of new premiums by current or new policyowners at any time at our discretion.
·	Transfer assets of the separate account or any subaccount, which we determine to be associated with the class of policies to which the Policy belongs, to another separate account or subaccount.
·	Operate the separate account as a management company under the 1940 Act, or as any other form of investment company permitted by law.
·	Establish additional separate accounts or subaccounts to invest in new portfolios of the funds.
·	Manage the separate account at the direction of a committee.
·	Endorse the Policy, as permitted by law, to reflect changes to the separate account and subaccounts as may be required by applicable law.
·	Change the investment objective of a subaccount.
·	Substitute, add, or delete fund portfolios in which subaccounts currently invest net premiums, to include portfolios of newly designated funds. (Fund portfolios will not be added, deleted or substituted without prior approval of the SEC to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws.)
·	Fund additional classes of variable life insurance policies through the separate account.
·	Restrict or eliminate any voting privileges of owners or other persons who have voting privileges in connection with the operation of the separate account.

Some, but not all, of these future changes may be the result of changes in applicable laws or interpretation of the law. We will not make any such changes without receiving any necessary approval of the SEC and applicable state insurance departments. We will notify you of any changes. We reserve the right to make other structural and operational changes affecting the separate account.

In addition, the portfolios that sell their shares to the subaccounts may discontinue offering their shares to the subaccounts.

The Fixed Account

The fixed account is part of Transamerica Premier 's general account. We use general account assets to support our insurance and annuity obligations other than those funded by the separate accounts. Subject to applicable law, Transamerica Premier has sole discretion over the investment of the fixed account's assets. Transamerica Premier bears the full investment risk for all amounts contributed to the fixed account. Please see the section above entitled “Risks of Managing General Account Assets.” Transamerica Premier guarantees that the amounts allocated to the fixed account will be credited interest daily at an annual net effective interest rate of at least 4.0%. We will determine any interest rate credited in excess of the guaranteed rate at our sole discretion. We have no formula for determining fixed account interest rates in excess of the guaranteed rate or any duration for such rates.

Money you place in the fixed account will begin earning interest credited daily and compounded annually at the current interest rate in effect at the time it is allocated. We may declare current interest rates from time to time. We may declare more than one interest rate for different money based upon the date of allocation or transfer to the fixed account. When we declare a current interest rate higher than the guaranteed rate on amounts allocated to the fixed account, we guarantee the higher rate on those amounts for at least one year (“the "guarantee period") unless those amounts are transferred to the loan reserve. At the end of the guarantee period we may declare a new current interest rate on those amounts and any accrued interest thereon. We will guarantee this new current interest rate for another guarantee period. We credit interest greater than 4.0% during any guarantee period at our sole discretion. You assume the risk that the interest rate on the fixed account may decrease, although it will never be lower than a guaranteed minimum annual effective rate of 4%.

We allocate amounts from the fixed account for cash withdrawals, transfers to the subaccounts, or monthly deduction charges on a first in, first out basis ("FIFO") for the purpose of crediting interest.

New Jersey: The fixed account is not available to you if your Policy was issued in the State of New Jersey. You may not direct or transfer any premium payments or cash value to the fixed account. The fixed account is available to you only in connection with Policy loans.

The fixed account has not been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has not reviewed the disclosure in this prospectus relating to the fixed account. Disclosures regarding the fixed account, however, may be subject to certain generally applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in this prospectus.

The Portfolios

The separate account invests in shares of the portfolios of a fund. Each portfolio is an investment division of a fund, which is an open-end management investment company registered with the SEC. Such registration does not involve supervision of the management or investment practices or policies of the portfolios by the SEC.

Each portfolio's assets are held separate from the assets of the other portfolios, and each portfolio has investment objectives and policies that are different from those of the other portfolios. Thus, each portfolio operates as a separate investment fund, and the income or loss of one portfolio has no effect on the investment performance of any other portfolio. Pending any required approval by a state insurance regulatory authority, certain subaccounts and corresponding portfolios may not be available to residents of some states.

Each portfolio’s investment objective(s) and policies are summarized below. There is no assurance that a portfolio will achieve its stated objective(s). Certain portfolios may have investment objectives and policies similar to other portfolios that are managed by the same investment adviser or sub-adviser. The investment results of the portfolios, however, may be higher or lower than those of such other portfolios. We do not guarantee or make any representation that the investment results of the portfolios will be comparable to any other portfolio, even those with the same investment adviser or manager.

Certain portfolios invest substantially all of their assets in portfolios of other funds. (See the chart below listing portfolios available under the Policy.) As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both portfolio levels. This will reduce your investment return. These arrangements are referred to as fund of funds or master-feeder funds. Funds of funds or master-feeder structures may have higher expenses than portfolios that invest directly in debt or equity securities.

As described in more detail in the underlying portfolio prospectuses, certain underlying portfolios employ a managed volatility strategy that is intended to reduce the underlying portfolio’s overall volatility and downside risk, and to help us manage the risks associated with providing certain guarantees under the Policies. During rising markets, the hedging strategies employed to manage volatility could result in your Policy value rising less than would have been the case if you had been invested in an underlying portfolio with substantially similar investment objectives, securities, policies and strategies that does not utilize a volatility management strategy. In addition, the cost of these hedging strategies may have a negative impact on performance. On the other hand, investing in underlying portfolios with a managed volatility strategy may be helpful in a declining market with higher market volatility because the hedging strategy will reduce your equity exposure in such circumstances. In such cases, your Policy value may decline less than would have been the case if you had not invested in underlying portfolios with a managed volatility strategy. There is no guarantee that a managed volatility strategy can achieve or maintain the underlying portfolio’s optimal risk targets, and the underlying portfolio may not perform as expected. Portfolios that employ a managed volatility strategy are identified by an “*” preceding the name of the portfolio in the first column of the chart below.

Certain portfolios may employ hedging strategies to provide for downside protection during sharp downward movements in equity markets. (See chart below listing portfolios available under the Policy.) The cost of these hedging strategies could limit the upside participation of the portfolio in rising equity markets relative to other portfolios. You should consult with your registered representative to determine which combination of investment choices is appropriate for you.

The ProFunds and Access Trust portfolios permit frequent transfers. Frequent transfers may increase portfolio turnover. A high level of portfolio turnover may negatively impact performance by increasing transaction costs. In addition, large movements of assets into and out of a ProFunds or Access Trust portfolio may negatively affect a portfolio’s ability to achieve its investment objective or maintain a consistent level of operating expenses. See “Disruptive Trading and Market Timing.” Some ProFunds or Access Trust portfolios may use investment techniques not associated with most mutual fund portfolios. Investors in the ProFunds or Access Trust portfolios will bear additional investment risks. See the ProFunds or Access Trust prospectus for a description of the investment risks associated with investing in the ProFunds or Access Trust portfolios.

You can find more detailed information about the portfolios, including a description of risks, in the fund prospectuses. You may obtain a free copy of the fund prospectuses by contacting us at our administrative office at 1-800-851-9777 or visiting our website at www.premier.transamerica.com . You should read the fund prospectuses carefully.

Note: If you received a summary prospectus for the any of the portfolios listed below, please follow the directions on the first page of the summary prospectus to obtain a copy of the full fund prospectus.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
TRANSAMERICA SERIES TRUST:
*Transamerica Aegon Active Asset Allocation – Conservative VP 1	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks current income and preservation of capital.
*Transamerica Aegon Active Asset Allocation – Moderate Growth VP 1	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks capital appreciation with current income as a secondary objective.
*Transamerica Aegon Active Asset Allocation – Moderate VP 1	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks capital appreciation and current income.
Transamerica Aegon High Yield Bond VP 2	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks a high level of current income by investing in high-yield debt securities.
Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP 3	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks maximum current income from money market securities consistent with liquidity and preservation of principal.
Transamerica Aegon U.S. Government Securities VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks to provide as high a level of total return as is consistent with prudent investment strategies.
Transamerica AB Dynamic Allocation VP 4	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. AllianceBernstein, L.P.	Seeks capital appreciation and current income.
*Transamerica Asset Allocation – Conservative VP 5	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks current income and preservation of capital.
*Transamerica Asset Allocation – Growth VP 5	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks long-term capital appreciation.
*Transamerica Asset Allocation – Moderate Growth VP 5	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks capital appreciation with current income as a secondary objective.

1 This portfolio invests in a combination of underlying Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”). Please see the portfolio’s prospectus for a description of the investment strategy and the risks associated with investing in the portfolio.

2 Under normal market conditions, this portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets in credit default swaps and other financial instruments that in combination have economic characteristics similar to the high yield debt (“junk bonds”) market and/or in high yield debt securities.

3 There can be no assurance that the Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP portfolio will be able to maintain a stable net asset value per share. During extended periods of low interest rates, and partly as a result of insurance charges, the yield on the Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP subaccount may become extremely low and possibly negative.

4 Formerly, Transamerica AllianceBernstein Dynamic Allocation VP.

5 Each of these asset allocation portfolios is a fund of funds and invests in a combination of underlying portfolios of Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Funds. Please see each portfolio’s prospectus for a description of the investment strategy and the risks associated with investing in the portfolio.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
*Transamerica Asset Allocation – Moderate VP 5	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks capital appreciation and current income.
Transamerica Barrow Hanley Dividend Focused VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC	Seeks total return gained from the combination of dividend yield, growth of dividends and capital appreciation.
Transamerica BlackRock Global Allocation VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. BlackRock Investment Management, LLC	Seeks high total investment return. Total investment return is the combination of capital appreciation and investment income.
*Transamerica BlackRock Tactical Allocation VP 6	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.	Seeks capital appreciation with current income as a secondary objective.
Transamerica Clarion Global Real Estate Securities VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. CBRE Clarion Real Estate Securities, L.P.	Seeks long-term total return from investments primarily in equity securities of real estate companies. Total return consists of realized and unrealized capital gains and losses plus income.
*Transamerica International Moderate Growth VP 5	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks capital appreciation with current income as a secondary objective.
Transamerica JPMorgan Core Bond VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. JPMorgan Investment Advisors Inc.	Seeks total return, consisting of income and capital appreciation.
Transamerica JPMorgan Enhanced Index VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. J. P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.	Seeks to earn a total return modestly in excess of the total return performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (“S&P 500”) (including the reinvestment of dividends) while maintaining a volatility of return similar to the S&P 500.
Transamerica JPMorgan Tactical Allocation VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. J. P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.	Seeks current income and preservation of capital.

6 This portfolio utilizes both a tactical asset allocation strategy and a strategic asset allocation strategy to seek to achieve its objective by investing in underlying funds that consist of ETFs and money market mutual funds. Please see the portfolio’s prospectus for a complete description of the portfolio’s investment strategies and the risks of investing in the portfolio.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
Transamerica Janus Balanced VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Janus Capital Management LLC	Seeks long-term capital growth, consistent with preservation of capital and balanced by current income.
Transamerica Jennison Growth VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Jennison Associates, LLC.	Seeks long-term growth of capital.
Transamerica MFS International Equity VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. MFS ® Investment Management	Seeks capital growth.
Transamerica Morgan Stanley Capital Growth VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.	Seeks to maximize long-term growth.
Transamerica Morgan Stanley Mid-Cap Growth VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.	Seeks capital appreciation.
Transamerica Multi-Managed Balanced VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. J. P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks to provide a high total investment return through investments in a broadly diversified portfolio of stocks, bonds and money market instruments.
*Transamerica PIMCO Tactical-Balanced VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Pacific Investment Management Company LLC	Seeks a combination of capital appreciation and income.
*Transamerica PIMCO Tactical-Conservative VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Pacific Investment Management Company LLC	Seeks a combination of capital appreciation and income.
*Transamerica PIMCO Tactical-Growth VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Pacific Investment Management Company LLC	Seeks a combination of capital appreciation and income.
Transamerica PIMCO Total Return VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Pacific Investment Management Company LLC	Seeks maximum total return consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
Transamerica Systematic Small/Mid Cap Value VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Systematic Financial Management L.P.	Seeks to maximize total return.
Transamerica T. Rowe Price Small Cap VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.	Seeks long-term growth of capital by investing primarily in common stocks of small growth companies.
Transamerica Torray Concentrated Growth VP	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Torray LLC	Seeks to achieve long-term growth of capital.
*Transamerica Vanguard ETF Portfolio-Balanced VP 1	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks to balance capital appreciation and income.
*Transamerica Vanguard ETF Portfolio-Growth VP 1	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Aegon USA Investment Management, LLC	Seeks capital appreciation as a primary objective and income as a secondary objective.
Transamerica WMC US Growth VP 7	Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. Wellington Management Company, LLP	Seeks to maximize long-term growth.
Fidelity Funds
Fidelity VIP Index 500 Portfolio	Fidelity Management & Research Company	Seeks investment results that correspond to the total return of common stocks publicly traded in the United States, as represented by the Standard & Poor’s 500 SM Index.
AllianceBernstein variable products series fund, inc.:
AB Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio 8	AllianceBernstein L.P.	Seeks to achieve the highest total return consistent with the Adviser’s determination of reasonable risk.
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST:
Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund 9	See Footnote 10	Seeks capital appreciation with a secondary goal of income.

7 Formerly, Transamerica WMC Diversified Growth VP.

8 Formerly, AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio,

9 This portfolio is a fund of funds and invests in a combination of Class 1 shares of the Franklin Income Securities Fund, Mutual Shares Securities Fund and Templeton Growth Securities Fund. Please see the portfolio’s prospectus for a description of the investment strategy and the risks associated with investing in the portfolio.

10 Franklin Templeton Services, LLC is the portfolio’s administrator; the portfolio does not have an investment manager nor does it pay any investment management fees.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
PROFUNDS:
ProFund VP Asia 30 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the ProFunds Asia 30 Index.
ProFund VP Basic Materials 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Basic Materials Index.
ProFund VP Bull 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P 500 Index SM .
ProFund VP Consumer Services 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Services Index ® .
ProFund VP Emerging Markets 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the BNY Mellon Emerging Markets 50 ADR ® Index.
ProFund VP Europe 30 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the ProFunds Europe 30 Index.
ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the inverse (opposite) of the daily performance of the U.S. Dollar Index (USDX) ® . The fund does not normally provide investment returns that match the inverse of the Index.
ProFund VP Financials 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Financials Index.
ProFund VP International 11	ProFund Advisors LLC		Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia and Far East (MSCI EAFE) Index. The fund determines its success in meeting this investment objective by comparing its daily return on a given day with the daily performance of MCSI EAFE futures contracts traded in the United States.

11 The ProFunds VP and Access Trust portfolios permit frequent transfers, which in turn may increase portfolio turnover. A high level of portfolio turnover may negatively impact performance by increasing transaction costs. In addition, large movements of assets into and out of a ProFunds or Access Trust VP portfolio may negatively impact a fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective or maintain a consistent level of operating expenses. Please see the ProFunds VP or Access Trust prospectus for a description of the investment objectives and risks associated with investing in the ProFunds or Access Trust VP portfolios.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
ProFund VP Japan 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Nikkei 225 Stock Average. The Fund seeks to provide a return consistent with an investment in the component equities in the Index hedged to U.S. dollars. The Fund seeks to provide a return based solely on the local price return of the equity securities in the Index, without any effect from currency movements in the yen versus the U.S. dollar. The Fund determines its success in meeting this investment objective by comparing its daily return on a given day with the daily performance of the dollar-denominated Nikkei 225 futures contracts traded in the United States.
ProFund VP Mid-Cap 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P MidCap 400 Index ® .
ProFund VP Money Market 11, 12	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks a high level of current income consistent with liquidity and preservation of capital.
ProFund VP NASDAQ-100 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the NASDAQ-100 ® Index.
ProFund VP Oil & Gas 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Oil & Gas SM Index.
ProFund VP Pharmaceuticals 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Pharmaceuticals SM Index.
ProFund VP Precious Metals 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones Precious Metals SM Index.

12 There can be no assurance that the ProFund VP Money Market portfolio will be able to maintain a stable net asset value per share. During extended periods of low interest rates, and partly as a result of insurance charges, the yield on the ProFund VP Money Market subaccount may become extremely low and possibly negative.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
ProFund VP Short Emerging Markets 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the inverse (-1x) of the daily performance of the BNY Mellon Emerging Markets 50 ADR ® Index. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ProFund VP Short International 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the inverse (-1x) of the daily performance of the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia and Far East (MSCI EAFE) Index. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the inverse (-1x) of the daily performance of the NASDAQ-100 ® Index. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ProFund VP Short Small-Cap 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the inverse (opposite) of the daily performance of the Russell 2000 ® Index. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ProFund VP Small-Cap 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Russell 2000 ® Index.
ProFund VP Small-Cap Value 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the S&P SmallCap 600 ® Value Index.
ProFund VP Telecommunications 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Telecommunications SM Index.


Portfolio	Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser	Investment Objective
ProFund VP UltraNASDAQ-100 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to two times (2x the daily performance of the NASDAQ-100 ® Index. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ProFund VP UltraSmall-Cap 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to two times (2x) the daily performance of the Russell 2000 ® Index. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ProFund VP U.S. Government Plus 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to one and one-quarter times (1.25x) the daily price movement of the most recently issued 30-year U.S. Treasury Bond. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ProFund VP Utilities 11	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the daily performance of the Dow Jones U.S. Utilities SM Index. The fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.
ACCESS TRUST:
Access VP High Yield Fund 11, 13	ProFund Advisors LLC	Seeks to provide investment results that correspond generally to the total return of the high yield market consistent with maintaining reasonable liquidity.

13 Under normal market conditions, this portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets in credit default swaps and other financial instruments that in combination have economic characteristics similar to the high yield debt (“junk bonds”) market and/or in high yield debt securities.

Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. ("TAM"), located at 4600 Syracuse Street, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80237, serves as investment adviser to the Transamerica Series Trust (“Series Trust”) and manages the Series Trust in accordance with policies and guidelines established by the Series Trust’s Board of Trustees. TAM is directly owned by Transamerica Premier (77%) and AUSA Holding Company (23%). For certain portfolios, TAM has engaged investment sub-advisers to provide portfolio management services. TAM and each investment sub-adviser are registered investment advisers under the Investment Asset Act of 1940, as amended. See the Series Trust prospectuses for more information regarding TAM and the investment sub-advisers.

Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR”), located at 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, serves as investment adviser to the Fidelity VIP Funds and manages the Fidelity VIP Funds in accordance with policies and guidelines established by the Fidelity VIP Funds’ Board of Trustees. For certain portfolios, FMR has engaged investment sub-advisers to provide portfolio management services with regard to foreign investments. FMR and each sub-adviser are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. See the Fidelity VIP Funds prospectuses for more information regarding FMR and the investment sub-advisers.

ProFund Advisors LLC (“ProFund Advisors”), located at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1000, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, serves as the investment adviser and provides management services to all of the ProFunds and Access Trust portfolios. ProFund Advisors oversees the investment and reinvestment of the assets in each ProFund and Access Trust VP portfolio in accordance with policies and guidelines established by the ProFunds’ or Access Trust’s Board of Trustees. ProFund Advisors is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. See the respective ProFunds and/or Access Trust prospectuses for more information regarding ProFund Advisors.

AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AllianceBernstein”), located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105, serves as investment adviser to the Alliance Bernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. and manages the AB Ba lanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio in accordance with the policies and guidelines established by the AllianceBernstein Board of Directors. Please see the prospectus for the portfolio for more information regarding AllianceBernstein L.P.

Franklin Advisers, L.P. (“Franklin”), located at One Franklin Parkway, San Mateo, California 94403, serves as investment adviser to the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust and manages the Franklin Founding Funds VIP Allocation Fund. Franklin Templeton Services, LLC (“FT Services”) serves as administrator for the Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund and provides certain administrative services and facilities for the adviser, and oversees rebalancing of the portfolio’s assets. FT Services is paid a fee for its services from the portfolio. Franklin oversees the investment and reinvestment of the portfolio’s assets in accordance with policies and guidelines established by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. Please see the portfolio’s prospectus for more information regarding Franklin and FT Services.

Selection of Underlying Portfolios

The underlying portfolios offered through this product are selected by Transamerica Premier . Transamerica Premier may consider various factors, including, but not limited to, asset class coverage, the alignment of the investment objectives of an underlying portfolio with our hedging strategy, the strength of the adviser’s or sub-adviser’s reputation and tenure, brand recognition, performance, and the capability and qualification of each investment firm. Another factor that we may consider is whether the underlying portfolio or its service providers (e.g., the investment adviser or sub-advisers) or its affiliates will make payments to us or our affiliates in connection with certain administrative, marketing, and support services that would otherwise be provided by the portfolio or its service providers, or whether affiliates of the portfolio can provide marketing and distribution support for sales of the Policies. (For additional information on these arrangements, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Revenue s We Receive.”) We review the portfolios periodically and may remove a portfolio or limit its availability to new premiums and/or transfers of cash value if we determine that a portfolio no longer satisfies one or more of the selection criteria, and/or if the portfolio has not attracted significant allocations from policyowners. We have included the Transamerica Series Trust portfolios at least in part because they are managed by TAM, our directly owned subsidiary.

You are responsible for choosing the portfolios, and the amounts allocated to each, that are appropriate for your own individual circumstances and your investment goals, financial situation, and risk tolerance. Because investment risk is borne by you, you should carefully consider any decisions that you make regarding investment allocations.

In making your investment selections, we encourage you to thoroughly investigate all of the information that is available to you regarding the portfolios, including each fund's prospectus, statement of additional information and annual and semi/annual reports. After you select portfolios for your initial premium, you should monitor and periodically re-evaluate your allocations to determine if they are still appropriate.

You bear the risk of any decline in your cash value resulting from the performance of the portfolios you have chosen.

We do not recommend or endorse any particular portfolio and we do not provide investment advice.

Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Portfolios

We do not guarantee that each portfolio will always be available for investment through the Policy. We reserve the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to add new portfolios or portfolio classes, close existing portfolios or portfolio classes, or substitute portfolio shares that are held by any subaccount for shares of a different portfolio. New or substitute portfolios may have different fees and expenses and their availability may be limited to certain classes of purchasers. We will not add, delete or substitute any shares attributable to your interest in a subaccount without notice to you and prior approval of the SEC, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. We may also decide to purchase securities from other portfolios for the separate account. We reserve the right to transfer separate account assets to another separate account that we determine to be associated with the class of contracts to which the Policy belongs.

Your Right to Vote Portfolio Shares

Even though we are the legal owner of the portfolio shares held in the subaccounts, and have the right to vote on all matters submitted to shareholders of the portfolios, we will vote our shares only as policyowners instruct, so long as such action is required by law.

Before a vote of a portfolio's shareholders occurs, you will receive voting materials from us. We will ask you to instruct us on how to vote and to return your voting instructions to us in a timely manner. You will have the right to instruct us on the number of portfolio shares that corresponds to the amount of cash value you have in that portfolio (as of a date set by the portfolio).

If we do not receive voting instructions on time from some policyowners, we will vote those shares in the same proportion as the timely voting instructions we receive. Therefore, because of proportional voting, a small number of policyowners may control the outcome of a vote. Should federal securities laws, regulations and interpretations change, we may elect to vote portfolio shares in our own right. If required by state insurance officials, or if permitted under federal regulation, we may disregard certain owner voting instructions. If we ever disregard voting instructions, we will send you a summary in the next annual report to policyowners advising you of the action and the reasons we took such action.

Charges and Deductions

This section describes the charges and deductions that we make under the Policy in consideration for: (1) the services and benefits we provide; (2) the costs and expenses we incur; and (3) the risks we assume. The fees and charges deducted under the Policy may result in a profit to us.

Services and benefits we provide under the Policy:	·	The death benefit, cash and loan benefits.
Services and benefits we provide under the Policy:	·	Investment options, including premium allocations.
	·	Administration of elective options.
	·	The distribution of reports to owners.

Costs and expenses we incur:	·	Costs associated with processing and underwriting applications.
	·	Expenses of issuing and administering the Policy (including any Policy riders).
	·	Overhead and other expenses for providing services and benefits and sales and marketing expenses, including compensation paid in connection with the sale of the Policies.
	·	Other costs of doing business, such as collecting premiums, maintaining records, processing claims, effecting transactions, and paying federal, state and local premium and other taxes and fees.

Risks we assume:	·	That the charges we may deduct may be insufficient to meet our actual claims because insureds die sooner than we estimate.
	·	That the costs of providing the services and benefits under the Policies may exceed the charges we are allowed to deduct.

Some or all the charges we deduct are used to pay aggregate Policy costs and expenses we incur in providing the services and benefits under the Policy and assuming the risks associated with the Policy.

Premium Charges

Before we allocate the net premium payments you make, we will deduct the following premium expense charge.

The premium expense charge equals:	·	6.0% of premiums during the first ten Policy years; and
	·	2.5% of premiums thereafter.

Note: Certain events (such as increases or decreases in the specified amount, a change in death benefit option, or a cash withdrawal if you choose Option A death benefit) may affect the specified amount in force. Premium expense charges will be based on the specified amount in force on the Base Policy at the time we receive the premium.

Some or all of the premium expense charges we deduct are used to pay the aggregate policy costs and expenses we incur, including distribution costs and/or state premium taxes. Although state premium tax rates imposed on us vary from state to state, the premium expense charge deducted will not vary with the state of residence of the policyowner.

The premium collection charge equals:	·	$2.00 per premium payment.
	·	We will not increase this charge.

Monthly Deductions

Monthly deductions will be withdrawn from each subaccount and/or any available fixed account in accordance with the current premium allocation instructions. If the value of any account is insufficient to pay its portion of the monthly deductions, then we will take the monthly deductions on a pro rata basis from all accounts (i.e., in the same proportion that the value in each subaccount and the fixed account bears to the total cash value on the Monthiversary). Because portions of the monthly deductions (such as cost of insurance) can vary monthly, the monthly deductions will also vary.

Each monthly deduction consists of:	●		The monthly Policy charge; plus
	●		The monthly cost of insurance charge for the Policy; plus
	●		The monthly charge for any benefits provided by riders attached to the Policy.

	Monthly Policy Charge:

	●	This charge currently equals $5.00 each Policy month.
	●	We will not increase this charge.

	Cost of Insurance Charge:

	We deduct this charge each month. It varies each month and is determined as follows:

		1.		Divide the death benefit on the Monthiversary by 1.0032737 (this factor reduces the net amount at risk, for purposes of computing the cost of insurance, by taking into account assumed monthly earnings at an annual rate of 4.0%).
		2.		Subtract the cash value on the Monthiversary.
		3.		Multiply the appropriate monthly cost of insurance rate for the Policy.

	Optional Insurance Riders:

	●		The monthly deductions will include charges for any optional insurance benefits you add to your Policy by rider. Please refer to the section below entitled “Rider Charges” for a description of the rider charges.

To determine the appropriate monthly cost of insurance rates we refer to a schedule of current cost of insurance rates and consider a number of factors, including, but not limited to: the insured's issue age, attained age at the time of any increase in specified amount, gender, underwriting class, and the length of time from the Policy date or from the date of any increase in specified amount. Cost of insurance rates generally will increase each year with the age of the insured. The factors that affect the net amount at risk for each segment of specified amount include the investment performance of the portfolios in which you invest, payment of premiums, the fees and charges deducted under the Policy, the death benefit option you choose, as well as any Policy transactions (such as loans, partial withdrawals, transfers, and changes in specified amount). Monthly cost of insurance rates may change from time to time and different monthly cost of insurance rates may apply to increases in the specified amount following the Policy date and any additional death benefit. The actual monthly cost of insurance rates are primarily based on our expectations as to future mortality experience and expenses. The actual rates we charge will never be greater than the Table of Guaranteed Maximum Life Insurance Rates stated in your Policy. These guaranteed rates are based on the Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Tobacco and Non-Tobacco Mortality Tables (“1980 C.S.O. Tables”) and the insured's attained age, gender, and underwriting class.

The underwriting class of the insured will affect the cost of insurance rates. In determining underwriting classifications, we apply certain criteria that are based on an assessment of the insured’s life expectancy. We currently place insureds into preferred and standard classes. We also place insureds into substandard classes with extra ratings, which reflect higher mortality risks and will result in higher cost of insurance rates. Examples of reasons an insured may be placed into an extra risk factor underwriting class include, but are not limited to, medical history, avocation, occupation, driving record, or planned future travel (where permitted by law).

We may issue certain Policies on a simplified, guaranteed issue or expedited basis. Cost of insurance rates charged for any Policies issued on a simplified, guaranteed or expedited basis may cause healthy individuals to pay higher cost of insurance rates than they would pay under a substantially similar Policy that we offer using different underwriting criteria.

The cost of insurance charge for any optional insurance rider and for any increase in rider face amount are determined in the same manner used to determine the base policy’s cost of insurance charges. Generally, the current cost of insurance rates for optional riders are lower than the current cost of insurance on the base policy’s net amount at risk.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

We deduct a daily charge from your Policy’s cash value in each subaccount that, together with other fees and charges, compensates us for services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred and the risks assumed. This charge is a maximum of:

●	The value of each subaccount; multiplied by
●	The daily pro rata portion of the annual mortality and expense risk charge rate of 0.90% (this annual rate is equal to 0.90% of the average daily net assets of each subaccount).

If this charge, combined with other Policy fees and charges, does not cover our total actual costs for services rendered and expenses incurred, we absorb the loss. Conversely, if these fees and charges more than cover actual costs, the excess is added to our surplus. We expect to profit from these charges.

Surrender Charge

You may surrender your Policy for its cash surrender value at any time upon written request (in good order). If you exercise this option, the Policy and all attached riders will terminate.

If you surrender your Policy completely during the first 15 years (or during the 15 year period following an increase in specified amount), we deduct a surrender charge from your cash value and pay the remaining cash value (less any outstanding loan amount) to you. The surrender charge helps us recover distribution expenses that we incur in connection with the Policy, including registered representative sales commissions and printing and advertising costs.

The formula we use reduces the surrender charge at older ages in compliance with state laws. There is no surrender charge if you wait until the end of the 15th Policy year to surrender your Policy and you have not increased your specified amount within the past 15 Policy years.

The surrender charge may be significant. You should evaluate this charge carefully before you consider a surrender. Under some circumstances, the level of surrender charges might result in no net surrender value available if you surrender your Policy in the early Policy years. This will depend on a number of factors, but is more likely if:

●	You pay premiums equal to or not much higher than the minimum monthly guarantee premium shown in your Policy; and/or
●	Investment performance is low.

The surrender charge is equal to:	●	The deferred issue charge; plus
	●	the deferred sales charge; multiplied by
	●	The surrender charge percentage.

The deferred issue charge is $5.00 multiplied by each $1,000 of the initial specified amount stated in your Policy and any later increase in specified amount in effect at the time of surrender. This charge helps us recover the underwriting, processing and start-up expenses that we incur in connection with the Policy and the separate account, as well as other aggregate Policy expenses.

The deferred sales charge is equal to:

●	26.5% multiplied by the total premiums paid up to the guideline premium shown in your Policy; plus
●	A percentage, which varies depending on the insured’s issue age and gender (see table below); multiplied by the total premiums paid in excess of the guideline premiums (“excess premium charge”).

Issue Age Range		Excess Premium
Male and Unisex*	Female	Charge
0-55	0-62	4.2%
56-63	63-69	3.7%
64-68	70-74	3.1%
69-73	75	2.5%
74-75		2.0%

* The reference to “unisex” is included for purposes of states which prohibit the use of actuarial tables that distinguish between males and females to determine premiums and policy benefits for policies issued on the lives of their residents.

The deferred sales charge helps us recover distribution expenses that we incur in connection with the Policy, including registered representative sales commissions and printing and advertising costs. The proceeds of this charge may not be sufficient to cover these expenses. To the extent they are not, Transamerica Premier will cover the shortfall from its general account assets, which may include profits from the mortality and expense risk charge under the Policy.

To determine the surrender charge, we apply the surrender charge percentage to the sum of the deferred issue charge and the deferred sales charge. In Policy years 1-10 this percentage is 100% for male insureds at issue ages 0-65 and female insureds at issue ages 0-70 and then declines at the rate of 20% per year until reaching zero at the end of the 15th Policy year. Percentages for the WRL Protector Plus ProgramSM are different than those shown below.

Surrender Charge Percentages

Males Issue Ages 0-65

Females Issue Ages 0-70

End of Policy Year*	Percentage
At Issue - year 10	100%
11	80%
12	60%
13	40%
14	20%
15+	0%

* The percentage on any date other than a Policy anniversary will be determined proportionately using the percentage at the end of the Policy year prior to surrender and the percentage at the end of the Policy year of surrender.

For insureds with older issue ages, the surrender charge percentage is less than 100% at the end of the 10th Policy year and then declines to 0% at the end of the 15th Policy year. Therefore, the surrender charge will be less if you surrender the Policy during the 11th through the 15th Policy year. There is no surrender charge if the Policy is surrendered after the 15th Policy year unless you increase the specified amount. See "Additional Surrender Charge on Increases" below. A different surrender charge percentage schedule applies to Policies through the WRL Protector Plus ProgramSM. See "WRL Protector Plus Program.SM"

Surrender Charge Example 1: Assume a male insured purchases the Policy at issue age 35 for $100,000 of specified amount, paying the guideline premium of $1,007, and an additional premium amount of $493 in excess of the guideline premium, for a total premium of $1,500 per year for four years ($6,000 total for four years), and then surrenders the Policy. The surrender charge would be calculated as follows:

(a)	Deferred issue charge: ($5.00/$1,000 of initial specified amount)
	(100 x $5.00)	=	$ 500.00

(b)	Deferred sales charge (i + ii):
	(i)26.5% of guideline premium paid( 26.5% x $1,007), plus	=	$266.86
	(ii)4.2% of premiums paid in excess of guideline premium (4.2% x $4,993)	=	$209.71

(c)	Applicable surrender charge percentage	=	100%

	Surrender charge= ((a) + (b)) x (c)
	=[(a) $500.00 + (b) $266.86 + $209.71)] x (c)100%
	=($500.00 + 476.57) x 100%	=	$ 976.57

Ÿ	Surrender Charge Example 2: Assume the same facts as in Example 1, including continued premium payments of $1,500 per year except the owner surrenders the Policy on the 14th Policy anniversary:

(a)	Deferred issue charge: (100 x $5.00)	=	$500.00

(b)	Deferred sales charge (i + ii):
	(i) (26.5% x $1,007), plus	=	$266.86

	(ii)(4.2% x $19,993)	=	$839.71

(c)	Applicable surrender charge percentage	=	20%

	Surrender charge = ((a) + (b)) x (c)
	=[(a) $500.00 + (b) $266.86 + $839.71)] x (c) 20%
	=($500.00 + 1,106.57) x 20%	=	$321.31

Additional Surrender Charge on Increases in Specified Amount. If you increase the specified amount and you surrender your Policy, we will deduct an additional surrender charge for the 15 Policy years following each increase. This charge is equal to:

●	$5.00 multiplied by each $1,000 of the specified amount increase; multiplied by
●	The applicable surrender charge shown in your Policy, with Policy years commencing on the date of each increase.

Transfer Charge

We currently allow you to make 12 transfers each Policy year free from charge. We deduct the transfer charge from the amount being transferred. We will not increase this charge.

	Except as listed below, we may charge $10 for each additional transfer. For purposes of assessing the transfer charge, all transfers made in one day, regardless of the number of subaccounts affected by the transfer, will be considered a single transfer:
	1. Transfers resulting from loans or the exercise of conversion rights currently are not treated as transfers for the purpose of assessing this charge.
	2. Transfers via the Internet are not treated as transfers for the purpose of assessing this charge.
	3. Transfers among the ProFunds or Access Trust subaccounts are not treated as transfers for the purpose of assessing this charge.
	4. Transfers under dollar cost averaging and asset rebalancing currently are not treated as transfers for the purpose of assessing this charge.

Loan Interest Rate Charge

We charge you an annual interest rate on a Policy loan of 5.2% in advance (5.49% effective annual interest rate after rounding) on each Policy anniversary. We also currently credit the amount in the loan reserve account with an effective annual interest rate of 4.75% (4.0% minimum guaranteed). After offsetting the 4.75% interest we credit, the net cost of loans currently is 0.74% annually after rounding (1.49% maximum guaranteed). After the 10th Policy year, we apply preferred loan rates on an amount equal to the cash value; minus total premiums paid (less any cash withdrawals); and minus any outstanding loan amount. The current preferred loan interest rate credited is 5.49% effective annually, after rounding, and is not guaranteed.

For Policies issued before May 1, 1994, we charge you an annual interest rate of 7.4%. For the following states, the annual interest rate on a Policy loan is 7.4% for all Policies issued before, and 5.2% for all Policies issued on or after the dates indicated: Idaho – May 24, 1994; Montana – May 20, 1994; Rhode Island – May 19, 1994; Oregon – June 27, 1994; Minnesota – December 28, 1994; and Vermont – February 21, 1996; Puerto Rico – April 18, 1997; New Jersey – April 13, 1995; Washington, DC – November 23, 1998; and Guam – February 11, 1998.

Cash Withdrawal Charge

After the first Policy year, you may take one cash withdrawal per Policy year if your surrender value is sufficient to cover the amount of the withdrawal and the associated cash withdrawal charge. When you take a cash withdrawal, we charge a processing fee of $25 or 2% of the amount you withdraw, whichever is less. We deduct this amount from the withdrawal, and we pay you the balance. We will not increase this charge.

Taxes

We currently do not make any deductions for taxes from the separate account. We may do so in the future to the extent that such taxes are imposed by federal or state agencies.

Rider Charges

The following charges apply if you elect any of the riders available under your Policy as noted below (see “Supplemental Benefits (Riders)”):

●	Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider. We do not assess an administrative charge for this rider; however, if the rider is exercised, we do reduce the single sum benefit by a discount factor to compensate us for income lost due to the early payment of the death benefit. The discount rate is equal to the applicable Federal Interest Rate ( 1.68% in 2015 ) or the policy loan rate expressed in arrears, whichever is greater.
●	Primary Insured Rider (“PIR”) and Primary Insured Rider Plus (“PIR Plus”). We assess a cost of insurance charge based on the insured’s issue age, gender and underwriting class, the Policy year and the rider face amount. Charges generally will increase each year with the age of the insured.
●	Other Insured Rider. We assess a cost of insurance charge based on each other insured’s issue age, gender and underwriting class, Policy year and the rider face amount. Charges generally will increase each year with the age of the insured.
●	Children’s Insurance Rider. We assess a cost of insurance charge based on the rider face amount regardless of the number of children insured.
●	Accidental Death Benefit Rider. We assess a cost of insurance charge based on the insured’s attained age and rider face amount. Charges generally will increase each year with the age of the insured.
●	Disability Waiver Rider. We assess a rider charge based on the insured’s issue age, gender and net amount at risk for the Policy, as well as a charge based on those riders that would be eligible to have monthly deductions waived.
●	Disability Waiver and Income Rider. The charge for this rider is based on the insured’s issue age, gender and the amount of monthly waiver of premium benefit that would be paid in the event of total disability, as defined in the rider.

Portfolio Expenses

The value of each subaccount will reflect the fees and expenses paid by the corresponding portfolio - including, but not limited to - management fees and expenses, operating expenses and any 12b-1 fees. These fees and expenses reduce the value of your portfolio shares. Please see the fund prospectuses for more detailed information about the portfolios.

Revenues We Receive

We (and our affiliates) may directly or indirectly receive payments from the portfolios, their advisers, sub-advisers, distributors or affiliates thereof in connection with certain administrative, marketing and other support services we (and our affiliates) provide and expenses we incur in selling our variable insurance products.

These arrangements are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing” arrangements and are described further below. While only certain of the types of payments described below may be made in connection with your particular Policy, all such payments may nonetheless influence or impact actions we (and/or our affiliates) take, and recommendations we (and our affiliates) make, regarding each of the variable insurance products that we (and our affiliates) offer, including your Policy.

We (and/or our affiliates) may receive some or all of the following types of payments:

Rule 12b-1 Fees. We and/or our affiliate, Transamerica Capital, Inc. (“TCI”) which is the principal underwriter for the Policies indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from certain funds available as investment choices under our variable insurance products. Any 12b-1 fees received by TCI that are attributable to our variable insurance products are then credited to us. These fees range from 0.00% to 0.35% of the average daily assets of the certain underlying fund portfolios attributable to the Policies and to certain other variable insurance products that we and our affiliates issue.

Administrative, Marketing and Support Service Fees (“Support Fees”). The investment adviser, sub-adviser, administrators, and/or distributors (or affiliates thereof) of the portfolios may make payments to us and/or our affiliates, including TCI. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the profits the investment adviser or sub-adviser realizes on the advisory fee deducted from portfolio assets. Policyowners, through their indirect investment in the portfolios, bear the cost of these advisory fees. (See the prospectus for the funds for more information.) The amount of the payments we (or our affiliates) receive is generally based on a percentage of the assets of the particular portfolios attributable to the Policy and to certain other variable insurance products that our affiliates and we issue. These percentages differ and the amounts may be significant. Some advisers or sub-advisers (or other affiliates) pay us more than others.

The chart below provides the maximum combined percentages of 12b-1 fees and Support Fees that we anticipate will be paid to us on an annual basis:

Incoming Payments to Transamerica Premier and TCI
Fund	Maximum Fee % of assets*	Fund	Maximum Fee % of assets*
Transamerica Series Trust **	--	Fidelity Variable Insurance Products Funds	0.39%***
ProFunds	0.50%	Access One Trust	0.50%
Alliance Bernstein	0.25%	Franklin Templeton	0.35%

*Payments are based on a percentage of the average assets of each fund portfolio owned by the subaccounts that are available under the Policy and under certain other variable insurance products offered by our affiliates and us. We and/or TCI may continue to receive 12b-1 fees and administrative fees on subaccounts that are closed to new investments, depending on the terms of the agreements supporting those payments and on the services provided.

**Because the Transamerica Series Trust is managed by an affiliate, there are additional benefits to us and our affiliates for amounts you allocate to the Transamerica Series Trust portfolios, in terms of our and our affiliates’ overall profitability. During 201 4 , we received $ 12,664,073.57 in benefits from TAM.

***We receive this percentage once $100 million in fund shares are held by the subaccounts of Transamerica Premier and its affiliates.

Other payments. We and our affiliates, including TCI and Transamerica Financial Advisors, Inc. (“TFA”) also directly or indirectly receive additional amounts or different percentages of assets under management from certain advisers and sub-advisers to the portfolios (or their affiliates) with regard to variable insurance products or mutual funds that are issued or managed by us and our affiliates. These payments may be derived in whole or in part, from the profits the investment adviser or sub-adviser receives from the advisory fee deducted from portfolio assets. Policyowners, through their indirect investment in the portfolios, bear the costs of those advisory fees (see the prospectuses for the funds for more information).

Certain advisers and sub-advisers of the underlying portfolios (or their affiliates) (1) may pay TCI amounts up to $100,000 per year to participate in a “preferred sponsor” program that provides such advisers and sub-advisers with access to TCI’s wholesalers at TCI’s national and regional sales conferences that are attended by TCI’s wholesalers; (2) may pay to TFA, directly or indirectly, varying amounts to obtain access to TFA’s wholesaling and selling representatives; (3) may provide us and/or certain affiliates and/or selling firms with occasional gifts, meals, tickets or other compensation as an incentive to market the portfolios and to assist with their promotional efforts; and (4) may reimburse our affiliated selling firms for exhibit booths and other items at national conferences of selling representatives. The amounts may be significant and these arrangements provide the adviser or sub-adviser (or other affiliates) with increased access to us and to our affiliates involved in the distribution of the Policy.

For the calendar year ended December 31, 2014, TCI and its affiliates received revenue sharing payments that totaled approximately $750,000. The firms that paid revenue to participate in TCI sponsored events included but were not limited to the following: Aegon USA Investment Management; Alliance Bernstein Investments; American Funds; Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC; Fidelity Investments; CBRE Clarion Real Estate Securities; Kayne Anderson Capital; Janus Capital; Jennison Associates; JP Morgan Asset Management; Legg Mason Capital Management; Logan Circle Investment Partners; Morningstar Advisers; Natixis Global Asset Management; Pacific Investment Management Company; PineBridge Investments; Ranger Investments; Systematic Financial Management; Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley, LLC; Vanguard; and Wellington Management Company.

Please Note: Some of the aforementioned managers and/or sub-advisers may not be associated with underlying fund portfolios currently available in this product.

Proceeds from certain of these payments by the funds, the advisers, the sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may be profit to us, and may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses (i) that we and our affiliates incur in promoting, issuing, marketing and administering the Policies; and (ii) that we incur, in our role as intermediary, in promoting and marketing the fund portfolios.

For further details about the compensation payments we make in connection with the sale of the Policies, see "Sale of the Policies" in this prospectus.

The Policy

The Policy is subject to the insurance laws and regulations of each state or jurisdiction in which it is available for distribution. There may be differences between the Policy issued and the general Policy description contained in this prospectus because of requirements of the state where your Policy is issued. Some of the state specific differences are included in the prospectus, but this prospectus does not include references to all state specific differences. All state specific Policy features will be described in your Policy.

Ownership Rights

The Policy belongs to the owner named in the application. The owner may exercise all of the rights and options described in the Policy. If the owner dies before the insured and no contingent owner is named, then ownership of the Policy will pass to the owner's estate.

The principal rights an owner may exercise are:

●	To designate or change beneficiaries before the death of the insured.
●	To receive amounts payable before the death of the insured.
●	To assign the Policy. (If you assign the Policy, your rights and the rights of anyone who is to receive payment under the Policy are subject to the terms of that assignment.)
●	To change the owner of the Policy.
●	To change the specified amount or death benefit option of the Policy.

No designation or change in designation of an owner will take effect unless we receive a transfer of ownership form. The request will take effect as of the date we receive it, in good order, at our mailing address, or by fax at our administrative office (1-727-299-1620), subject to payment or other action taken by us before it was received.

Modifying the Policy

Any modifications or waiver of any rights or requirements under the Policy must be in writing, in good order, and signed by our president or secretary. No registered representative may bind us by making any promise not contained in the Policy.

Upon notice to you, we may modify the Policy:

●	To make the Policy or the separate account comply with any law or regulation issued by a governmental agency to which we are subject; or
●	To assure continued qualification of the Policy as a life insurance contract under the Internal Revenue Code or to meet applicable requirements of federal or state laws relating to variable life policies; or
●	To reflect a change in the operation of the separate account; or
●	To provide additional subaccounts and/or fixed account options.

Purchasing a Policy

(Note: This Policy is no longer available for new sales.)

To purchase a Policy, you must submit a completed application, in good order, and an initial premium to us through any licensed life insurance agent who is also a registered representative of a broker-dealer having a selling agreement with TCI, the principal underwriter for the Policy, and us. We may reject the application at any time before issuing a Policy.

There may be delays in our receipt and processing of applications and premium payments that are outside of our control – for example, because of the failure of a selling broker-dealer or registered representative to promptly forward the application to us at our mailing address, or because of delays in determining whether the Policy is suitable for you. Any such delays will affect when your Policy can be issued.

You select the specified amount of insurance coverage for your Policy within the following limits. Our current minimum specified amount for a Policy for issue ages 0-45 is generally $50,000. It declines to $25,000 for issue ages 46-75.

We will generally only issue a Policy to you if you provide sufficient evidence that the insured meets our insurability standards. Your application is subject to our underwriting rules, and we may reject any application for any reason permitted by law. We will not issue a Policy to you if the insured is over age 75. The insured must be insurable and acceptable to us under our underwriting rules on the later of:

●	The date of your application; or
●	The date the insured completes all of the medical tests and examinations that we require.

Tax-Free "Section 1035" Exchanges

You can generally exchange one life insurance policy for another policy covering the same insured in a "tax-free exchange" under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code. Before making an exchange, you should compare both life insurance policies carefully. Remember that if you exchange another life insurance policy for the one described in this prospectus, you might have to pay a surrender charge on your old policy, other charges may be higher (or lower) and the benefits may be different. If the exchange does not qualify for Section 1035 treatment, or if your current policy is subject to a policy loan, you may also have to pay federal income tax on the exchange. You should not exchange another life insurance policy for this one unless you determine, after knowing all the facts, that the exchange is in your best interest and not just better for the person selling you the Policy. (That person will generally earn a commission if you buy this Policy through an exchange or otherwise.)

Group or Sponsored Policies

We issue a different Policy for group or sponsored arrangements (“Group/Sponsored Policies”). Under Group/Sponsored Policies, a trustee or employer purchases individual policies covering a group of individuals on a group basis (e.g., section 401 employer-sponsored benefit plans and deferred compensation plans). A sponsored arrangement is where an employer permits a group solicitation of policies to its employees or an association permits a group solicitation of policies to its members.

We have certain criteria to issue Group/Sponsored Policies. Generally, a group or sponsored arrangement must be a specific size and must have been in operation for a number of years. We may reduce certain charges, such as premium expense charges, surrender charge, limits on minimum premium and minimum specified amount, or monthly Policy charge, for these Policies. In some cases, we currently waive the monthly Policy charge and reduce the surrender charge. The amount of the reduction and the criteria for Group/Sponsored Policies will reflect the reduced sales effort resulting from these sales. Groups or sponsored arrangements which have been set up solely to purchase Group/Sponsored Policies or which have been in existence for less than six months will not qualify. Group/Sponsored Policies may not be available in all states. Group/Sponsored Policies may be subject to special tax rules and consequences and other legal restrictions.

Insurance policies where the benefits vary based on gender may not be used to fund certain employer-sponsored benefit plans and fringe benefit programs. Employers should consult tax attorneys before proposing to offer Group/Sponsored Policies.

Associate Policies

An Associate Policy was previously offered to certain employees, field associates, directors and their relatives. An Associate Policy may have reduced or waived premium expense charges, surrender charges, cost of insurance rates, limits on minimum premium and minimum specified amount, or monthly Policy charge. The Associate Policy was available to:

●	Our current and retired directors, officers, full-time employees and registered representatives, and those of our affiliates; current and retired directors, officers, full-time employees and registered representatives of TCI and any broker-dealer with which they have a sales agreement;
●	Any trust, pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan of the foregoing persons or entities;
●	Current and retired directors, officers, and full-time employees of the Transamerica Series Trust, the Transamerica Funds, and any investment adviser or sub-adviser thereto; and
●	Any immediate family member of the above.

New Associate Policies are not available.

WRL Protector Plus ProgramSM

A WRL Protector Plus ProgramSM Policy differs from a standard Policy in the following ways:

●	The initial premium must be at least $10,000, and at least 90% of the maximum allowable premium;
●	Our administrative and distribution expenses are lower, so we do not assess any premium expense charges;
●	The underwriting process is shorter and simpler;
●	The cost of insurance charges may be different;
●	Most WRL Protector Plus ProgramSM Policies will be treated as modified endowment contracts; and
●	For Policies issued on and after May 1, 1996, the surrender charge percentage applies for a shorter time (see below).

Surrender Charge Percentage

End of Policy Year*	Percentage
At Issue	100%
1-5	100%
6	80%
7	60%
8	40%
9	0

The minimum possible specified amount at issue is the amount that a $10,000 premium will purchase based on the insured’s age, gender and underwriting class, and certain federal tax law guidelines. For a larger premium there will be a larger minimum specified amount. The maximum specified amount depends on the size of the initial premium payment, and is approximately 111% of the lowest possible specified amount for that premium. Due to federal tax laws, the amount of additional premium payments you make may be limited. There are no planned periodic premiums.

When Insurance Coverage Takes Effect

Except as provided in the conditional receipt ("Conditional Receipt"), if issued, or in connection with certain Section 1035 Exchanges, insurance coverage under the Policy will not take effect until after all of the following conditions have been met: (1) the first full premium must be received by the Company at our mailing address; (2) during the lifetime of every proposed insured, the proposed owner must have personally received and accepted the Policy which was applied for and all answers on the application must be true and correct on the date such Policy is received and accepted; and (3) on the date of the later of either (1) or (2) above, all of the statements and answers given in the application must be true and complete, and there must have been no change in the insurability of any proposed insured.

Conditional Insurance Coverage. If you pay the full initial premium and have met all of the requirements listed in the Conditional Receipt attached to the application, and we deliver the Conditional Receipt to you, the insured may have conditional insurance coverage under the terms of the conditional receipt. The conditional insurance coverage may vary by state and/or underwriting standards. Because we do not accept initial premiums in advance for Policies with a specified amount in excess of $1,000,000, we do not offer conditional insurance coverage for those Policies. Conditional insurance coverage is void if the check or draft you gave us to pay the initial premium is not honored when we first present it for payment.

The aggregate amount of conditional insurance coverage, if any, is the lesser of:	Ÿ	The amounts applied for under all Conditional Receipts issued by us; or
	Ÿ	$500,000 of life insurance.

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Conditional Receipt, conditional insurance under the terms of the Policy applied for may become effective as of the later of:	Ÿ	The date of application; or
	Ÿ	The date of the last medical examination, test, and other screenings required by us, if any (the “Effective Date”). Such conditional insurance will take effect as of the Effective Date, so long as all of the following requirements are met:
		1.	The person proposed to be insured is found to have been insurable as of the Effective Date, exactly as applied for in accordance with our underwriting rules and standards, without any modifications as to plan, amount, or premium rate.

		2.	As of the Effective Date, all statements and answers given in the application must be true.
		3.	The payment made with the application must not be less than the full initial premium for the mode of payment chosen in the application and must be received at our mailing address within the lifetime of the proposed insured.
		4.	All medical examinations, tests, and other screenings required of the proposed insured by us are completed and the results received at our mailing address within 60 days of the date the application was signed.
		5.	All parts of the application, any supplemental application, questionnaires, addendum and/or amendment to the application are signed and received at our mailing address.

Any conditional life insurance coverage terminates on the earliest of:	Ÿ	60 days from the date the application was signed.
	Ÿ	The date we either mail notice to the applicant of the rejection of the application and/or mail a refund of any amounts paid with the application.
	Ÿ	When the insurance applied for goes into effect under the terms of the Policy that you applied for; or
	Ÿ	The date we offer to provide insurance on terms that differ from the insurance for which you have applied.

Special limitations of the Conditional Receipt:	Ÿ	The Conditional Receipt is not valid unless:
		>	All blanks in the Conditional Receipt are completed; and
		>	The receipt is signed an authorized Company representative.

Other limitations:	Ÿ	There is no Conditional Receipt coverage for riders or any additional benefits, if any, for which you may have applied.
	Ÿ	If one or more of the receipt’s conditions have not been met exactly, or if a proposed insured dies by suicide, we will not be liable except to return any payment made with the application.
	Ÿ	If we do not approve and accept the application within 60 days of the date you signed the application, the application will be deemed to be rejected by us and there will be no conditional insurance coverage. In that case, Transamerica Premier ’s liability will be limited to returning any payment(s) you have made upon return of this receipt to us.

For 1035 Exchanges: Coverage may begin earlier in Section 1035 exchange situations, as provided in the “Absolute Assignment to Effect Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchange and Rollover” form. As provided in that form, the insurance coverage shall take effect as of the date of the replaced policy is surrendered, and before delivery of the Policy, if the following conditions have been met:

The Policy has been approved for issue- even if approved other than as applied for - and accepted in writing by the proposed owner and either:

1.	The replaced policy has been surrendered and the surrender proceeds thereafter received by the Company are themselves sufficient to place the Policy in force; or

If, in addition to the surrender of the replaced policy from the existing issuer, premium is paid during the proposed insured’s lifetime (either with the application for the Policy or thereafter if permitted by the Company in writing) and if such premium together with any surrender proceeds thereafter received, are sufficient to place the Policy in force.

Charges are applied beginning on the date the coverage takes effect.

Full Insurance Coverage and Allocation of Initial Premium. Once we determine that the insured meets our underwriting requirements and you have paid the initial premium, full insurance coverage will begin and we will begin to take the monthly deductions from your net premium. This date is the Policy date (or the record date if Policy is backdated.) Any premium payments we receive before the Policy date (or record date, if applicable) will be held in a non-interest bearing suspense account. On the Policy date (or on the record date if your Policy is backdated), the entire amount in the non-interest bearing suspense account will be allocated to the subaccounts and/or the fixed account as you specified in your application. Please Note: Your premiums are credited on the record date, not the backdated Policy date.

On any day we credit net premiums or transfer cash value to a subaccount, we will convert the dollar amount of the net premium (or transfer) into subaccount units at the unit value for that subaccount, determined at the end of the day on which we receive the premium or transaction request. We will credit amounts to the subaccounts only on a valuation date, that is, on a date that the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is open for trading.

Transaction Type:	Priced when received at our:
payment by check	mailing address, unless a different address appears on your billing coupon
transfer request	administrative office
payment by wire transfer	administrative office
electronic transactions (e.g., payments through direct deposit, debit transfers, and forms of e-commerce payments	administrative office

Backdating A Policy

If you request, we may backdate a Policy by assigning a Policy date earlier than the date full insurance coverage begins. However, in no event will we backdate a Policy earlier than the earliest date allowed by state law or by our underwriting rules. Your request must be in writing and, if we approve the request, we will amend your application. Your premiums, however, will be credited on the date the Policy is issued, not the backdated Policy date. . Please Note: State specific rules may apply to a request to backdate a policy. Please contact your registered representative for further information.

Cost of insurance charges are based in part on the age of the insured on the Policy date or on the date of a requested increase in specified amount. Generally, cost of insurance charges are lower at a younger age. We will deduct the monthly deductions, including cost of insurance charges, for the period that the Policy is backdated. This means that while the monthly deductions may be lower than what would have been charged had we not backdated the Policy, you will be paying for insurance during a period when the Policy was not in force.

Premiums

Allocating Premiums

You must instruct us on how to allocate your net premium among the subaccounts and the fixed account according to these guidelines:

●	Allocation percentages must be in whole numbers.
●	If you select dollar cost averaging, we may require you to have a minimum of $10,000 in each subaccount from which we will make transfers and you may be required to transfer at least a total of $1,000 ($500 for New Jersey residents) monthly.
●	If you select asset rebalancing, the cash value of your Policy, if an existing Policy, or your minimum initial premium, if a new Policy, must be at least $10,000.

Currently, you may change the allocation instructions for additional premium payments without charge at any time by writing us at our mailing address or calling us at our administrative office at 1-800-851-9777, Monday – Friday, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. - 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time. You may also change allocations through our website at www.premier.transamerica.com .

Please Note: Certain subaccounts have similar names. When providing your allocation instructions, please state or write the full name of the subaccount that you select for your allocation to ensure that those allocation instructions are in good order. The change will be effective as of the valuation date on which we receive the change request, in good order, at our mailing address or administrative office. Upon instructions from you, your authorized representative for your Policy may also change your allocation instructions for you. We reserve the right to limit the number of premium allocation changes to one per Policy year.

Whenever you direct money into a subaccount, we will credit your Policy with the number of units for that subaccount that can be bought for the dollar payment. Premium payments received at our mailing address or at the address on your billing coupon (for payments made by check) or at our administrative office (for payments made by wire transfer and through electronic credit and debit transactions) before the NYSE closes, are priced using the unit value determined at the closing of the regular business session of the NYSE (usually at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). If we receive a premium payment at our mailing address after the NYSE closes or on a day that the NYSE is closed for trading, we will process the order using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of the next regular session of the NYSE. We will credit amounts to the subaccounts only on a valuation date, that is, on a date the NYSE is open for trading. Your cash value will vary with the investment experience of the subaccounts you have chosen. You bear the investment risk for amounts you allocate to the subaccounts.

You should periodically review how your cash value is allocated among the subaccounts and the fixed account because market conditions and your overall financial objectives may change.

Premium Flexibility

You generally have flexibility to determine the frequency and the amount of the premiums you pay. Before we issue the Policy to you, we may require you to pay a premium at least equal to a minimum monthly guarantee premium set forth in your Policy. Thereafter (subject to the limitations described below), you may make premium payments at any time and in an amount of at least $50. Under some circumstances, you may be required to pay extra premiums to prevent a lapse. Your minimum monthly guarantee premium may change if you request a change in your Policy. If this happens, we will notify you of the new minimum monthly guarantee premium. See "Minimum Monthly Guarantee Premium" below.

Planned Periodic Payments

You can determine a planned periodic payment schedule, which allows you to pay level premiums at fixed intervals over a specified period of time. You are not required to pay premiums according to this schedule. You may change the amount, frequency, and the time period over which you make your planned periodic payments. Please be sure to notify us or your selling firm of any address changes so that we may be able to keep your current address on record.

Even if you make your planned periodic payments on schedule, your Policy still may lapse. How long your Policy remains in force depends on the Policy's net surrender value. If the net surrender value is not high enough to pay the monthly deductions when due (and your no lapse period has expired) then your Policy will lapse (unless you make the payment we specify during the 61-day grace period).

Minimum Monthly Guarantee Premium

The full initial premium is the only premium you are required to pay under the Policy. However, you greatly increase your risk of lapse if you fail to regularly pay premiums at least as large as the current minimum monthly guarantee premium.

The initial minimum monthly guarantee premium is shown on your Policy's schedule page, and depends on a number of factors, including the age, gender, underwriting class of the insured, and the specified amount requested. We will adjust the minimum monthly guarantee premium if you change death benefit options, decrease the specified amount, or if any of the riders are added or terminated, or if in force riders are increased or decreased. We will notify you of the new minimum monthly guarantee premium. We also reserve the right to require, before we issue a Policy, that the initial premium plus the planned premium payable during the no lapse period is at least equal to the cumulative minimum monthly guarantee premiums during the no lapse period.

No Lapse Guarantee

Until the no lapse date shown on your Policy schedule page, your Policy will remain in force and no grace period will begin, even if your net surrender value is too low to pay the monthly deductions, as long as:

●	You have not increased your specified amount.
●	You have not added any riders.
●	The total amount of the premiums you paid (minus any cash withdrawals, minus any outstanding loan amount) equals or exceeds:
		>	The minimum monthly guarantee premium in effect times the number of months since the Policy date up to and including the current month.

After the no lapse period guarantee ends, paying the current minimum monthly guarantee premium each month will not necessarily keep your Policy in force. You may need to pay additional premiums to keep the Policy in force.

Premium Limitations & Payments

We may return premiums less than the minimum. We will not allow you to make any premium payments that would cause the total amount of the premiums you pay to exceed the current maximum premium limitations, if applicable, by which the Policy qualifies as life insurance under federal tax laws. (See “Death Benefit” for more information regarding the Guideline Premium Test.)

This maximum is set forth in your Policy. If you make a payment that would cause your total premiums to be greater than the maximum premium limitations, we generally will return the excess portion of the premium payment, within 60 days after the end of the Policy year. In addition, we reserve the right to refund a premium if the premium would increase the death benefit by more than the amount of the premium. We will not accept a payment that will cause the Policy to become a modified endowment contract without your consent. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information regarding tax considerations regarding your Policy or consult a qualified tax advisor.

We may require premium payments to be at least $50 ($1,000 if by wire). If the billing payment mode is monthly direct deposit, we may require minimum payments of $100.

Wire Transfers. We will accept premium payments by wire transfer. If you wish to make premium payments by wire transfer, you should contact our administrative office at 1-800-851-9777 for instructions on wiring federal funds to us. Certain charges are deducted from the premium payments you make.

Tax-Free Exchanges ("1035 Exchanges"). We will accept a part of or all of your initial premium from one or more contracts insuring the same insured that qualify for tax-free exchanges under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code. If you contemplate such an exchange, you should consult a competent tax advisor to learn the potential tax effects of such a transaction.

Transfers

General

You or your authorized representative of record may make transfers among the subaccounts or among the subaccounts and the fixed account. You will be bound by any transfers made by your authorized representative. We determine the amount you have available for transfers at the end of the valuation period when we receive your transfer request. We may, at any time, discontinue transfer privileges, modify our procedures, or limit the number of transfers we permit.

The following features apply to transfers under the Policy:

●	Your Policy may be limited to a cumulative transfer from the fixed account each Policy year of the greater of 25% of the amount in the fixed account, or the amount transferred out the previous Policy year. However, the transfer may not be greater than the unloaned portion of the fixed account on that date. See “Fixed Account Transfers.”
·	Currently we do not, but reserve the right to, limit the number of transfers out of the fixed account to one per Policy year. If we modify or stop our current practice, we will notify you at the time of your transfer.
●	You may request transfers in writing (in a form we accept) to our mailing address, by fax or by telephone to our administrative office, or electronically through our website ( www.premier.transamerica.com ). Please note: Certain subaccounts have similar names. It is important that you state or write the full name of the subaccount when making a transfer request to ensure that any transfer request that you make is in good order.
●	There is no minimum amount that must be transferred.
●	There is no minimum amount that must remain in a subaccount after a transfer.

●	Except as listed below, we may deduct a $10 charge from the amount transferred for each transfer in excess of 12 transfers in a Policy year:
	1. We consider all transfers made in any one day to be a single transfer.
	2. Transfers resulting from loans or the exercise of conversion rights currently are not treated as transfers for the purpose of the transfer charge.
	3. Transfers via the Internet are not treated as transfers for purpose of assessing the transfer charge.
	4. Transfers among the ProFunds and/or Access Trust subaccounts are not treated as transfers for the purpose of assessing the transfer charge.
	5. Transfers under dollar cost averaging and asset rebalancing currently are not treated as transfers for the purpose of assessing the transfer charge.

We will process any transfer order that is received, in good order, in writing at our mailing address, or by fax or by telephone at our administrative office, before the NYSE closes (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) using the subaccount unit value determined at the end of that session of the NYSE. If we receive the transfer order after the NYSE closes or on a day that the NYSE is closed for trading, we will process the order using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of the next regular business session of the NYSE. (If you send your request by fax, be sure to use the correct fax number. Please see “Telephone, Fax and Online Privileges.”)

Market Timing and Disruptive Trading

The market timing policy and the related procedures (discussed below) do not apply to the ProFunds or Access Trust subaccounts because the corresponding portfolios are specifically designed to accommodate frequent transfer activity. If you invest in the ProFunds or Access Trust subaccounts, you should be aware that you may bear the costs and increased risks of frequent transfers discussed below and they may have a greater risk than other portfolios of suffering the harmful effects of market timing and disruptive trading.

Statement of Policy. This variable insurance Policy was not designed to facilitate frequent or large trading through transfers among the subaccounts or between the subaccounts and the fixed account by market timers or frequent or disruptive traders. (Both frequent and large transfers may be considered disruptive.)

Market timing and disruptive trading can adversely affect you, other policyowners, beneficiaries and underlying fund portfolios. The adverse effects include:

1. D ilution of the interests of long-term investors in a subaccount if purchases or transfers into or out of an underlying fund portfolio are made at prices that do not reflect an accurate value for the underlying fund portfolio’s investments (some market timers attempt to do this through methods known as “time-zone arbitrage” and “liquidity arbitrage”);

2. A n adverse effect on portfolio management, such as (a) impeding a portfolio manager’s ability to sustain an investment objective; (b) causing the underlying fund portfolio to maintain a higher level of cash than would otherwise be the case; or (c) causing an underlying fund portfolio to liquidate investments prematurely (or otherwise at an inopportune time) in order to pay withdrawals or transfers out of the underlying fund portfolio; and

3. I ncreased brokerage and administrative expenses. These costs are borne by all policyowners invested in those subaccounts, not just those making the transfers.

We have developed policies and procedures with respect to market timing and disruptive trading (which vary for certain subaccounts at the request of the corresponding underlying fund portfolios) and we do not make special arrangements or grant exceptions to accommodate market timing or potentially disruptive trading. As discussed herein, we cannot detect or deter all market timing or potentially disruptive trading. Do not invest with us if you intend to conduct market timing or potentially disruptive trading or have concerns about our inability to detect or prevent any such trading.

Detection. We employ various means in an attempt to detect and deter market timing and disruptive trading. However, despite our monitoring we may not be able to detect nor halt all harmful trading. In addition, because other insurance companies (and retirement plans) with different policies and procedures may invest in the underlying fund portfolios, we cannot guarantee that all harmful trading will be detected or that an underlying fund portfolio will not suffer harm from market timing and disruptive trading among subaccounts of variable products issued by these other insurance companies or retirement plans.

Deterrence. If we determine that you or anyone acting on your behalf is engaged in market timing or disruptive trading, we may take one or more actions in an attempt to halt such trading. Your ability to make transfers is subject to modification or restriction if we determine, in our sole opinion, that your exercise of the transfer privilege may disadvantage or potentially harm the rights or interests of other policyowners (or others having an interest in the variable insurance products). As described below, restrictions may take various forms, but under our current policies and procedures will include loss of expedited transfer privileges. We consider transfers by telephone, fax, overnight mail, or the Internet to be “expedited” transfers. This means that we would accept only written transfer requests with an original signature sent to us only by U.S. mail. We may also restrict the transfer privileges of others acting on your behalf, including your registered representative or an asset allocation or investment advisory service.

We reserve the right to reject any premium payment or transfer request from any person without prior notice, if, in our judgment, (1) the premium payment or transfer, or series of premium payments or transfers, would have a negative impact on an underlying fund portfolio’s operations, or (2) if an underlying fund portfolio would reject or has rejected our purchase order or has instructed us not to allow that purchase or transfer, or (3) because of a history of market timing or disruptive trading. We may impose other restrictions on transfers, or even prohibit transfers for any policyowner who, in our view, has abused, or appears likely to abuse, the transfer privilege on a case-by-case basis. We may, at any time and without prior notice, discontinue transfer privileges, modify our procedures, impose holding period requirements or limit the number, size, frequency, manner, or timing of transfers we permit. We also reserve the right to reverse a potentially harmful transfer if an underlying fund portfolio refuses or reverses our order; in such instances some policyowners may be treated differently than others in that some transfers may be reversed and others allowed. For all of these purposes, we may aggregate two or more trades or variable insurance products that we believe are connected by policyowners or persons engaged in trading on behalf of policyowners.

In addition, transfers for multiple policies invested in the Transamerica Series Trust underlying fund portfolios which are submitted together may be disruptive at certain levels. At the present time, such aggregated transactions likely will not cause disruption if less than one million dollars total is being transferred with respect to any one underlying fund portfolio (a smaller amount may apply to smaller portfolios). Please note that transfers of less than one million dollars may be disruptive in some circumstances; we may change the maximum dollar amount of permitted transfers quickly and without notice.

Please note: If you engage a third party investment adviser for asset allocation services, then you may be subject to these transfer restrictions because of the actions of your investment adviser in providing these services.

In addition to our internal policies and procedures, we will administer your variable life policy to comply with any applicable state, federal, and other regulatory requirements concerning transfers. We reserve the right to implement, administer, and charge you for any fee or restriction, including redemption fees, imposed by any underlying fund portfolio. To the extent permitted by law, we also reserve the right to defer the transfer privilege at any time that we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the underlying fund portfolios.

Under our current policies and procedures, we do not:

·	impose redemption fees on transfers; or

·	expressly limit the number or size of transfers in a given period except for certain subaccounts where an underlying fund portfolio has advised us to prohibit certain transfers that exceed a certain size; or

·	provide a certain number of allowable transfers in a given period.

Redemption fees, transfer limits, and other procedures or restrictions imposed by the underlying funds or our competitors may be more or less successful than ours in deterring market timing or other disruptive trading and in preventing or limiting harm from such trading.

We do not impose any prophylactic transfer restrictions. In the absence of any such restrictions (e.g., expressly limiting the number of trades within a given period or limiting trades by their size), it is possible that some level of market timing and disruptive trading will occur before we are able to detect it and take steps to deter it.

Please note that the limits and restrictions described herein are subject to our ability to monitor transfer activity. Our ability to detect market timing or disruptive trading may be limited by operational and technological systems, as well as by our ability to predict strategies employed by policyowners (or those acting on their behalf ) to avoid detection. As a result, despite our efforts to prevent harmful trading activity among the variable investment options available under this variable insurance product, there is no assurance that we will be able to detect or deter market timing or disruptive trading by such policyowners or intermediaries acting on their behalf. Moreover, our ability to discourage and restrict market timing or disruptive trading may be limited by decisions of state regulatory bodies and court orders that we cannot predict.

Furthermore, we may revise our policies and procedures in our sole discretion at any time and without prior notice, as we deem necessary or appropriate (1) to better detect and deter harmful trading that may adversely affect other policyowners, other persons with material rights under the variable insurance products, or underlying fund shareholders generally, (2) to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, or (3) to impose additional or alternative restrictions on policyowners engaging in market timing or disruptive trading among the investment options under the variable insurance product. In addition, we may not honor transfer requests if any variable investment option that would be affected by the transfer is unable to purchase or redeem shares of its corresponding underlying fund portfolio.

Underlying Fund Portfolio Frequent Trading Policies. The underlying fund portfolios may have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of their respective shares. Underlying fund portfolios may, for example, assess a redemption fee (which we reserve the right to collect) on shares held for less than a certain period of time. The prospectuses for the underlying fund portfolios describe any such policies and procedures. The frequent trading policies and procedures of an underlying fund portfolio may be different, and more or less restrictive, than the frequent trading policies and procedures of other underlying fund portfolios and the policies and procedures we have adopted for our variable insurance products to discourage market timing and disruptive trading. Policyowners should be aware that we do not monitor transfer requests from policyowners or persons acting on behalf of policyowners for compliance with, nor do we apply, the frequent trading policies and procedures of the respective underlying fund portfolios that would be affected by the transfers.

Policyowners should be aware that we are required to provide to an underlying fund portfolio or its payee, promptly upon request, certain information about the trading activity of individual policyowners, and to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific policyowners or persons acting on their behalf, if identified by an underlying fund portfolio as violating the frequent trading policies established for the underlying fund portfolio.

Omnibus Orders. Policyowners and other persons with material rights under the variable insurance products also should be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the underlying fund portfolios generally are “omnibus” orders from intermediaries such as retirement plans and separate accounts funding variable insurance products. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual retirement plan participants and individual policyowners of variable insurance products. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the underlying fund portfolios’ ability to apply their respective frequent trading policies and procedures. We cannot guarantee that the underlying fund portfolios will not be harmed by transfer activity relating to the retirement plans or other insurance companies that may invest in the underlying fund portfolios. These other insurance companies are responsible for their own policies and procedures regarding frequent transfer activity. If their policies and procedures fail to successfully discourage harmful transfer activity, it may affect other policyowners of underlying fund portfolio shares, as well as the policyowners of all of the variable annuity or life insurance policies, including ours, whose variable investment options correspond to the affected underlying fund portfolios. In addition, if an underlying fund portfolio believes that an omnibus order we submit may reflect one or more transfer requests from policyowners engaged in market timing or disruptive trading, the underlying fund portfolio may reject the entire omnibus order and thereby delay or prevent us from implementing your request.

Telephone, Fax, and Online Privileges

Telephone transfer privileges will automatically apply to your Policy unless you provide other instructions. The telephone transfer privileges allow you to give authority to the registered representative or agent of record for your Policy to make telephone transfers and to change the allocation of future payments among the subaccounts and the fixed account on your behalf according to your instructions. To make a telephone transfer, you may call us at our administrative office at 1-800-851-9777, Monday – Friday, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. - 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time, or fax your instructions to our subaccount transfer fax number, 1-727-299-1648, (for all other fax requests, please use 1-727-299-1620). You may also request transfers electronically through our website, www.premier.transamerica.com . Please Note: Certain subaccounts have similar names. When providing your allocation instructions, please state or write the full name of the subaccount that you select for your allocation to ensure that those allocation instructions are in good order.

Please note the following regarding telephone, Internet or fax transfers:

●	We will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.
●	If we follow these procedures, we are not liable for any loss, damage, cost or expense from complying with telephone instructions we reasonably believe to be authentic. You bear the risk of any such loss.
●	If we do not employ reasonable confirmation procedures, we may be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions.

●	Such procedures may include requiring forms of personal identification prior to acting upon telephone instructions, providing written confirmation of transactions to owners, and/or tape recording telephone instructions received from owners.
●	We may also require that you send the telephone, Internet or fax order in writing.
●	If you do not want the ability to make telephone transfers, you should notify us in writing at our mailing address or through our fax number (1-727-299-1648).
●	We will not be responsible for same day processing of transfers if the transfer order is faxed to a number other than 1-727-299-1648 or 1-727-299-1620.
●	We will not be responsible for any transmittal problems when you fax us your order unless you report it to us within five business days and send us proof of your fax transmittal. We may discontinue this option at any time.

We cannot guarantee that telephone and electronic transactions will always be available. For example, our offices may be closed during severe weather emergencies or there may be interruptions in telephone or fax service beyond our control. If the volume of calls is unusually high, we might not have someone immediately available to receive your order at our administrative office. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances.

Similarly, online transactions processed via the Internet may not always be possible. Telephone and computer systems, whether yours, your Internet service provider's, your registered representative's or Transamerica Premier 's, can experience outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may prevent or delay our receipt of your request. If you are experiencing problems, you should make your request or inquiry in writing.

You should protect your personal identification number (PIN) and your user ID and password because self-service options will be available to your authorized representative and to anyone who provides your identifying information. We will not be able to verify that the person using your PIN on the automated phone line or providing instructions online is you or one authorized by you.

Note: Your requests that are received before the NYSE closes are priced using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of that regular business session of the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). If we receive a request after the NYSE closes, or on a day the NYSE is closed for trading, we will process the withdrawal request using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of the next regular business session of the NYSE. Please Note: All requests must be submitted in good order to avoid a delay in processing your request.

Fixed Account Transfers

Currently, we do not, but reserve the right to limit the number of transfers out of the fixed account each Policy year to one per Policy year. If we change this, we will notify you at the time of your transfer. Depending on when your Policy was issued, we reserve the right to limit the maximum amount you may transfer from the fixed account to the greater of 25% of the amount in the fixed account or the amount you transferred from the fixed account in the immediately preceding Policy year. If your Policy was issued before September 1, 1994, there is no limit on the amount that you can transfer from the fixed account. If your Policy was issued on or after September 1, 1994, (in all states that approved this change), you are subject to the transfer limitations set forth above.

This current restriction does not apply if you have selected dollar cost averaging. However, the transfer may not be greater than the unloaned portion of the fixed account on that the valuation date on which we receive the transfer request.

We reserve the right to require that you make the transfer request in writing and that we receive the written transfer request, in good order, at our administrative office (for telephonic and facsimile transactions) or at our mailing address (for written correspondence), no later than 30 days after a Policy anniversary. We will make the transfer at the end of the valuation date on which we receive the request.

Except when used to pay premiums, we also may defer payment of any amounts from the fixed account for no longer than six months after we receive written notice.

New Jersey: The fixed account is not available to you if your Policy was issued in the State of New Jersey. You may not direct or transfer any money to the fixed account.

Conversion Rights

If, within 24 months of your Policy date, you transfer all of your subaccount values to the fixed account, then we will not charge you a transfer fee, even if applicable. You must make your request in writing and in good order, to our mailing address.

In the event of a material change in the investment policy of any portfolio, you may transfer all subaccount value in that portfolio to the fixed account without a transfer charge. We must receive your request to transfer the subaccount value to the fixed account, in good order, within 60 days after the effective date of the change of investment policy or the date you receive notification of such change, whichever is later.

Dollar Cost Averaging

Dollar cost averaging is a strategy designed to reduce the average purchase price per unit. The strategy spreads the allocation of your premium into the subaccounts over a period of time. This potentially allows you to reduce the risk of allocating most of your premium to the subaccounts at a time when prices are high. The success of this strategy is not assured and depends on market trends. You should consider carefully your financial ability to continue the program over a long enough period of time to purchase units when their value is low as well as when it is high. We make no guarantee that dollar cost averaging will result in a profit or protect you against loss.

Under dollar cost averaging, we automatically transfer a set dollar amount from the Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP subaccount or the Transamerica JPMorgan Core Bond VP subaccount, or the fixed account to a subaccount that you choose. We will make the transfers monthly as of the end of the valuation date after the first Monthiversary after the record date. We will make the first transfer in the month after we receive your request, in good order, at our mailing address or by facsimile at our administrative office, provided that we receive the form by the 25th day of the month. (Note: As stated on the dollar cost averaging form, the date you select cannot be the 29th, 30th or 31st of any month.)

To start dollar cost averaging:	●	You must submit to us, in good order, in writing to our mailing address (or by facsimile to our administrative office) a completed form, signed by the owner requesting dollar cost averaging.
	●	You may be required to have at least $5,000 in each subaccount or the fixed account from which we will make transfers.
	●	Your total transfers each month under dollar cost averaging may be limited to a minimum of $1,000.
	●	Each month, you may not transfer more than one-tenth of the amount that was in your fixed account at the beginning of dollar cost averaging.

You may request dollar cost averaging at any time. There is no charge for dollar cost averaging.

Dollar cost averaging will terminate if any of the following occur:	●	We receive, in good order, at our mailing address (or by facsimile or telephone at our administrative office), a request to discontinue participation from you or your authorized representative.
	●	The value in the accounts from which we make the transfers is depleted.
	●	You elect to participate in the asset rebalancing program.
	●	You elect to participate in any asset allocation services provided by a third party.

If you terminate your participation in the dollar cost averaging program and later decide that you would like to participate again, you must sign and submit (in good order) a new dollar cost averaging form. We may modify, suspend, or discontinue dollar cost averaging at any time.

Asset Rebalancing Program

We also offer an asset rebalancing program under which you may transfer amounts periodically to maintain a particular allocation percentage among the subaccounts you have selected. Cash value allocated to each subaccount will grow or decline in value at different rates. The asset rebalancing program automatically reallocates the cash value in the subaccounts at the end of each period to match your Policy's currently effective premium allocation schedule. Cash value in the fixed account is not available for this program and is not available in conjunction with the dollar cost averaging program. We make no guarantee that asset rebalancing will result in a profit or protect you against loss.

You may elect asset rebalancing to occur on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. Once we receive the asset rebalancing request form, in good order, at our mailing address (or by facsimile at our administrative office), we will change your premium allocations to match your asset rebalancing instructions, and we will implement the asset rebalancing program on the date you indicated. If you do not indicate a specific date, we will use the date that we receive the form. We will credit the amounts transferred at the unit value next determined on the dates the transfers are made. If a day on which rebalancing would ordinarily occur falls on a day on which the NYSE is closed, rebalancing will occur on the next day that the NYSE is open.

To start asset rebalancing:	●	You must submit to us, in good order, in writing to our mailing address (or by facsimile to our administrative office), a completed asset rebalancing request form signed by the owner before the maturity date.
	●	You may be required to have a minimum cash value of $10,000 or make a $10,000 initial premium payment.

There is no charge for the asset rebalancing program. (We reserve the right to count such allocations as part of your free transfers in the future.)

Asset rebalancing will cease if:	●	You elect to participate in the dollar cost averaging program.
	●	We receive, in good order, at our mailing address (or by facsimile or telephone at our administrative office) a request to discontinue participation from you or your authorized representative.
	●	You make any transfer to or from any subaccount other than under a scheduled rebalancing.
	●	You elect to participate in any asset allocation services provided by a third party.

You may start and stop participation in the asset rebalancing program at any time, but we may restrict your right to re-enter the program to once each Policy year. If you wish to resume the asset rebalancing program, you must complete a new request form. We may modify, suspend, or discontinue the asset rebalancing program at any time.

Third Party Asset Allocation Services

We do not offer any asset allocation programs or any allocation models for use with your life insurance policy. You may authorize and engage your own investment advisor to manage your account. These investment advisors may be firms or persons who also are appointed by us, or whose affiliated broker-dealers are appointed by us, as authorized sellers of the Policies. Even if this is the case, however, please note that the investment advisor you engage to provide advice and/or make transfers for you is not acting on our behalf, but rather is acting on your behalf. We do not offer advice about how to allocate your cash value under any circumstance. We are not responsible for any recommendations such investment advisors make, any investment models or asset allocation programs they choose to follow, or any specific transfers they make on your behalf.

Any fee that is charged by your investment advisor is in addition to the fees and expenses that apply under your Policy. We are not a party to the agreement you have with your investment advisor. You will, however, receive confirmations of transactions that affect your Policy. Note: If you make withdrawals of cash value to pay advisory fees, then taxes may apply to any such withdrawals and tax penalties may be assessed on withdrawals.

If your investment advisor has also acted as your insurance agent with respect to the sale of your Policy, he or she may be receiving compensation for services provided both as an insurance agent and investment advisor. Alternatively, the investment advisor may compensate the registered representative from whom you purchased your Policy for the referral that led you to enter into your investment advisory relationship with the investment advisor. If you are interested in the details about the compensation that your investment advisor and/or your registered representative receive in connection with your Policy, you should ask them for more details.

We, or an affiliate of ours, will process the financial transactions placed by your authorized registered representative or investment advisor. We reserve the right to discontinue doing so at any time and for any reason. We may require registered representatives or investment advisors, who are authorized by multiple policyowners to make financial transactions, to enter into an administrative agreement with Transamerica Premier as a condition of our accepting transactions on your behalf. The administrative agreement may impose limitations on the registered representative’s or investment advisor’s ability to request financial transactions on your behalf. These limitations, which are discussed in the section entitled “Transfers - Disruptive Trading and Market Timing,” are intended to (i) minimize the detrimental impact of an investment professional who is in a position to transfer large amounts of money for multiple clients in a particular portfolio or type of portfolio; or (ii) to comply with specific restrictions or limitations imposed by a portfolios of Transamerica Premier .

Please Note:

Limitations that we may impose on your authorized registered representative or investment advisor under the terms of the administrative agreement do not apply to financial transactions requested by an owner on their own behalf, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. Any third party asset allocation service may be terminated at any time by the owner or by the third party service by sending written instruction to our mailing address.

·	The practices and procedures described above do not apply to any asset allocation portfolios that are available as investment options under the Policy.

Policy Values

Cash Value

Your cash value:

●	Is determined on the Policy date and on each valuation date.
●	Equals the sum of all amounts invested in each subaccount and the fixed account, including any amounts held in the loan reserve account (part of the fixed account) to secure any outstanding Policy loan.
·	Serves as the starting point for calculating values under a Policy.
●	Varies from day to day, depending on the investment experience of the subaccounts you choose, the interest credited to the fixed account, the charges deducted and any other Policy transactions (such as additional premium payments, transfers, withdrawals and Policy loans).
●	Has no guaranteed minimum amount and may be more or less than premiums paid.

Net Surrender Value

The net surrender value is the amount we pay when you surrender your Policy while it is in force. We determine the net surrender value at the end of the valuation period when we receive your written surrender request, in good order, at our mailing address. You may also fax your request to 1-727-299-1620.

Net surrender value on any valuation date equals:	●	The cash value as of such date; minus
	●	Any surrender charge as of such date; minus
	●	Any outstanding Policy loan amount(s); plus
	●	Any interest you paid in advance on the loan(s) for the period between the date of the surrender and the next Policy anniversary.

Subaccount Value

The cash value in a subaccount is referred to as “subaccount value.” At the end of any valuation period, the subaccount value is equal to the number of units that the Policy has in the subaccount, multiplied by the unit value of that subaccount. . (Note: Subaccount transactions are converted to units for accounting purposes.)

The number of units in any subaccount on any valuation date equals:	●	The initial units purchased at unit value on the record date; plus
	●	Units purchased with additional net premium(s); plus
	●	Units purchased due to a loan repayment; plus
	●	Units purchased via transfers from another subaccount or the fixed account; minus
	●	Units redeemed to pay for monthly deductions; minus
	●	Units redeemed to pay for cash withdrawals; minus
	●	Units redeemed as part of a transfer to another subaccount or the fixed account; minus
	●	Units redeemed to pay any cash withdrawal charges and any transfer charges; minus
	●	Units redeemed due to any refund of premiums allocated to that subaccount.

Every time you allocate, transfer or withdraw money to or from a subaccount, we convert that dollar amount into units. We determine the number of units we credit to, or subtract from, your Policy by dividing the dollar amount of the allocation, transfer or cash withdrawal by the unit value for that subaccount next determined at the end of the valuation period on which the premium allocation, transfer request or cash withdrawal request is received: (i) at our mailing address (for written requests or payments by check); (ii) at our administrative office (for requests by fax or by telephone, or for payments made through electronic credit and debit transactions); or (iii) electronically through our website.

Subaccount Unit Value

The value (or price) of each subaccount unit will reflect the investment performance of the portfolio in which the subaccount invests. Unit values will vary among subaccounts. The unit value of each subaccount was originally established at $10 per unit. The unit value may increase or decrease from one valuation period to the next.

The unit value of any subaccount at the end of a valuation period is calculated as:	●	The total value of the portfolio shares held in the subaccount, including the value of any dividends or capital gains distribution declared and reinvested by the portfolio during the valuation period. This value is determined by multiplying the number of portfolio shares owned by the subaccount by the portfolio's net asset value per share determined at the end of the valuation period; minus
	●	A charge equal to the daily net assets of the subaccount multiplied by the daily equivalent of the mortality and expense risk charge;
	●	The accrued amount of reserve for any taxes or other economic burden resulting from applying tax laws that we determine to be properly attributable to the subaccount; and the result divided by
	●	The number of outstanding units in the subaccount before the purchase or redemption of any units on that date.

The portfolio in which any subaccount invests will determine its net asset value per share once daily, as of the close of the regular business session of the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) except on customary national holidays on which the NYSE is closed, which coincides with the end of each valuation period.

Death Benefit

Death Benefit Proceeds

We will determine the amount of the death benefit proceeds on any Policy in force on the date of death upon receipt, in good order, at our administrative office, of satisfactory proof of the insured's death, plus written direction (from each eligible recipient of death benefit proceeds) regarding distribution of the death benefit payment, and any other documents, forms and information we need. We will pay interest on the death benefit from the date of death to the date of payment. The annual interest rate will be at least 1%. We may require the Policy be returned. We will pay the death benefit proceeds to the primary beneficiary(ies), if living, or to a contingent beneficiary. If each beneficiary dies before the insured and there is no contingent beneficiary, we will pay the death benefit proceeds to the owner or the owner's estate. We will pay the death benefit proceeds in a lump sum by check or under a payment option.

Fixed Account Value

On the Policy date, the fixed account value is equal to the cash value allocated to the fixed account, less the portion of the first monthly deduction that is subtracted from the fixed account.

The fixed account value at the end of any valuation period is equal to:	●	The sum of net premiums allocated to the fixed account; plus
	●	Any amounts transferred from a subaccount to the fixed account (including amounts transferred to the loan reserve account); plus
	●	Total interest credited to the fixed account; minus
	●	Amounts charged to pay for monthly deductions; minus
	●	Amounts withdrawn or surrendered from the fixed account to pay for cash withdrawals, transfer fees or any other fees and charges; minus
	●	Amounts transferred from the fixed account (including amounts transferred to the loan reserve account) to a subaccount; minus
	●	Any refund of premiums allocated to the fixed account.

The final death benefit payment is equal to:	●	The amount determined based on the death benefit option that you select (described below); minus
	●	Any monthly deductions due during the grace period (if applicable); minus
	●	Any outstanding loan amount; plus
	●	Any interest you paid in advance on the loan(s) for the period between the date of death and the next Policy anniversary; plus
	●	Any additional insurance in force provided by rider.

We may further adjust the amount of the death benefit proceeds if we contest the Policy or if you misstate the insured's age or gender.

Death Benefit

The Policy offers two death benefit options – Option A and Option B.. The death benefit is determined at the end of the valuation period in which the insured dies. You must select one of the two death benefit options we offer. This is an important decision. No matter which death benefit option you choose, we guarantee that, as long as the Policy does not lapse, the death benefit will never be less than the specified amount on the date of the insured's death adjusted as shown above.

Option A

The death benefit equals the greatest of:	●	The specified amount; or
	●	A specified percentage called the "limitation percentage," multiplied by the cash value on the insured’s date of death; or
	·	The amount required for the Policy to qualify as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Under Option A, your death benefit remains level unless the limitation percentage multiplied by the cash value is greater than the specified amount; then the death benefit will vary as the cash value varies.

The limitation percentage is the minimum percentage of cash value we must pay as the death benefit under federal tax requirements. It is based on the attained age of the insured at the beginning of each Policy year. The following table indicates the limitation percentages for different ages:

Attained Age	Limitation Percentage
40 and under	250%
41 to 45	250% minus 7% for each age over age 40
46 to 50	215% minus 6% for each age over age 45
51 to 55	185% minus 7% for each age over age 50
56 to 60	150% minus 4% for each age over age 55
61 to 65	130% minus 2% for each age over age 60
66 to 70	120% minus 1% for each age over age 65
71 to 75	115% minus 2% for each age over age 70
76 to 90	105%
91 to 95	105% minus 1% for each age over age 90
96 and older	100%

If the federal tax code requires us to determine the death benefit by reference to these limitation percentages, the Policy is described as "in the corridor." An increase in the cash value will increase our risk, and we will increase the cost of insurance we deduct from the cash value.

Option A Example. Assume that the insured's attained age is under 40 and that there are no outstanding loans. Under Option A, a Policy with a $50,000 specified amount will generally pay $50,000 in death benefits. However, because the death benefit must be equal to or be greater than 2.5 times the cash value, any time the cash value of the Policy exceeds $20,000, the death benefit will exceed the $50,000 specified amount. (The figure $20,000 is derived by solving for cash value in the following calculation: $50,000 = 2.5 times the cash value.) Each additional dollar added to the cash value above $20,000 will increase the death benefit by $2.50.

Similarly, so long as the cash value exceeds $20,000, each dollar taken out of the cash value will reduce the death benefit of the Policy, not including the rider, by $2.50. If at any time the cash value multiplied by the limitation percentage is less than the specified amount, the death benefit will equal the specified amount of the Policy reduced by the dollar value of any cash withdrawals.

Option B

The death benefit equals the greatest of:	1.	The specified amount; plus the cash value on the
		insured's date of death; or
	2.	The limitation percentage multiplied by the cash value on the insured’s date of death.
	3.	The amount required for the Policy to qualify as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Under Option B, the death benefit always varies as the cash value varies.

Option B Example. Assume that the insured's attained age is under 40 and that there are no outstanding loans. Under Option B, a Policy with a specified amount of $50,000 will generally pay a death benefit of $50,000 plus cash value. Thus, a Policy with a cash value of $10,000 will have a death benefit of $60,000 ($50,000 + $10,000). The death benefit, however, must be at least 2.5 times the cash value. As a result, if the cash value exceeds $33,333, the death benefit will be greater than the specified amount plus cash value. (The figure of $33,333 is derived by solving for cash value in the following calculation: 2.5 multiplied by cash value = $50,000 plus cash value; 2.5 multiplied by $33,333= $50,000 plus $33,333). Each additional dollar of cash value above $33,333 will increase the death benefit by $2.50.

Similarly, any time the cash value exceeds $33,333, each dollar taken out of the cash value will reduce the death benefit by $2.50. If at any time, the cash value multiplied by the limitation percentage is less than the specified amount plus the cash value, then the death benefit will be the specified amount plus the cash value of the Policy.

Effect of Cash Withdrawals on the Death Benefit

If Option A is in effect, a cash withdrawal will reduce the specified amount of the Policy by an amount equal to the amount of the cash withdrawal. Regardless of the death benefit option in effect, a cash withdrawal will reduce the death benefit of the Policy by at least the amount of the withdrawal. For a description of the effect of cash withdrawals on the death benefit option that you select, please refer to the section entitled “Surrenders and Cash Withdrawals – Cash Withdrawal Conditions” in this prospectus.

Choosing Death Benefit Options

You must choose one death benefit option on your application. This is an important decision. The death benefit option you choose will have an impact on the dollar value of the death benefit, on your cash value, and on the amount of cost of insurance charges you pay. If you do not select a death benefit option on your application, then Option A will become the death benefit option for your Policy by default.

You may find Option A more suitable for you if your goal is to increase your cash value through positive investment experience. You may find Option B more suitable if your goal is to increase your total death benefit.

Changing the Death Benefit Option

After the third Policy year, you may change your death benefit option once each Policy year. Changing the death benefit option may affect the specified amount. We will notify you of the new specified amount.

Changes to the Death Benefit Option are subject to the following conditions:

●	You may must send your written request, in good order, to our mailing address or fax it to us at our administrative office at 1-727-299-1620. (If you send your request by fax, be sure to use the correct fax number. Please see “Telephone, Fax, and Online Privileges.”)
●	The effective date of the change will be the Monthiversary on or following the date when we receive your request for a change.
●	You may not make a change that would decrease the specified amount below the minimum specified amount shown on your Policy schedule page.
●	There may be adverse federal tax consequences. You should consult a tax advisor before changing your Policy's death benefit option.

If you change your death benefit option from Option B to Option A, we will make the specified amount after the change equal to the specified amount prior to the change, plus your Policy’s cash value on the effective date of the change. If you change your death benefit option from Option A to Option B, we will make the specified amount after the change equal to the specified amount prior to the change, minus the cash value on the effective date of the change. We will notify you of the new specified amount.

Increasing/Decreasing the Specified Amount

You may increase the specified amount after the first Policy year or decrease it at any time after the third Policy year. No more than one change in the specified amount can occur each Policy year. If approved, the increase or decrease will take effect on the next Policy Monthiversary. An increase or decrease in the specified amount will affect your cost of insurance charge, your minimum monthly guarantee premium, and may affect your ability to maintain the no lapse period guarantee. A change in specified amount may affect the Policy’s qualification tests as life insurance under IRC 7702 and could cause the Policy to become a Modified Endowment Contract under IRC 7702a and may have adverse federal tax consequences.

You should consult a tax advisor before changing your Policy’s specified amount.

Conditions for increasing the specified amount:	●	We will accept requests for increases in specified amount at any time if the insured is under age 75.
	●	You may send your written request, in good order, to our mailing address or fax it to us at 1-727-299-1620.
	·	A requested increase in specified amount requires our approval and will take effect on the Policy Monthiversary on or after we approve your request.
	●	You will require additional evidence of insurability.
	●	The increase in specified amount must be at least $50,000.
	●	We reserve the right to decline your request.
	●	You do not need to send an additional premium but you must have sufficient net surrender value to cover the next monthly deductions after the increase becomes effective.
	●	If you surrender your Policy, we will charge you an additional surrender charge on any increase in specified amount for 15 years after each increase.

If you increase the specified amount but you have not paid sufficient premiums to cover monthly deductions, your Policy will lapse.

Conditions for decreasing the specified amount:	●	You may send your written request, in good order, to our mailing address or fax it to us at our administrative office at 1-727-299-1620.
	●	Your Policy must be in force for three years.
	●	You may not decrease your specified amount if it would disqualify your Policy as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code.
	●	We may limit the amount of the decrease to no more than 20% of the specified amount
	●	A decrease in specified amount will take effect on the first Policy Monthiversary on or next following the day we receive your written request.

Payment Options

There are several ways of receiving proceeds under the death benefit and surrender provisions of the Policy, other than in a lump sum. These are described under “Settlement Options” in your Policy and in this prospectus.

Surrenders and Cash Withdrawals

Surrenders

You must make a written request to surrender your Policy for its net surrender value as calculated at the end of the valuation date on which we receive your request, in good order, at our mailing address. You also may fax your request to our administrative office at 1-727-299-1620. We may require an original signature with such request. Written requests to surrender a Policy that are received at our mailing address (or faxed to our administrative office) before the NYSE closes are priced using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of that regular business session of the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). If we receive a written request at our mailing address or a fax request at our administrative office after the NYSE closes, or on a day the NYSE is closed for trading, we will process the surrender request using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of the next regular business session of the NYSE. Please Note: All surrender requests must be submitted in good order to avoid a delay in processing your request.

The insured must be alive, the Policy must be in force, and it must be before the maturity date when you make your written request. A surrender is effective as of the date when we receive your written request, in good order, at our mailing address. You will incur a surrender charge if you surrender the Policy during the first 15 Policy years and an additional surrender charge for 15 years following each increase in specified amount.

Once you surrender your Policy, all coverage and other benefits under it cease and cannot be reinstated. We will normally pay you the net surrender value in a lump sum within seven days or under a settlement option. A surrender may have tax consequences. For more information regarding tax consequences, please refer to the section entitled “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Cash Withdrawals

After the first Policy year, you may request a cash withdrawal of a portion of your surrender value subject to certain conditions. (Note: All requests for a withdrawal must be submitted in good order to avoid a delay in processing your request.)

Cash withdrawal conditions:	●	You must send your written cash withdrawal request with an original signature, in good order, to our mailing address. If your withdrawal request is less than $500,000, then you may fax it to us at 1-727-299-1620.
	●	We may limit the number of withdrawals to one cash withdrawal per Policy year.
	●	During the first 10 Policy years, the amount of the withdrawal may be limited to no more than 10% of the net surrender value. After the 10th Policy year, the amount of the withdrawal may be limited to no more than 25% of the net surrender value.
	●	The remaining net surrender value following a withdrawal may not be less than $500.00.
	●	You may not take a cash withdrawal if it will reduce the specified amount below the minimum specified amount set forth in the Policy.

	●	You may specify the subaccount(s) and the fixed account from which to make the withdrawal. If you do not specify an account, we will take the withdrawal from each account in accordance with your current premium allocation instructions. If this is not possible, the withdrawal amount will be withdrawn pro-rata from all accounts.
	●	We generally will pay a cash withdrawal request within seven days following the valuation date we receive the request, in good order, at our mailing address.
	●	We will deduct a processing fee equal to $25 or 2% of the amount you withdraw, whichever is less. We deduct this amount from the withdrawal, and we pay you the balance.
	●	You may not take a cash withdrawal that would disqualify your Policy as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code.
	●	A cash withdrawal may have tax consequences.
	●	Your requests for a cash withdrawal that are received at our mailing address (or faxed to our administrative office per the above instructions) before the NYSE closes are priced using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of that regular business session of the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). If we receive a written request at our mailing address (or a fax request at our administrative office) after the NYSE closes, or on a day the NYSE is closed for trading, we will process the withdrawal request using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of the next regular business session of the NYSE. Please Note: All cash withdrawal requests must be submitted in good order to avoid a delay in processing your request.

A cash withdrawal will reduce the cash value by the amount of the cash withdrawal, and in most cases, will reduce the death benefit by at least the amount of the cash withdrawal. When death benefit Option A is in effect, a cash withdrawal will reduce the specified amount of the Policy by an amount equal to the amount of the cash withdrawal. You also may have to pay higher minimum monthly guarantee premiums. We will not impose a pro rata decrease charge when the specified amount is decreased as a result of taking a cash withdrawal.

When we incur extraordinary expenses, such as overnight mail expenses or wire service fees, for expediting delivery of your cash withdrawal or surrender payment, we will deduct that charge from the payment. We currently charge $30 for an overnight delivery ($35 for Saturday delivery) and $50 for wire service. You can obtain further information about these charges by contacting our mailing or administrative office.

Canceling a Policy

You may cancel the Policy for a refund during the free look period by returning it, with a written request to cancel the Policy to our mailing address. You also may fax your request to 1-727-299-1620 along with page 3 of the Policy. (If you send your request by fax, be sure to use the correct fax number.) The free look period generally expires 10 days after you receive the Policy, but in some states you may have more than 10 days. If you decide to cancel the Policy during the free look period, we will treat the Policy as if it had never been issued. We will pay the refund within seven days after we receive, in good order, the written request and the returned Policy at our mailing address (or a fax request and page 3 of the Policy are received in good order at our administrative office).

If your state requires us to allocate premium according to a policyowner’s instructions during the free look period then the amount of the refund will be:

●	Your cash value in the subaccounts and the fixed account on the date the written request and Policy are received, in good order, at our mailing address (or a fax request and page 3 of the Policy are received at our administrative office); plus
●	Any charges and taxes we deduct from your premiums; plus
●	Any monthly deductions or other charges we deducted from amounts you allocated to the subaccounts and the fixed account.

Some states may require us to refund all of the premiums you paid for the Policy.

California Policyowners Age 60 and Over

For policies issued in the state of California, if the policyowner is age 60 or older as of the Policy effective date, the Policy’s free look period is 30 days from the date of delivery. During the 30-day free look period, we will hold the net premiums in the fixed account, unless you direct us to allocate the net premiums as per your most recent allocation instructions. On the day following the end of the 30-day free look period, we will automatically transfer the accumulated value to subaccounts that you selected. This automatic transfer is excluded from the transfer limitations described later in this prospectus.

You can specifically direct the allocation of your net premiums to the subaccounts during the 30-day free look period:

●	On your application.
●	In writing any time before the end of the 30-day free look period.

Signature Guarantees

Signature guarantees are relied upon as a means of preventing the perpetration of fraud in financial transactions, including the disbursement of funds or assets from a victim's account with a financial institution or a provider of financial services. They provide protection to investors by, for example, making it more difficult for a person to take another person's money by forging a signature on a written request for the disbursement of funds.

As a protection against fraud, we may require that the following transaction requests include a Medallion signature guarantee:

·	All requests for disbursements (i.e., cash withdrawals and surrenders) of $500,000 or more.
·	Any disbursement request made on or within 10 days of our receipt of a request to change the address of record for an owner's policy.
·	Any disbursement request when Transamerica Premier has been directed to send proceeds to a different address from the address of record for that owner's account. Please Note: This requirement will not apply to disbursement requests made in connection with exchanges of one life policy for another with the same owner in a "tax-free exchange" under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code.
·	Any financial transaction where the owner’s signature on a request submitted does not match the signature in our files.

An investor can obtain a signature guarantee from financial institutions across the United States and Canada that participate in a Medallion signature guarantee program. This includes many:

·	National and state banks
·	Savings banks and savings and loan associations
·	Securities brokers and dealers
·	Credit unions

The best source of a signature guarantee is a bank, savings and loan association, brokerage firm, or credit union with which you do business. Guarantor firms may, but frequently do not, charge a fee for their services.

A notary public cannot provide a signature guarantee. Notarization will not substitute for a signature guarantee.

Loans

General

After the first Policy year (as long as the Policy is in force) you may borrow money from the Policy using the Policy’s net surrender value as the only security for the loan. We may permit a loan prior to the first Policy anniversary for Policies issued pursuant to 1035 Exchanges. A loan that is taken from and secured by a Policy may have tax consequences. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Policy loans are subject to certain conditions:	●	We may require you to borrow at least $500.
	●	The maximum amount you may borrow is 90% of the cash value, minus any surrender charge and minus any outstanding loan amount.

When you take a loan, we will withdraw an amount equal to the requested loan plus interest in advance until the next Policy anniversary from each of the subaccounts and the fixed account based on your current premium allocation instructions (unless you specify otherwise). If this is not possible, the withdrawal amount will be withdrawn pro-rata from the subaccounts and the fixed account. We will transfer that amount to the loan reserve account. The loan reserve account is part of our fixed account.

We normally pay the amount of the loan within seven days after we receive a loan request, in good order, at our mailing address or, in the limited circumstances described below, by fax at our administrative office. We may postpone payment of loans under certain conditions.

You may request a loan of up to $50,000 by telephone by calling us at our administrative office at 1-800-851-9777, Monday – Friday, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. – 7.00 p.m. Eastern Time. If you do not want the ability to request a loan by telephone, you should notify us in writing at our mailing address. You will be required to provide certain information for identification purposes when you request a loan by telephone. We may ask you to provide us with written confirmation of your request. We will not be liable for processing a loan request if we believe the request is genuine. (Note: All loan requests must be submitted in good order to avoid a delay in processing your request.)

If your request is less than $500,000, then you may fax your loan request to us at 1-727-299-1620. (If you send your request by fax, be sure to use the correct fax number.) If your loan request exceeds $500,000 or if the address of record has been changed within the past 10 days, we may reject your request or require a signature guarantee. We will not be responsible for any transmittal problems when you fax your request unless you report it to us within five business days and send us proof of your fax transmittal.

Your requests for a loan that are received at our mailing address (or faxed to our administrative office per the above instructions) before the NYSE closes are priced using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of that regular business session of the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time). If we receive a written request at our mailing address (or a fax request at our administrative office) after the NYSE closes, or on a day the NYSE is closed for trading, we will process the withdrawal request using the subaccount unit value determined at the close of the next regular business session of the NYSE. Please Note: All loan requests must be submitted in good order to avoid a delay in processing your request.

You can repay a loan at any time while the Policy is in force. Loan repayments must be sent to our mailing address and will be credited as of the date received.

At each Policy anniversary, we will compare the outstanding loan amount to the amount in the loan reserve account. At each such time, if the outstanding loan amount exceeds the amount in the loan reserve account, we will withdraw the difference from the subaccounts and the fixed account and transfer it to the loan reserve account, in the same manner as when a loan is made. If the amount in the loan reserve account exceeds the amount of the outstanding loan, we will withdraw the difference from the loan reserve account and transfer it to the subaccounts and the fixed account in the same manner as current premiums are allocated. No charge will be imposed for these transfers, and these transfers are not treated as transfers in calculating the transfer charge. We reserve the right to require a transfer to the fixed account if the loans were originally transferred from the fixed account.

Loan Interest Spread

The Loan Interest Spread is the difference between the amount of interest we charge you for a loan and the amount of interest we credit to your loan reserve account. We currently credit the amount in the loan reserve account with an effective annual interest rate of 4.75% (4.0% minimum guaranteed). After offsetting the 4.75% interest we credit, the net cost of loans currently is 0.74% annually after rounding (1.49% maximum guaranteed). We may apply different loan interest rates to different portions of the outstanding loan amount. After the 10th Policy year, we apply preferred loan rates on an amount equal to the cash value; minus total premiums paid (less any cash withdrawals); and minus any outstanding loan amount. The current preferred loan interest rate credited is 5.49% effective annually, after rounding, and is not guaranteed.

Loan Reserve Account Interest Rate Credited

We will credit the amount in the loan reserve account with an effective annual interest rate of at least 4.0%. We may credit a higher rate, but we are not obligated to do so.

●

We currently credit interest at an effective annual rate of 4.75% on amounts you borrow during the first ten Policy years.

●

After the tenth Policy year, on all amounts that you have borrowed, we currently credit interest to part of the cash value in excess of the premiums paid less cash withdrawals and any outstanding loan amount including accrued loan interest at an interest rate equal to the interest rate we charge on the total loan. The remaining portion, equal to the cost basis, is currently credited an effective annual rate of 4.75%.*

* For Policies issued on or after May 1, 1994. For Policies issued before that date, we credit interest at the following annual effective rates: 6.0% for Policies issued before May 1, 1988, and 6.75% for Policies issued on or after May 1, 1988, but before May 1, 1994.

Effect of Policy Loans

A Policy loan reduces the death benefit proceeds and net surrender value by the amount of any outstanding loan amount. Repaying the loan causes the death benefit proceeds and net surrender value to increase by the amount of the repayment. As long as a loan is outstanding, we hold an amount in the loan reserve equal to the amount of the outstanding loan plus interest charged in advance until the next Policy anniversary in the loan reserve account. This amount is not affected by the separate account's investment performance, may not be credited with the interest rates accruing on the unloaned portion of the cash value in the fixed account, and, therefore, can affect the Policy’s cash value and death benefit whether or not the loan is repaid. Amounts transferred from the separate account to the loan reserve account will reduce the value in the separate account and we will credit such amounts with an interest rate declared by us rather than a rate of return reflecting the investment results of the separate account.

We also currently charge interest on Policy loans at an annual interest rate of 5.2% in advance. Because interest is added to the amount of the Policy loan to be repaid, the size of the loan will constantly increase unless the interest and/or the Policy loan is repaid.

There are risks involved in taking a Policy loan, including the potential for a Policy to lapse if projected earnings, taking into account outstanding loans, are not achieved. A Policy loan may also have possible adverse tax consequences. You should consult a tax advisor before taking out a Policy loan.

We will notify you (and any assignee of record) if a loan causes your net surrender value to reach below your monthly deduction. If you do not submit a sufficient payment within 61 days from the date of the notice, your Policy may lapse.

Policy Lapse and Reinstatement

Lapse

Your Policy may not necessarily lapse (terminate without value) if you fail to make a planned periodic payment. However, even if you make all your planned periodic payments, there is a possibility that your Policy will lose value and lapse. This Policy provides a no lapse guarantee as shown below. Once your no lapse period ends, or if the no lapse guarantee is not in effect, your Policy may lapse if the net surrender value on any Monthiversary is less than the monthly deductions due on that day. Such lapse might occur if unfavorable investment experience, loans and cash withdrawals cause a decrease in the net surrender value, or you have not paid sufficient premiums (as discussed below) to offset the cost of monthly deductions.

If the net surrender value is not enough to pay the monthly deductions, we will mail a notice to your last known address according to our records and any assignee of record. The notice will specify the minimum payment you must pay and the final date by which we must receive the payment to prevent a lapse. We generally require that you make the payment within 61 days after the date of the notice. This 61-day period is called the grace period. We pay the death benefit proceeds if an insured dies during the grace period. If we do not receive the specified minimum payment by the end of the grace period, all coverage under the Policy will terminate without value.

Your Policy is a flexible premium policy that is subject to certain monthly deductions that are dependent upon among other factors, the characteristics of the insured(s), riders associated with your Policy, and your Policy’s specified amount. If your Policy does lapse and you choose to reinstate it, you will be required to make additional payments. The payments needed to reinstate the Policy will depend on whether the no lapse date has passed. Please refer to the section below entitled “Reinstatement” for a description of the payments that may be required to reinstate your Policy.

No Lapse Guarantee

As noted above, the Policy provides a no lapse guarantee. As long as you keep the no lapse guarantee in effect, the Policy will not lapse and no grace period will begin, even if your net surrender value is not enough to pay your monthly deductions. The no lapse guarantee will not extend beyond the no lapse date stated in your Policy. Each month we determine whether the no lapse guarantee is still in effect. If the Policy is still in force, but the no lapse guarantee is not in effect, it can be restored by paying, at any time before the no lapse date, minimum monthly guarantee premiums sufficient to cover the period from the Policy date up to and including the current month.

No lapse date:	●	For issue ages 0-60, the no lapse date is the tenth Policy anniversary or anniversary on which the insured’s attained age is 65, whichever is earlier.
	●	For issue ages 61-75, the no lapse date is the fifth Policy anniversary.
	●	The no lapse date is specified in your Policy. Note: For all Policies with a no lapse date indicated on the Policy schedule page in 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 or 2011, that were in force on May 1, 2009, that date was automatically extended to the Policy Anniversary in 2012.

Keeping the no lapse guarantee in effect:	●	The No Lapse Guarantee will not remain in effect if you do not pay sufficient minimum monthly guarantee premiums.
	●	You must pay total premiums (minus cash withdrawals and any outstanding loan amount) that equal at least:
		>	the sum of the minimum monthly guarantee premiums in effect for each month from the Policy date up to and including the current month.
	●	The no lapse period coverage will end immediately if the specified amount is increased or riders are added or increased.

You will lessen the risk of Policy lapse if you keep the no lapse guarantee in effect. Before you take a cash withdrawal or a loan or increase the specified amount, or add, increase or decrease a rider, you should consider carefully the effect it will have on the no lapse guarantee.

Policies issued in New Jersey: If the grace period begins prior to the no lapse date, the payment necessary to keep the Policy in force is the lesser of the amount necessary to (1) satisfy the minimum monthly guarantee premium; or (2) increase the net surrender value to cover the monthly deductions due.

Reinstatement

We may reinstate a lapsed Policy within five years after the lapse (and prior to the maturity date). You may not reinstate the Policy if it has been surrendered for cash surrender value. Any reinstatement must be made during the lifetime of the insured. Before we reinstate the Policy we will require all of the following:

●	Submit a written application for reinstatement to our mailing address or fax your request to our administrative office at 1-727-299-1620. (If you send your request by fax, be sure to use the correct fax number.)
●	Submit the insured’s written consent to reinstate.
●	Provide evidence of insurability that is satisfactory to us that the insured continues to qualify for the same underwriting class and any substandard rating upon which we based issuance of the Policy.
●	Make a minimum premium payment sufficient to provide a net premium that is large enough to cover three monthly deductions.
·	Make a payment of an additional amount sufficient to cover any surrender charge as of the date of reinstatement.

The cash value of the loan reserve on the reinstatement date will be zero. Your net surrender value on the reinstatement date will equal the net premiums you pay at reinstatement, minus one monthly deductions and any surrender charge. The reinstatement date for your Policy will be the Monthiversary on or following the day we approve your application for reinstatement. We may decline a request for reinstatement. We will not reinstate indebtedness (i.e., outstanding loan at the time your Policy lapsed).

Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following summarizes some of the basic federal income tax considerations associated with a Policy and does not purport to be complete or to cover all situations. This discussion is not intended as tax advice. Please consult counsel or other qualified tax advisors for more complete information. We base this discussion on our understanding of the present federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). Federal income tax laws and the current interpretations by the IRS may change.

Tax Status of the Policy

A Policy must satisfy certain requirements set forth in the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") in order to qualify as a life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes and to receive the tax treatment normally accorded life insurance policies under federal tax law. Guidance as to how these requirements are to be applied is limited. Nevertheless, we believe that the Policy should generally satisfy the applicable Code requirements.

It is also uncertain whether death benefits under policies where the maturity date has been extended will be excludible from the beneficiary’s gross income and whether policy cash value will be deemed to be distributed to you on the original maturity date. Such a deemed distribution may be taxable. If it is subsequently determined that a Policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may take appropriate steps to bring the Policy into compliance with such requirements and we reserve the right to restrict Policy transactions in order to do so.

In certain circumstances, owners of variable life insurance policies have been considered for federal income tax purposes to be the owners of the assets of the separate account supporting their policies due to their ability to exercise investment control over those assets. Where this is the case, the policyowners have been currently taxed on income and gains attributable to the separate account assets. There is little guidance in this area, and some features of the Policies, such as your flexibility to allocate premiums and cash values, have not been explicitly addressed in published rulings. We believe that the Policy does not give you investment control over separate account assets.

In addition, the Code requires that the investments of the separate account be "adequately diversified" in order to treat the Policy as a life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes. We intend that the separate account, through the portfolios, will satisfy these diversification requirements.

The following discussion assumes that the Policy will qualify as a life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes.

Tax Treatment of Policy Benefits

In General. We believe that the Policy described in this prospectus is a life insurance policy under Code Section 7702. Section 7702 defines a life insurance policy for federal income tax purposes and places limits on the relationship of the cash value to the death benefit. As life insurance policies, the death benefits of the policies are generally excludable from the gross income of the beneficiaries. In the absence of any guidance from the IRS on the issue, we believe that providing an amount at risk after attained age 99 in the manner provided should be sufficient to maintain the excludability of the death benefit after attained age 99. Lack of specific IRS guidance, however, makes the tax treatment of the death benefit after attained age 99 uncertain. Also, any increase in accumulation value should generally not be taxable until received by you or your designee. However, if your Policy is a modified endowment contract as defined in Code Section 7702A you may be taxed to the extent of gain in the Policy when you take a Policy loan, pledge or assign the Policy. Federal, state and local transfer, estate and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds depend on your circumstances and the beneficiary's circumstances. A tax advisor should be consulted on these consequences.

Generally, you will not be deemed to be in constructive receipt of the cash value until there is a distribution. When distributions from a Policy occur, or when loans are taken out from or secured by a Policy (e.g., by assignment), the tax consequences depend on whether the Policy is classified as a MEC. Moreover, if a loan from a Policy that is not a MEC is outstanding when the Policy is surrendered or lapses, the amount of outstanding indebtedness will be considered an amount distributed and will be taxed accordingly.

Modified Endowment Contracts. Under the Code, certain life insurance policies are classified as MECs and receive less favorable tax treatment than other life insurance policies. The rules are too complex to summarize here, but generally depend on the amount of premiums paid during the first seven Policy years or in the seven Policy years following certain changes in the Policy. Certain changes in the Policy after it is issued could also cause the Policy to be classified as a MEC. Due to the Policy's flexibility, each Policy's circumstances will determine whether the Policy is classified as a MEC. Among other things, a reduction in benefits could cause a Policy to become a MEC. If you do not want your Policy to be classified as a MEC, you should consult a tax advisor to determine the circumstances, if any, under which your Policy would or would not be classified as a MEC.

Upon issue of your Policy, we will notify you as to whether or not your Policy is classified as a MEC based on the initial premium we receive. If a payment would cause your Policy to become a MEC, you and your registered representative will be notified. At that time, you will need to notify us if you want to continue your Policy as a MEC. Unless you notify us that you do want to continue your Policy as a MEC, we will refund the dollar amount of the excess premium that would cause the Policy to become a MEC.

Distributions (other than Death Benefits) from MECs. Policies classified as MECs are subject to the following tax rules:

●	All distributions other than death benefits from a MEC, including distributions upon surrender and cash withdrawals, will be treated first as distributions of gain taxable as ordinary income. They will be treated as tax-free recovery of the owner's investment in the Policy only after all gain has been distributed. Your investment in the Policy is generally your total premium payments. When a distribution is taken from the Policy, your investment in the Policy is reduced by the amount of the distribution that is tax-free.
●	Loans taken from or secured by (e.g., by assignment) or pledges of such a Policy and increases in cash value secured by such loan or pledge are treated as distributions and taxed accordingly. If the Policy is part of a collateral assignment split dollar arrangement, the initial assignment as well as increases in cash value during the assignment may be treated as distributions and considered taxable.
●	A 10% additional federal income tax is imposed on the amount included in income except where the distribution or loan is made when you have reached age 59½ or are disabled, or where the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments for your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you and the beneficiary.
●	If a Policy becomes a MEC, distributions that occur during the Policy year will be taxed as distributions from a MEC. In addition, the IRS has the authority, but has not yet done so, to issue regulations providing that distributions from a Policy that are made within two years before the Policy becomes a MEC will also be taxed in this manner.

Distributions (other than Death Benefits) from Policies that are not MECs. Distributions from a Policy that is not a MEC are generally treated first as a recovery of your investment in the Policy, and as taxable income after the recovery of all investment in the Policy. However, if benefits are reduced during the first 15 policy years, certain distributions may be required to continue to qualify the Policy as life insurance under Code 7702 and may be treated in whole or in part as ordinary income subject to tax.

Policy Loans. Loans from or secured by a Policy that is not a MEC are generally not treated as distributions. Instead, such loans are treated as indebtedness. If a loan from a Policy that is not a MEC is outstanding when the Policy is surrendered or lapses, the amount of the outstanding indebtedness will be taxed as if it were a distribution at that time. The tax consequences associated with Policy loans outstanding after the first 10 Policy years with preferred loan rates are less clear and a tax advisor should be consulted about such loans.

Deductibility of Policy Loan Interest. In general, interest you pay on a loan from a Policy will not be deductible. Before taking out a Policy loan, you should consult a tax advisor as to the tax consequences.

Investment in the Policy. Your investment in the Policy is generally the sum of the premium payments you made reduced by a withdrawal or distributions from the Policy that are tax-free.

Withholding. To the extent that Policy distributions are taxable, they are generally subject to withholding for the recipient's federal income tax liability. The federal income tax withholding rate is generally 10% of the taxable amount of the distribution. Withholding applies only if the taxable amount of all distributions is at least $200 during a taxable year. Some states also require withholding for state income taxes. With the exception of amounts that represent eligible rollover distributions from Pension Plans and 403(b) arrangements, which are subject to mandatory withholding of 20% for federal tax, recipients can generally elect, however, not to have tax withheld from distributions. If the taxable distributions are delivered to foreign countries, U.S. persons may not elect out of withholding. Taxable distributions to non-resident aliens are generally subject to withholding at a 30% rate unless withholding is eliminated under an international treaty with the United States. The payment of death benefits is generally not subject to withholding.

Business Uses of the Policy. The Policy may be used in various arrangements, including nonqualified deferred compensation or salary continuance plans, split dollar insurance plans, executive bonus plans, retiree medical benefit plans and others. The tax consequences of such plans and business use of the Policy may vary depending on the particular facts and circumstances of each individual arrangement and business uses of the Policy. Therefore, if you are contemplating using the Policy in any such arrangement, you should be sure to consult a tax advisor as to tax attributes of the arrangement and in its use of life insurance. In recent years, moreover, Congress and the IRS have adopted new rules relating to nonqualified deferred compensation and to life insurance owned by businesses and life insurance used in split dollar arrangements. The IRS has recently issued new guidance regarding concerns in the use of life insurance in employee welfare benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the deduction of employer contributions and the status of such plans as listed transactions. Any business contemplating the purchase of a new Policy or a change in an existing Policy should consult a tax advisor. Recent legislation under Section 101(j) of the Internal Revenue Code has imposed notice, consent and other provisions on policies owned by employers and certain of their affiliates, owners and employees, to receive death benefits tax-free and inserted additional tax reporting requirements.

Alternative Minimum Tax. There also may be an indirect tax upon the income in the Policy or the proceeds of a Policy under the federal corporate alternative minimum tax, if the policyowner is subject to that tax.

Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider. We believe that the single-sum payment we make under this rider should be fully excludible from the gross income of the beneficiary, except in certain business contexts. You should consult a tax advisor about the consequences of adding this rider to your Policy, or requesting a single-sum payment.

Continuation of Policy Beyond Attained Age 99. The tax consequences of continuing the Policy beyond the insured’s attained age 99 are unclear and may include taxation of the gain in the Policy at the original maturity date or the taxation of the death benefit in whole or in part. You should consult a tax advisor if you intend to keep the Policy in force beyond the insured’s attained age 99.

Other Tax Considerations. The transfer of the Policy or designation of a beneficiary may have federal, state, and/or local transfer and inheritance tax consequences, including the imposition of gift, estate, and generation-skipping transfer taxes. The individual situation of each owner or beneficiary will determine the extent, if any, to which federal, state, and local transfer and inheritance taxes may be imposed and how ownership or receipt of Policy proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal, state and local estate, inheritance, generation-skipping and other taxes. Special Rules for Pension Plans and Section 403(b) Arrangements. If the Policy is purchased in connection with a section 401(a) qualified pension or profit sharing plan, including a section 401(k) plan, or in connection with a section 403(b) plan or program, federal and state and estate tax consequences could differ from those stated in this prospectus. The purchase may also affect the qualified status of the plan. You should consult a qualified tax advisor in connection with such purchase. Policies owned under these types of plans may be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA, which may impose additional requirements on the purchase of policies by such plans. You should consult a qualified advisor regarding ERISA.

Please Note:

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to life and annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or residents. Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from life policies and annuity contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. In addition, such purchasers may be subject to state and/or municipal taxes and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser’s country of citizenship or residence. Additional documentation may be required with respect to entity purchasers (including foreign corporations, partnerships, and trusts) that are not U.S. residents, and additional withholding may be imposed if such documentation is not provided. Prospective purchasers are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser regarding U.S., state, and foreign taxation with respect to a life policy or an annuity contract purchase.

In 2001, Congress enacted the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”), which modified the estate, gift and generation-skipping transfer taxes through 2009 and eliminated the estate tax (but not the gift tax) and replaced it with a carryover basis income tax regime for estates of decedents dying in 2010, and also eliminated the generation-skipping transfer tax for transfers made in 2010. The 2010 Taxpayer Relief Act generally extended the EGTRRA provisions existing in 2009 and reunified the estate and gift transfer taxes for 2011 and 2012. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 made permanent certain of the changes to the estate, gift and generation-skipping transfer taxes. This recent history of changes in these important tax provisions underscores the importance of seeking guidance from a qualified advisor to help ensure that your estate plan adequately addresses your needs and that of your beneficiaries under all possible scenarios.

Other Policy Information

Settlement Options

If you surrender the Policy, you may elect to receive the net surrender value in either a lump sum by check or as a series of regular income payments under one of the three settlement options described below. In either event, life insurance coverage ends. Also, when the surviving insured dies, the beneficiary may apply the lump sum death benefit proceeds to one of the same settlement options. If the regular payment under a settlement option would be less than $20, we will instead pay the proceeds in one lump sum. We may make other settlement options available in the future.

Once we begin making payments under a settlement option, you or the beneficiary will no longer have any value in the subaccounts or the fixed account. Instead, the only entitlement will be the amount of the payment specified under the terms of the settlement option chosen. Depending upon the circumstances, the effective date of a settlement option is the surrender date or the surviving insured's date of death.

Under any settlement option, the dollar amount of each payment will depend on:

●	The amount of the surrender on the surrender date or death benefit proceeds on the surviving insured's date of death.
●	The interest rate we credit on those amounts (we guarantee a minimum annual interest rate of 4.0%).
●	The mortality tables we use.
●	The specific payment option(s) you choose.

Option 1--Equal Monthly Installments for a Fixed Period	●	We will pay the proceeds, plus interest, in equal monthlyinstallments for a fixed period of your choice, but not longer than 240 months.
	●	We will stop making payments once we have made all the payments for the period selected.

Option 2--Equal Monthly Installments for Life (Life Income)	At your or the beneficiary's direction, we will make equal monthly installments:
	●	Only for the life of the payee, at the end of which payments will end; or
	●	For the longer of the payee's life, or for 10 years if the payee dies before the end of the first 10 years of payments; or
	●	For the longer of the payee's life, or until the total amount of all payments we have made equals the proceeds that were applied to the settlement option.

Option 3--Equal Monthly Installments for the Life of the Payee and then to a Designated Survivor (Joint and Survivor)	●	We will make equal monthly payments during the joint lifetime of two persons, first to a chosen payee, and then to a co-payee, if living, upon the death of the payee.
	●	Payments to the co-payee, if living, upon the payee's death will equal either:
		>	The full amount paid to the payee before the payee's death; or
		>	Two-thirds of the amount paid to the payee before the payee's death.
	●	All payments will cease upon the death of the co-payee.

Benefits at Maturity

If the insured is living and the Policy is in force, the Policy will mature on the Policy anniversary nearest the insured's 95th birthday. This is the maturity date. On the maturity date we will pay you the net surrender value of your Policy.

If your Policy was issued before May 1, 1999, and you send a written request to our mailing address, we may extend the maturity date if your Policy is still in force on the maturity date and there are no adverse tax consequences in doing so. You must submit a written request to our mailing address for the extension between 90 and 180 days prior to the maturity date. We must agree to the extension.

If your Policy was issued on or after May 1, 1999, and you send a written request to our mailing address, we will extend the maturity date if your Policy is still in force on the maturity date. Any riders in force on the scheduled maturity date will terminate on that date and will not be extended. Interest on any outstanding Policy loans will continue to accrue during the period for which the maturity date is extended. You must submit a written request to our office for the extension between 90 and 180 days prior to the maturity date and elect one of the following:

1.	If you had previously selected death benefit Option B, we will change the death benefit to Option A. On each valuation date, we will adjust the specified amount to equal the cash value, and the limitation percentage will be 100%. We will not permit you to make additional premium payments unless it is required to prevent the Policy from lapsing. We will waive all future monthly deductions; or
2.	We will automatically extend the maturity date until the next Policy anniversary. You must submit a written request to our office, between 90 and 180 days before each subsequent Policy anniversary, stating that you wish to extend the maturity date for another Policy year. All benefits and charges will continue as set forth in your Policy. We will charge the then current cost of insurance rates.

If you choose 2 above, you may change your election to 1 above at any time. However, if you choose 1 above, then you may not change your election to 2 above.

The tax consequences of extending the maturity date beyond the 100th birthday of the insured are uncertain and may include taxation of the gain in the Policy at the original maturity date or taxation of the death benefit in whole or in part. You should consult a tax advisor as to those consequences.

Payments We Make

We usually pay the amounts of any surrender, cash withdrawal, death benefit proceeds, or settlement options within seven calendar days after we receive all applicable written notices and/or due proofs of death (in good order) at our administrative office. However, we can postpone such payments if any of the following occur:

●	The NYSE is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closing, or trading on the NYSE is restricted as determined by the SEC.
●	The SEC permits, by an order, the postponement for the protection of policyowners.
●	The SEC determines that an emergency exists that would make the disposal of securities held in the separate account or the determination of their value not reasonably practicable.
·	When mandated under applicable law.

In addition, pursuant to SEC rules, if the Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP portfolio or the ProFund VP Money Market portfolio suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of such portfolio, we will delay payment of any transfer, partial withdrawal, surrender, loan, or death benefit from the Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP subaccount or the ProFund VP Money Market subaccount until the portfolio is liquidated.

If you have submitted a recent check or draft, we have the right to defer payment of surrenders, cash withdrawals, death benefit proceeds, or payments under a settlement option until such check or draft has been honored. We also reserve the right to defer payment of transfers, cash withdrawals, death benefit proceeds, or surrenders from the fixed account for up to six months.

If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a premium payment and/or block a policyowner's account and thereby refuse to pay any request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, loans or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate regulators. We may also be required to provide additional information about you or your account to governmental regulators.

Split Dollar Arrangements

You may enter into a split dollar arrangement with another owner or another person(s) whereby the payment of premiums and the right to receive the benefits under the Policy (i.e., net surrender value of insurance proceeds) are split between the parties. There are different ways of allocating these rights.

For example, an employer and employee might agree that under a Policy on the life of the employee, the employer will pay the premiums and will have the right to receive the net surrender value. The employee may designate the beneficiary to receive any insurance proceeds in excess of the net surrender value. If the employee dies while such an arrangement is in effect, the employer would receive from the insurance proceeds the amount that he would have been entitled to receive upon surrender of the Policy and the employee's beneficiary would receive the balance of the proceeds.

No transfer of Policy rights pursuant to a split dollar arrangement will be binding on us unless in writing and received by us at our mailing address, in good order. Split dollar arrangements may have tax consequences. You should consult a tax advisor before entering into a split dollar arrangement.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act (the “Act”) was enacted in 2002. The Act prohibits, with limited exceptions, publicly-traded companies, including non-U.S. companies that have securities listed on exchanges in the United States, from extending, directly or through a subsidiary, many types of personal loans to their directors or executive officers. It is possible that this prohibition may be interpreted as applying to split-dollar life insurance policies for directors and executive officers of such companies, since such insurance arguably can be viewed as involving a loan from the employer for at least some purposes.

Although the prohibition on loans of publicly-traded companies was generally effective as of July 30, 2002, there is an exception for loans outstanding as of the date of enactment, so long as there is no material modification to the loan terms and the loan is not renewed after July 30, 2002. Any affected business contemplating the payment of a premium on an existing Policy, or the purchase of a new Policy, in connection with a split-dollar life insurance arrangement should consult legal counsel.

In addition, the IRS issued guidance that affects the tax treatment of split-dollar arrangements and the Treasury Department issued final regulations that would significantly affect the tax treatment of such arrangements. The IRS guidance and the final regulations affect all split dollar arrangements, not just those involving publicly-traded companies. Consult your qualified tax advisor with respect to the effect of this current and proposed guidance on your split dollar policy.

Policy Termination

Your Policy will terminate and all benefits under it will cease on the earliest of the following:

·	The date the policy matures.
·	The date the Policy lapses.
·	The date we receive (in good order) your written request to surrender or terminate; or
·	The date of the insured’s death.

Assignment of the Policy

You may assign your Policy by filing a written request with us. We will not be bound by any assignment until we record it in our records. Unless otherwise specified by you, the assignment will then take effect on the date the assignment form is received in good order by the Company and accepted in our administrative office, unless the Policy states otherwise. We assume no responsibility for the validity or effect of any assignment of the Policy or of any interest in it. Any death benefit which becomes payable to an assignee will be payable in a single sum and will be subject to proof of the assignee’s interest and the extent of the assignment. To terminate the assignment, we will need a release of assignment form dated and completed by the assignee. If a corporation, we require a corporate resolution noting the authorized person(s).

Supplemental Benefits (Riders)

The following supplemental benefits (riders) are available and may be added to your Policy. Monthly charges for these riders are deducted from the cash value as part of the monthly deductions. The riders available with the Policies do not build cash value and provide benefits that do not vary with the investment experience of the separate account. These riders may not be available in all states, certain benefits and features may vary by state and they may be available under a different name in some states. Adding these supplemental benefits to an existing Policy or canceling them may have tax consequences; you should consult a tax advisor before doing so.

Primary Insured Rider ("PIR") and Primary Insured Rider Plus ("PIR Plus")

Under the PIR and the PIR Plus, we provide term insurance coverage on a different basis from the coverage in your Policy.

Features of PIR and PIR Plus:	●	The rider increases the Policy's death benefit by the rider's face amount.
	●	The PIR may be purchased for issue ages 0-70.
	●	The PIR Plus may be purchased for issue ages 18-70.
	●	The PIR terminates when the insured reaches 90 or 95 as stated in the rider issued to you (depending on the issue date and state availability), and the PIR Plus terminates when the insured reaches 85 or 95.
	●	The minimum purchase amount for the PIR and PIR Plus is $25,000. There is no maximum purchase amount.
	●	We do not assess any additional surrender charge for PIR and PIR Plus.
	●	Generally PIR and PIR Plus coverage costs less than the insurance coverage under the Policy, but has no cash value.
	●	You may cancel or reduce your rider coverage without decreasing your Policy's specified amount.
	●	You may generally decrease your specified amount without reducing your rider coverage.

Subject to the following conditions, on any Monthiversary while this rider is in force, you may convert this rider to a new Policy on the primary insured’s life without evidence of insurability.

Conditions to convert the rider:	●	Your request must be in writing and sent to our mailing address, in good order.
	●	The primary insured has not reached his/her 70th birthday.
	●	The new policy is any permanent insurance policy that we currently offer for conversion.
	●	The amount of the insurance under the new policy will equal the specified amount in force under the rider as long as it meets the minimum specified amount requirements of a Base Policy.
	●	We will base your premium on the primary insured's underwriting class under the rider.

Termination of the rider:	The rider will terminate on the earliest of:
	●	When the insured reaches attained ages 90 or 95 as stated in the rider issued to you (depending on the issue date and state availability) for a PIR and when the insured reaches attained ages 85 or 95 for PIR Plus; or
	●	The date the Policy terminates for any reason except for the death of the primary insured; or
	●	The date you fully convert the rider; or
	●	The Monthiversary on which you terminate the rider by written request, in good order, to our mailing address.

It may cost you less to reduce your PIR or PIR Plus coverage than to decrease your Policy’s specified amount because we do not deduct a surrender charge in connection with your PIR or PIR Plus. It may cost you more to keep a higher specified amount under the Base Policy, because the specified amount may have a cost of insurance that is higher than the cost of the same amount of coverage under your PIR or PIR Plus. Please refer to the applicable fee tables for your Policy to determine the charges for this rider.

You should consult your registered representative to determine if you would benefit from PIR or PIR Plus. We may discontinue offering PIR or PIR Plus at any time. We may also modify the terms of these riders for new policies.

Other Insured Rider

This rider may insure the spouse (or a non-spouse Other Insured where required by state law) and/or dependent children of the primary insured. Please note that if a non-spouse is the Other Insured, as required under state law, there may be adverse tax consequences. Subject to the terms of the rider, we will pay the face amount of the rider to the primary insured. Available for other insured issue ages 0-80, our minimum face amount for this rider is $10,000. The maximum face amount is the lesser of $500,000 or the amount of coverage on the primary insured. The maximum number of Other Insured Riders that is allowed on any one Policy is five (5). We will pay the rider's face amount when we receive proof, in good order, at our mailing address, of the Other Insured's death. Subject to the following conditions, on any Monthiversary while the rider is in force, you may convert it to a new policy on the Other Insured's life (without evidence of insurability).

Conditions to convert the rider:	●	Your request must be in writing, in good order, and sent to our mailing address.
	●	The Other Insured has not reached his/her 70th birthday.
	●	The new policy is any permanent insurance policy that we currently offer.
	●	Subject to the minimum specified amount required for the new policy, the amount of the insurance under the new policy will equal the face amount in force under the rider as long as it meets the minimum specified amount requirements of the original Policy.
	●	We will base your premium on the Other Insured's underwriting class under the rider.

Termination of the rider:	The rider will terminate on the earliest of:
	●	The maturity date of the Policy; or
	●	The Policy anniversary nearest to the insured's 95th birthday; or
	●	The date the Policy terminates for any reason except for death of the primary insured; or
	●	The date of conversion of this rider; or
	●	The Monthiversary on which the rider is terminated upon written request by the owner.

Children's Insurance Rider

This rider provides insurance on the primary insured’s children who are between the ages of 15 days and 18 years old on the effective date of the rider or when later added to the rider due to birth or legal adoption. The coverage for any insured child will terminate on the Monthiversary following that child’s 25th birthday (or that child’s death, if sooner).

Our minimum face amount for this rider is $2,000 and the maximum face amount is $10,000. We will pay a death benefit once we receive proof, in good order, at our mailing address that the insured child died while the rider was in force for that child. At each child’s age 25 this rider may be converted to a new policy for up to five times the face amount of the rider. If the primary insured dies while the rider is in force, we will terminate the rider 31 days after the death, and we will offer a separate life insurance policy to each insured child for an amount equal to the face amount of the rider.

Accidental Death Benefit Rider

Available to primary insureds issue ages 15- 59, the minimum face amount for this rider is $10,000. The maximum face amount available for the rider is the lesser of (i) $150,000; or (ii) 150% of the Policy's specified amount.

Subject to certain limitations, we will pay the specified amount if the death of the primary insured results solely from accidental bodily injury where:

●	The death is caused by external, violent, and accidental means.
●	The death occurs within 90 days of the accident.
●	The death occurs while the rider is in force.

The rider will terminate on the earliest of:

●	The Policy anniversary nearest the primary insured's 70th birthday; or
●	The date the Policy terminates; or
●	The Monthiversary when this rider is terminated upon the owner's written request.

Disability Waiver Rider

Subject to certain conditions, we will waive the Policy's monthly deductions while the insured is disabled. You may purchase this rider if the primary insured’s issue age is between 15 and 55 years at the time the rider is purchased.

Before we waive any monthly deductions, we must receive proof, in good order, at our mailing address that:

●	The primary insured is totally disabled.
●	The rider was in force when the insured became disabled.
●	The primary insured’s total disability began before the Policy anniversary nearest his/her 60th birthday; and
●	The primary insured’s total disability has existed continuously for at least six months.

We will not waive any deduction that becomes due more than one year before we receive written notice of your claim, after the primary insured’s recovery from disability, or after termination of this rider. While the primary insured is totally disabled and receiving benefits under this rider, no grace period will begin for the Policy provided that the cash value minus loans and accrued loan interest remains positive. It is possible that additional premium payments will be required to keep the Policy in force while the waiver of monthly deductions benefit is being paid.

Termination of the rider:	The rider will terminate on the earliest of:
	·	The Policy anniversary on or following the primary insured’s 60th birthday, unless the primary insured is totally disabled; or
	·	The date of recovery from disability (with respect to benefits accruing during the continuance of an existing total disability after the Policy anniversary on or following the primary insured’s 60th birthday); or
	·	The date the Policy terminates; or
	·	The Monthiversary on which this rider is terminated upon a written request by the owner.

Disability Waiver and Income Rider

This rider has the same benefits as the Disability Waiver Rider, but adds a monthly income benefit for up to 120 months. This rider may be purchased if the insured’s issue age is 15-55 years. The minimum income amount for this rider is $10. The maximum income amount is the lesser of 0.2% of your specified amount or $300 per month.

Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider

This rider allows us to pay all or a portion of the death benefit once we receive satisfactory proof, in good order, at our mailing address that the insured is ill and has a life expectancy of one year or less. A doctor must certify the insured's life expectancy.

We will pay a single-sum benefit equal to:

●	The death benefit on the date we pay the single-sum benefit; multiplied by
●	The election percentage of the death benefit you elect to receive; divided by
●	1 + i) where "i" equals the interest rate determined under the Internal Revenue Code Section 846(c)(2), also known as the Applicable Federal Interest Rate ( 1.68% for 2015 ) or the Policy loan interest rate expressed in arrears, whichever is greater) (“discount factor”); minus
●	Any indebtedness at the time we pay the single-sum benefit, multiplied by the election percentage.

The maximum terminal illness death benefit used to determine the single-sum benefit as defined above is equal to:

●	The death benefit available under the Policy once we receive satisfactory proof that the insured is ill; plus
●	The benefit available under any PIR or PIR Plus in force.

A single-sum benefit may not be greater than $500,000.

The election percentage is a percentage that you select. It may not be greater than 100%.

The rider terminates at the earliest of:

●	The date the Policy terminates.
●	The date a settlement option takes effect.
●	The date we pay a single-sum benefit.
●	The date you terminate the rider.

We will not pay a benefit under the rider if the insured's terminal condition results from self-inflicted injuries that occur during the period specified in your Policy's suicide provision.

We do not assess an administrative charge for this rider; if the rider is exercised, however, we do reduce the single sum benefit by a discount factor to compensate us for lost income due to the early payment of the death benefit. This rider may not be available in all states, or its terms may vary depending on a state's insurance law requirements.

For example, suppose before the owner elects the single sum benefit, a Policy has a $400,000 death benefit and a $10,000 loan balance. The Applicable Federal Interest Rate for 2015 is 1.68 % and the Policy loan interest rate is 5.2% in advance, or 5.49% in arrears (Policies issued before a certain date would use 7.4% in advance; see “Loans” in this prospectus.) Because the greater of these is 5.49%, that is the interest rate that will be used to discount the single sum benefit. The owner elects to accelerate 50% of the death benefit, so the single sum benefit equals $184,600, which is {($400,000 x 0.50/1.0549) - ($10,000 x 0.50)}. After the acceleration, the remaining death benefit is $200,000, which is 50% of $400,000, and all Policy values will be reduced by 50%.

Note: Before adding this rider to a Policy or requesting payment under the rider you should consult a tax advisor to discuss the tax consequences of doing so.

Additional Information

Unclaimed and Abandoned Property

Every state has unclaimed property laws that generally provide for escheatment to the state of unclaimed property (including proceeds of annuity, life and other insurance policies) under various circumstances. In addition to the state unclaimed property laws, we may be required to escheat property pursuant to regulatory demand, finding, agreement or settlement. To help prevent such escheatment, it is important that you keep your contact and other information on file with us up to date, including the names, contact information and identifying information for owners, insureds, annuitants, beneficiaries and other payees. Such updates should be communicated in a form and manner satisfactory to us.

Sending Forms and Transaction Requests in Good Order

We cannot process your instructions to process a transaction relating to the Policy until we have received your instructions in good order at our mailing address (or our administrative office or website as appropriate). "Good order" means the actual receipt by us of the instructions relating to a transaction in writing or, when appropriate, by telephone or facsimile, or electronically along with all forms, information and supporting legal documentation (including any required spousal or joint owner's consents) we require in order to effect the transaction. To be in "good order," instructions must be sufficiently clear so that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions.

Sale of the Policies

Distribution and Principal Underwriting Agreement. TCI, our affiliate, serves as principal underwriter for the Policies pursuant to the terms of a principal underwriting and distribution agreement with TCI for the distribution and sale of the Policies. We reimburse TCI for certain expenses it incurs in order to pay for the distribution of the Policies.

We have discontinued new sales of the Policies. You may, however, continue to make premium payments to fund your Policy pursuant to its terms, and exercise other rights and options under your Policy—such as reallocating your Policy value among investment options, making partial withdrawals, surrendering your Policy, and making changes in ownership of your Policy.

Compensation to Broker-Dealers Who Sold the Policies. The Policies have been offered to the public through broker-dealers ("selling firms") that are licensed under the federal securities laws; the selling firm and/or its affiliates are also licensed under state insurance laws. The selling firms have entered into written selling agreements with us and with TCI as principal underwriter for the Policies. We pay ongoing commissions through TCI to the selling firms for their past sales of the Policies. We may also provide compensation to a limited number of broker-dealers for providing ongoing service in relation to Policies that have already been purchased.

The selling firms are paid commissions for the promotion and sale of the Policies according to one or more schedules. The amount and timing of commissions may vary depending on the selling agreement. The sales commission paid to broker-dealers during 2013 was, on average, 2.75% of all premiums paid during Policy years 2 – 10. We will pay an additional trail commission of up to 0.30% of the Policy's subaccount value (excluding the fixed account) on the Policy anniversary if the cash value (minus amounts attributable to loans) equals at least $10,000.

To the extent permitted by FINRA rules, Transamerica Premier , TCI, TFA and other affiliated parties may pay (or allow other broker-dealers to provide) promotional incentives or payments in the form of cash or non-cash compensation or reimbursement to some, but not all, selling firms and their sales representatives. These arrangements, which may be referred to as “revenue sharing arrangements,” are described further below.

The sales representative who sold you the Policy typically received a portion of the compensation we (and our affiliates) paid to his or her selling firm, depending on the agreement between the selling firm and its sales representative and the firm’s internal compensation program. These programs may include other types of cash and non-cash compensation and other benefits.

Special Compensation for Affiliated Wholesaling and Selling Firms. Our parent company provides paid-in capital to TCI and pays for the cost of TCI’s operating and other expenses, including costs for facilities, legal and accounting services, and other internal administrative functions.

Transamerica Premier ’s main distribution channel is TFA, an affiliate that sells Transamerica Premier products. Transamerica Premier covers the cost of TFA’s various facilities, third-party services and internal administrative functions, including employee salaries, sales representative training and computer systems that are provided directly to TFA. These facilities and services are necessary for TFA’s administration and operation, and Transamerica Premier is compensated by TFA for these expenses based on TFA’s usage. In addition, Transamerica Premier and other affiliates pay for certain distribution expenses of TFA, including the costs of preparing and producing prospectuses and sales promotional materials for the Policy that are distributed to current owners of the Policy.

In addition, TFA’s managers and/or sales representatives who meet certain productivity standards may be eligible for additional compensation. If you purchased the Policy through one of our affiliated selling firms, then your payment of additional premiums on the Policy may help sales representatives of that selling firm, and/or their managers, qualify for certain cash or non-cash benefits, and may provide such persons with special incentive to sell our Policies. For example, TFA’s registered representatives, general agents, marketing directors and supervisors may be eligible to participate in a voluntary stock purchase plan that permits participants to purchase stock of Aegon N.V. ( Transamerica Premier ’s ultimate parent) by allocating a portion of the commissions they earn to purchase such shares. A portion of the contributions of commissions by TFA’s representatives may be matched by TFA. TFA’s sales representatives may also be eligible to participate in a stock option and award plan. Registered representatives who meet certain production goals will be issued options on the stock of Aegon N.V.

Additional Compensation that We Pay to Selected Selling Firms. We may continue to pay certain selling firms additional cash amounts for “preferred product” treatment of our life insurance policies in their marketing programs in order to receive enhanced marketing services and increased access to their sales representatives. These special compensation arrangements are not offered to all selling firms and the terms of such arrangements may differ among selling firms.

Special compensation arrangements are calculated in different ways by different selling firms and may be based on past sales of the Policies or other criteria. For instance, “overrides”—i.e., commissions paid to an agent or managing general agent for premium volume produced by other agents—were offered as incentives to our affiliates, TFA and Life Investors Financial Group, for certain products in 2014 .

No specific charge is assessed directly to policyowners or the separate account to cover commissions and other incentives or payments described above. We do intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses and other incentive we pay, however, through fees and charges deducted under the Policy and other corporate revenue.

You should be aware that a selling firm or its sales representatives may receive different compensation or incentives for selling one product over another. In some cases, these differences may have created an incentive for the selling firm or its sales representatives to have recommended or sold the Policy to you.

Cyber Security

Our variable product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners. Consequently, our business is potentially susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from a cyber-attack. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Cyber-attacks affecting us, the portfolios, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your cash value. For instance, cyber-attacks may: interfere with our processing of Policy transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the portfolios; cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information; impede order processing; subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses; and/or cause reputational damage. Cyber security risks may also affect the issuers of securities in which the portfolios invest, which may cause the portfolios to lose value. There can be no assurance that we, the portfolios or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your Policy that result from cyber-attacks or information security breaches.

Legal Proceedings

We, like other life insurance companies, are subject to regulatory and legal proceedings, including class action lawsuits, in the ordinary course of our business. Such legal and regulatory matters include proceedings specific to us and other proceedings generally applicable to business practices in the industry in which we operate. In some lawsuits and regulatory proceedings involving insurers, substantial damages have been sought and/or material settlement payments have been made. Although the outcome of any litigation or regulatory proceeding cannot be predicted with certainty, at the present time, we believe that there are no pending or threatened proceedings or lawsuits that are likely to have a material adverse impact on the separate account, on TCI’s ability to perform under its principal underwriting agreement, or on our ability to meet our obligations under the Policy.

We are currently being audited on behalf of multiple states' treasury and controllers' offices for compliance with laws and regulations concerning the identification, reporting and escheatment of unclaimed benefits or abandoned funds. The audits focus on insurance company processes and procedures for identifying unreported death claims, and their use of the Social Security Master Death File to identify deceased Policy and contract holders. In addition, we are the subject of multiple state Insurance Department inquiries and market conduct examinations with a similar focus on the handling of unreported claims and abandoned property. The audits and related examination activity have resulted in or may result in additional payments to beneficiaries, escheatment of funds deemed abandoned, administrative penalties and changes in our procedures for the identification of unreported claims and handling of escheatable property. We do not believe that any regulatory actions or agreements that have resulted in or will result from these examinations has had or will have a material adverse impact on the separate account, on TCI’s ability to perform under its principal underwriting agreement, or on our ability to meet our obligations under the Policy.

Financial Statements

The financial statements of Transamerica Premier and the separate account are included in the SAI.

Additional information regarding the investment performance of the portfolios appears in the fund prospectuses, which accompany this prospectus.

Glossary

accounts	The options to which you can allocate your money. The accounts include the fixed account and the subaccounts in the separate account.

administrative office	Our administrative office address is 570 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, Florida, 33716. Our phone number is 1-800-851-9777; our facsimile numbers are 1-727-299-1648 (for subaccount transfers only); and 1-727-299-1620 (for all other fax requests). Our administrative office serves as the recipient of all website ( www.premier.transamerica.com ), telephonic and facsimile transactions, including, but not limited to transfer requests and premium payments made by wire transfer and through electronic credit and debit transactions (e.g., payments through direct deposit, debit transfers, and forms of e-commerce payments). Our hours are Monday – Friday from 8:30 a.m. – 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Please do not send any checks, claims, correspondence or notices to this office; send them to the mailing address.

attained age	The issue age of the person insured, plus the number of completed years since the Policy date.

base policy	The WRL Freedom Equity Protector variable life insurance policy without any supplemental riders.

beneficiary(ies)	The person or persons you select to receive the death benefit from the Policy. You name the primary beneficiary and contingent beneficiaries.

cash value	The sum of your Policy's value in the subaccounts and the fixed account. If there is a Policy loan outstanding, the cash value includes any amounts held in our fixed account to secure the Policy loan.

death benefit proceeds	The amount we will pay to the beneficiary(ies) on the insured's death. The death benefit proceeds are reduced by any outstanding loan amount, including accrued interest, and any charges that are due and payable. We will increase the death benefit proceeds by any interest you paid in advance on the loan for the period between the date of death and the next Policy anniversary.

face amount	The dollar amount of coverage stated in any rider that you may add to your Policy.

fixed account	An option to which you may allocate net premiums and cash value. We guarantee that any amounts you allocate to the fixed account will earn interest at a declared rate. The fixed account is part of our general account. The fixed account is not available to you if your Policy was issued in the State of New Jersey.

free look period	The period during which you may return the Policy and receive a refund as described in this prospectus. The length of the free look period varies by state. The free look period is listed in the Policy.

funds	Investment companies which are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The Policy allows you to invest in the portfolios of the funds through our subaccounts. We reserve the right to add other registered investment companies to the Policy in the future.

good order	An instruction that is received by the Company, along with all forms, information and supporting legal documentation (including any required spousal or joint owner’s consents), that is sufficiently complete and clear so that the Company does not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instruction. All orders to process a withdrawal request, a loan request, a request to surrender your Policy, a fund transfer request, or a death benefit claim must be in good order.

guideline premium	The level annual premium payment you must pay so that we can provide the benefits you selected through the maturity date. The amount of the payment is based on particular facts relating to the insured and certain assumptions allowed by law. The guideline premium is shown on your Policy schedule page.


in force	While coverage under the Policy is active and the insured's life remains insured.

indebtedness	Outstanding loan amounts plus any accrued interest at the time your Policy lapsed.

initial premium	The amount you must pay before insurance coverage begins under the Policy. The initial premium is shown on the schedule page of your Policy.

insured	The person whose life is insured by the Policy.

issue age	The insured's age on his or her birthday nearest to the Policy date.

lapse	When life insurance coverage ends because you do not have enough cash value in the Policy to pay the monthly deductions, the surrender charge and any outstanding loan amount, and you have not made a sufficient payment by the end of a grace period.

loan amount	The total amount of all outstanding Policy loans, including both principal and interest due.

loan reserve account	A part of the fixed account to which amounts are transferred as collateral for Policy loans.

mailing address	Our mailing address is 4333 Edgewood Road, N.E., Cedar Rapids, Iowa, 52499. All premium payments and loan repayments made by check, and all claims, correspondence and notices must be sent to this address.

maturity date	The Policy anniversary nearest the insured's 95th birthday if the insured is living and the Policy is still in force. It is the date when life insurance coverage under this Policy ends. You may continue coverage, at your option, under the Policy's extended maturity date benefit provision.

minimum monthly guarantee premium	The amount shown on the Policy schedule page that we use during the no lapse period to determine whether a grace period will begin. We make this determination whenever your net surrender value is not enough to meet monthly deductions. If you pay your minimum monthly guarantee premium each month during the no lapse period, your Policy will not lapse, so long as you do not take a loan, increase the specified amount, or add a rider.

Monthiversary	This is the day of each month when we determine Policy charges and deduct them from cash value. It is the same date each month as the Policy date. If there is no valuation date in the calendar month that coincides with the Policy date, the Monthiversary is the next valuation date.

monthly deductions	The monthly Policy charge, plus the monthly cost of insurance, plus the monthly charge for any riders added to the Policy.

mortality and expense risk charge	This charge is a daily deduction from each subaccount that is taken before determining the unit value of that subaccount.

net premium	The part of your premium that we allocate to the fixed account or the subaccounts. The net premium is equal to the premium you paid minus the premium expense charge and the premium collection charge.

net surrender value	The amount we will pay you if you surrender the Policy while it is in force. The net surrender value on the date you surrender is equal to: the cash value minus any surrender charge, minus any outstanding loan amount, plus any interest you paid in advance on the loan for the period between the date of surrender and the next Policy anniversary.

no lapse date	For a Policy with issue ages 0-60, the no lapse date is either the anniversary on which the insured's attained age is 65 or the tenth Policy anniversary, whichever is earlier. For a Policy with issue ages 61-75, the no lapse date is the fifth Policy anniversary. The no lapse date is specified in your Policy.

no lapse period	The period of time between the Policy date and the no lapse date during which the Policy will not lapse as long as certain conditions are met.

NYSE	The New York Stock Exchange.

planned periodic premium	A premium payment you make in a level amount at a fixed interval over a specified period of time.

Policy date	The date when our underwriting process is complete, full life insurance coverage goes into effect, we begin to make monthly deductions, and your initial net premium is allocated to the Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP subaccount. The Policy date is shown on the schedule page of your Policy. We measure Policy months, years, and anniversaries from the Policy date.
portfolio	One of the separate investment portfolios of a fund.

premium expense charge	The charge that is deducted from each premium payment before determining the net premium that will be credited to the cash value.

premiums	All payments you make under the Policy other than loan repayments.

record date	The date we record your Policy on our books and your Policy is issued, and we allocate your cash value from the Transamerica Aegon Money Market VP subaccount to the accounts that you selected on your application.

separate account	The WRL Series Life Account. It is a separate investment account that is divided into subaccounts. We established the separate account to receive and invest net premiums under the Policy and other variable life insurance policies we issue.

specified amount (may be referred to as “face amount” in riders)	The minimum death benefit we will pay under the Policy provided the Policy is in force. The initial specified amount of life insurance that you have selected is shown on the Policy’s schedule page, unless you increase or decrease the specified amount. The in force specified amount (also referred to as the current specified amount) is the initial specified amount, adjusted for any increases or decreases in the Base policy’s specified amount. In addition, we will reduce the specified amount by the dollar amount of any cash withdrawal if you choose the Option A (level) death benefit.

subaccount	A subdivision of the separate account that invests exclusively in shares of one investment portfolio of a fund.

surrender charge	If, during the first 15 Policy years, you fully surrender the Policy, we will deduct a surrender charge from your cash value. We will deduct an additional surrender charge for 15 years following an increase in the specified amount.

termination	When the insured's life is no longer insured under the Policy, and neither the Policy (nor any rider) is in force.

valuation date	Each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Transamerica Premier is open for business whenever the New York Stock Exchange is open. Please Note: Any day that Transamerica Premier is open for business, but the New York Stock Exchange is not open for normal trading, is not considered a valuation date.

valuation period	The period of time over which we determine the change in the value of the subaccounts. Each valuation period begins at the close of normal trading on the New York Stock Exchange (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on each valuation date) and ends at the close of normal trading of the New York Stock Exchange on the next valuation date.


we, us, our, the Company ( Transamerica Premier; TPLIC )	Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company .

written notice	The written notice you must sign and send us to request or exercise your rights as owner under the Policy. To be complete, it must: (1) be in a form we accept; (2) contain the information and documentation that we determine we need to take the action you request; and (3) be received at our mailing address.

you, your (owner or policyowner)	The person entitled to exercise all rights as owner under the Policy.

Prospectus Back Cover

Personalized Illustrations of Policy Benefits

To help you understand how your Policy values could vary over time under different sets of assumptions, we will provide you, without charge and upon request, with certain personalized hypothetical illustrations showing the death benefit, net surrender value and cash value. These hypothetical illustrations will be based on the age and insurance risk characteristics of the insured persons under your Policy and such factors as the specified amount, death benefit option, premium payment amounts, and hypothetical rates of return (within limits) that you request. The illustrations are not a representation or guarantee of investment returns or cash value.

Inquiries

To learn more about the Policy, you should read the SAI dated the same date as this prospectus. The SAI has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by reference.

For a free copy of the SAI, for other information about the Policy, and to obtain personalized illustrations, please contact your registered representative or send your request to our mailing address at:

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

4333 Edgewood Rd., NE

Cedar Rapids, IA 52499

1-800-851-9777

Facsimile: 1-727-299-1648

1-727-299-1620

(Monday - Friday from 8:30 a.m. - 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time)

www.premier.transamerica.com

More information about the Registrant (including the SAI) may be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. For information on the operation of the Public Reference Room, please contact the SEC at 202-551-8090. You may also obtain copies of reports and other information about the Registrant on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov and copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The Registrant’s file numbers are listed below.

TCI serves as the principal underwriter for the Policies. More information about TCI is available at http://www.finra.org or by calling 1-800-289-9999. You also can obtain an investor brochure from The Financial Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") describing its Public Disclosure Program.

SEC File No. 33 3 - 199058 /811-4420

05/201 5

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Board of Directors of

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

We have audited the accompanying statutory financial statements of Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company, which comprise the statutory balance sheet as of December 31, 2014, and the related statutory statements of operations and changes in capital and surplus, and cash flows for the year then ended.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa. Management is also responsible for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Basis for Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the financial statements are prepared by the Company on the basis of the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa, which is a basis of accounting other than accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The effects on the financial statements of the variances between the statutory basis of accounting described in Note 1 and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, although not reasonably determinable, are presumed to be material.

Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

In our opinion, because of the significance of the matter discussed in the “Basis for Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the financial position of the Company as of December 31,2014, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for the year then ended.

G-1

Opinion on Statutory Basis of Accounting

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the admitted assets, liabilities and surplus of the Company as of December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa described in Note 1.

Emphasis of Matter

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the financial statements give retroactive effect to the merger of Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio into the Company on October 1, 2014 in a transaction accounted for as a statutory merger. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

Other Matter

Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the financial statements taken as a whole. The accompanying Summary of Investments-Other than Investments in Related Parties, Supplementary Insurance Information, and Reinsurance Schedules as of December 31, 2014 and for the year then ended are presented for purposes of additional analysis and are not a required part of the financial statements. The Summary of Investments-Other than Investments in Related Parties, Supplementary Insurance Information, and Reinsurance Schedules are the responsibility of management and were derived from and relate directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements. The effects on the Summary of Investments-Other than Investments in Related Parties, Supplementary Insurance Information, and Reinsurance Schedules of the variances between the statutory basis of accounting and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, although not reasonably determinable, are presumed to be material. As a consequence, the Summary of Investments-Other than Investments in Related Parties, Supplementary Insurance Information, and Reinsurance Schedules do not present fairly, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, such information of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and for the year then ended. The Summary of Investments-Other than Investments in Related Parties, Supplementary Insurance Information, and Reinsurance Schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the financial statements and certain additional procedures, including comparing and reconciling such information directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the financial statements or to the financial statements themselves and other additional procedures, in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. In our opinion, the of Summary Investments-Other than Investments in Related Parties, Supplementary Insurance Information, and Reinsurance Schedules are fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the financial statements taken as a whole.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

April 28, 2015

G-2

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

We have audited the accompanying statutory-basis financial statements of Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company, which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2013, the related statutory-basis statements of operations, changes in capital and surplus, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the financial statements. Our audits also included the statutory-basis financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X, Article 7.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa. Management also is responsible for the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Basis for Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

As described in Note 1, to meet the requirements of Iowa the financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa, which practices differ from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The variances between such practices and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles are described in Note 1. The effects on the accompanying financial statements of these variances are not reasonably determinable but are presumed to be material.

G-3

Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

In our opinion, because of the effects of the matter described in the preceding paragraph, the statutory-basis financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the financial position of Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company at December 31, 2013, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013.

Opinion on Statutory-Basis of Accounting

However, in our opinion, the statutory-basis financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company at December 31, 2013 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic statutory-basis financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

February 6, 2015

G-4

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Balance Sheets – Statutory Basis

(Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Amounts)

G-5

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Balance Sheets – Statutory Basis (continued)

(Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Amounts)

G-6

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Statements of Operations – Statutory Basis

(Dollars in Thousands)

G-7

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Statements of Operations – Statutory Basis (continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

See accompanying notes.

G-8

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus – Statutory Basis

(Dollars in Thousands)

G-9

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus – Statutory Basis (continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

See accompanying notes.

G-10

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Statements of Cash Flow – Statutory Basis

(Dollars in Thousands)

G-11

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Statements of Cash Flow – Statutory Basis (continued)

(Dollars in Thousands)

G-12

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Notes to Financial Statements – Statutory Basis

(Dollars in Thousands)

December 31, 2014

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company (the Company, formerly known as Monumental Life Insurance Company) is a stock life insurance company owned by Commonwealth General Corporation (CGC). CGC is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of AEGON N.V., a holding company organized under the laws of The Netherlands.

On October 1, 2014, the Company completed a merger with Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio (WRL). The merger was accounted for in accordance with Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles (SSAP) No. 68, Business Combinations and Goodwill, as a statutory merger. As such, financial statements for periods prior to the merger were combined and the recorded assets, liabilities and surplus of WRL were carried forward to the merged company. As a result of the merger, WRL’s common stock was deemed cancelled by operation of law. In exchange for its agreement to merge WRL into the Company, AEGON USA, LLC (AEGON), the parent of WRL, received one share of common stock of CGC.

G-13

Summarized audited financial information for the Company and WRL presented separately for periods prior to the merger is as follows:

G-14

Nature of Business

The Company sells a full line of insurance products, including individual, credit, group, variable universal life and variable annuity coverages under life, annuity and accident and health policies as well as investment products, including guaranteed interest contracts and funding agreements. The Company is licensed in 49 states, the District of Columbia, Guam and Puerto Rico. Sales of the Company’s products are through agents, brokers, financial planners, independent representatives, financial institutions, stockbrokers and direct response methods. The majority of the company’s new life insurance, and a portion of new annuities, are written through an affiliated marketing organization.

Basis of Presentation

The preparation of financial statements of insurance companies requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported and disclosed herein.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa, which practices differ from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The more significant variances from GAAP are:

Investments: Investments in bonds, including affiliated bonds and mandatory redeemable preferred stocks are reported at amortized cost or fair value based on their National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) rating; for GAAP, such fixed maturity investments would be designated at purchase as held-to-maturity, trading or available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity fixed investments would be reported at amortized cost, and the remaining fixed maturity investments would be reported at fair value with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in earnings for those designated as trading and as a separate component of other comprehensive income (OCI) for those designated as available-for-sale. Fair value for GAAP is based on indices, third party pricing services, brokers, external fund managers and internal models. For statutory reporting, the NAIC allows insurance companies to report the fair value determined by the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC (SVO) or determine the fair value by using a permitted valuation method.

All single class and multi-class mortgage-backed/asset-backed securities (e.g., CMOs) are adjusted for the effects of changes in prepayment assumptions on the related accretion of discount or amortization of premium of such securities using either the retrospective or prospective methods. If the fair value of the mortgage-backed/asset-backed security is less than amortized cost, an entity shall assess whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. An other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) is also considered to have occurred if the fair value of the mortgage-backed/asset-backed security is less than its amortized cost basis and the entity intends to sell the security or the entity does not have the intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis. An OTTI is also considered to have occurred if the discounted estimated future cash flows are less than the amortized cost basis of the security.

G-15

If it is determined an OTTI has occurred as a result of the cash flow analysis, the security is written down to the discounted estimated future cash flows. If an OTTI has occurred due to intent to sell or lack of intent and ability to hold, the security is written down to fair value.

For GAAP, all securities, purchased or retained, that represent beneficial interests in securitized assets (e.g., CMO, CBO, CDO, CLO, MBS and ABS securities), other than high credit quality securities, are adjusted using the prospective method when there is a change in estimated future cash flows. If high credit quality securities are adjusted, the retrospective method is used. If it is determined that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary and the entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period credit loss, the OTTI should be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and its fair value at the impairment date. If the entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery, the OTTI should be separated into a) the amount representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and b) the amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in OCI, net of applicable taxes.

Derivative instruments used in hedging transactions that meet the criteria of an effective hedge are valued and reported in a manner that is consistent with the hedged asset or liability. Embedded derivatives are not accounted for separately from the host contract. Derivative instruments used in hedging transactions that do not meet or no longer meet the criteria of an effective hedge are accounted for at fair value, and the changes in the fair value are recorded in unassigned surplus as unrealized gains and losses. Under GAAP, the effective and ineffective portions of a single hedge are accounted for separately, and the change in fair value for cash flow hedges is credited or charged directly to a separate component of OCI rather than to income as required for fair value hedges, and an embedded derivative within a contract that is not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risk of the host contract is accounted for separately from the host contract and valued and reported at fair value.

Derivative instruments are also used in replication (synthetic asset) transactions. In these transactions, the derivative is valued in a manner consistent with the cash investment and replicated asset. For GAAP, the derivative is reported at fair value with the changes in the fair value reported in income.

G-16

Investments in real estate are reported net of related obligations rather than on a gross basis as for GAAP. Real estate owned and occupied by the Company is included in investments rather than reported as an operating asset as under GAAP, and investment income and operating expenses for statutory reporting include rent for the Company’s occupancy of those properties. Changes between depreciated cost and admitted amounts are credited or charged directly to unassigned surplus rather than to income as would be required under GAAP.

Valuation allowances are established for mortgage loans, if necessary, based on the difference between the net value of the collateral, determined as the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to obtain and sell, and the recorded investment in the mortgage loan. Under GAAP, such allowances are based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, if foreclosure is probable, on the estimated fair value of the collateral.

The initial valuation allowance and subsequent changes in the allowance for mortgage loans are charged or credited directly to unassigned surplus as part of the change in asset valuation reserve (AVR), rather than being included as a component of earnings as would be required under GAAP.

Valuation Reserves: Under a formula prescribed by the NAIC, the Company defers the portion of realized capital gains and losses on sales of fixed income investments, principally bonds and mortgage loans, attributable to changes in the general level of interest rates and amortizes those deferrals over the remaining period to maturity of the bond or mortgage loan based on groupings of individual securities sold in five-year bands. That net deferral is reported as the interest maintenance reserve (IMR) in the accompanying balance sheets. Realized capital gains and losses are reported in income net of federal income tax and transfers to the IMR. Under GAAP, realized capital gains and losses are reported in the statement of operations on a pre-tax basis in the period that the assets giving rise to the gains or losses are sold.

The AVR provides a valuation allowance for invested assets. The AVR is determined by an NAIC prescribed formula with changes reflected directly in unassigned surplus; AVR is not recognized for GAAP.

Subsidiaries: The accounts and operations of the Company’s subsidiaries are not consolidated with the accounts and operations of the Company as would be required under GAAP.

Policy Acquisition Costs: The costs of acquiring and renewing business are expensed when incurred. Under GAAP, incremental costs directly related to the successful acquisition of traditional life insurance and certain long-duration accident and health insurance, to the extent recoverable from future policy revenues, would be deferred and amortized over the premium-paying period of the related policies using assumptions consistent with those used in computing policy benefit reserves; for universal life insurance and investment products, to the extent recoverable from future gross profits, deferred policy acquisition costs are amortized generally in proportion to the present value of expected gross profits from surrender charges and investment, mortality and expense margins.

G-17

Value of Business Acquired: Under GAAP, value of business acquired (VOBA) is an intangible asset resulting from a business combination that represents that excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts inforce at the acquisition date. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on projections, by each block of business, of future contracts and contract changes, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operation expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment and other factors. VOBA is not recognized under NAIC SAP.

Separate Accounts with Guarantees: Some of the Company’s separate accounts provide policyholders with a guaranteed return. In accordance with the guarantees provided, if the investment proceeds are insufficient to cover the rate of return guaranteed for the product, the policyholder proceeds will be remitted by the general account. These separate accounts are included in the general account for GAAP due to the nature of the guaranteed return.

Nonadmitted Assets: Certain assets designated as “nonadmitted”, primarily net deferred tax assets and agent balances and other assets not specifically identified as an admitted asset within the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (NAIC SAP), are excluded from the accompanying balance sheets and are charged directly to unassigned surplus. Under GAAP, such assets are included in the balance sheet to the extent they are not impaired.

Universal Life and Annuity Policies: Revenues for universal life and annuity policies with mortality or morbidity risk (including annuities with purchase rate guarantees) consist of the entire premium received. Benefits incurred represent surrenders and death benefits paid and the change in policy reserves. Premiums received and benefits incurred for annuity policies without mortality or morbidity risk and guaranteed interest in group annuity contracts are recorded directly to a policy reserve account using deposit accounting, without recognizing premium income or benefits expense. Interest on these policies is reflected in other benefits. Under GAAP, for universal life policies, premiums received in excess of policy charges would not be recognized as premium revenue and benefits would represent interest credited to the account values and the excess of benefits paid over the policy account value. Under GAAP, for all annuity policies without significant mortality risk, premiums received and benefits paid would be recorded directly to the reserve liability.

G-18

Benefit Reserves: Certain policy reserves are calculated based on statutorily required interest and mortality assumptions rather than on estimated expected experience or actual account balances as would be required under GAAP.

Reinsurance: Any reinsurance amounts deemed to be uncollectible have been written off through a charge to operations. In addition, a liability for reinsurance balances would be established for unsecured policy reserves ceded to reinsurers not authorized to assume such business. Changes to the liability are credited or charged directly to unassigned surplus. Under GAAP, an allowance for amounts deemed uncollectible would be established through a charge to earnings.

Losses associated with an indemnity reinsurance transaction are reported within income when incurred rather than being deferred and amortized over the remaining life of the underlying reinsured contracts as would be required under GAAP.

Policy and contract liabilities ceded to reinsurers have been reported as reductions of the related reserves rather than as assets as would be required under GAAP.

Commissions allowed by reinsurers on business ceded are reported as income when incurred rather than being deferred and amortized with deferred policy acquisition costs as required under GAAP.

Under GAAP, for certain reinsurance agreements whereby assets are retained by the ceding insurer (such as funds withheld or modified coinsurance) and a return is paid based on the performance of underlying investments, the liabilities for these reinsurance arrangements must be adjusted to reflect the fair value of the invested assets. The NAIC SAP does not contain a similar requirement.

Deferred Income Taxes: The Company computes deferred income taxes in accordance with SSAP No. 101, Income Taxes, A Replacement of SSAP No. 10R and SSAP No. 10. Under SSAP No. 101, admitted adjusted deferred income tax assets are limited to 1) the amount of federal income taxes paid in prior years that can be recovered through loss carrybacks for existing temporary differences that reverse during a timeframe corresponding with the Internal Revenue Service tax loss carryback provisions, not to exceed three years, plus 2) the amount of adjusted gross deferred income tax assets expected to be realized within three years limited to an amount that is no greater than 15% of current period’s adjusted statutory capital and surplus, plus 3) the amount of remaining adjusted gross deferred income tax assets that can be offset against existing gross deferred income tax liabilities after considering the character (i.e., ordinary versus capital) and reversal patterns of the deferred tax assets and liabilities. The remaining adjusted deferred income tax assets are nonadmitted.

G-19

Deferred income taxes do not include amounts for state taxes. Under GAAP, state taxes are included in the computation of deferred income taxes, a deferred income tax asset is recorded for the amount of gross deferred income tax assets expected to be realized in all future years, and a valuation allowance is established for deferred income tax assets not realizable.

Goodwill: Goodwill is admitted subject to an aggregate limitation of ten percent of the capital and surplus in the most recently filed annual statement excluding electronic data processing equipment, operating system software, net deferred income tax assets and net positive goodwill. Excess goodwill is nonadmitted. Goodwill is amortized over ten years. Under GAAP, goodwill is measured as the excess of the consideration transferred plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date as compared to the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is assessed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances indicate that a possible impairment has occurred.

Policyholder Dividends: Policyholder dividends are recognized when declared rather than over the term of the related policies as would be required under GAAP.

Surplus Notes: Surplus notes are reported as surplus rather than liabilities as would be required under GAAP.

Statements of Cash Flow: Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments in the statements of cash flow represent cash balances and investments with initial maturities of one year or less. Under GAAP, the corresponding caption of cash and cash equivalents includes cash balances and investments with initial maturities of three months or less.

Securities Lending Assets and Liabilities: For securities lending programs, cash collateral received which may be sold or repledged by the Company is reflected as a one-line entry on the balance sheet (securities lending reinvested collateral assets) and a corresponding liability is established to record the obligation to return the cash collateral. Collateral received which may not be sold or repledged is not recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. Under GAAP, the reinvested collateral is included within invested assets (i.e. it is not one-line reported).

The effects of the foregoing variances from GAAP on the accompanying statutory-basis financial statements have not been determined by the Company, but are presumed to be material.

Other significant accounting policies are as follows:

G-20

Investments

Investments in bonds, except those to which the SVO has ascribed an NAIC designation of 6, are reported at amortized cost using the interest method.

Hybrid securities, as defined by the NAIC, are securities designed with characteristics of both debt and equity and provide protection to the issuer’s senior note holders. These securities meet the definition of a bond, in accordance with SSAP No. 26, Bonds, excluding Loan-backed and Structured Securities and therefore, are reported at amortized cost or fair value based upon their NAIC rating.

Single class and multi-class mortgage-backed/asset-backed securities are valued at amortized cost using the interest method, including anticipated prepayments, except for those with an initial NAIC designation of 6, which are valued at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Prepayment assumptions are obtained from dealer surveys or internal estimates and are based on the current interest rate and economic environment. The retrospective adjustment method is used to value all such securities, except principal-only and interest-only securities, which are valued using the prospective method.

The Company closely monitors below investment grade holdings and those investment grade issuers where the Company has concerns. The Company also regularly monitors industry sectors. The Company considers relevant facts and circumstances in evaluating whether the impairment is other-than-temporary including: (1) the probability of the Company collecting all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the security in effect at the date of acquisition; (2) the Company’s decision to sell a security prior to its maturity at an amount below its carrying amount; and (3) the Company’s ability to hold a structured security for a period of time to allow for recovery of the value to its carrying amount. Additionally, financial condition, near term prospects of the issuer and nationally recognized credit rating changes are monitored. Non-structured securities in unrealized loss positions that are considered other-than-temporary are written down to fair value. Structured securities considered other-than-temporarily impaired are written down to discounted estimated cash flows if the impairment is the result of cash flow analysis. If the Company has an intent to sell or lack of ability to hold a structured security, it is written down to fair value. For structured securities, cash flow trends and underlying levels of collateral are monitored. The Company will record a charge to the statement of operations to the extent that these securities are determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

Investments in preferred stocks in good standing are reported at cost or amortized cost. Investments in preferred stocks not in good standing are reported at the lower of cost or fair value, and the related net unrealized capital gains (losses) are reported in unassigned surplus along with any adjustment for federal income taxes.

G-21

Common stocks of unaffiliated companies are reported at fair value and the related net unrealized capital gains or losses are reported in unassigned surplus along with any adjustment for federal income taxes.

If the Company determines that a decline in the fair value of a common stock or a preferred stock is other-than-temporary, the Company writes it down to fair value as the new cost basis and the amount of the write down is accounted for as a realized loss in the statement of operations. The Company considers the following factors in determining whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary: (a) the financial condition and prospects of the issuer; (b) whether or not the Company has made a decision to sell the investment; and (c) the length of time and extent to which the value has been below cost.

Common stocks of affiliated noninsurance subsidiaries are reported based on underlying audited GAAP equity. The net change in the subsidiaries’ equity is included in the change in net unrealized capital gains or losses, reported in unassigned surplus along with any adjustment for federal income taxes.

There are no restrictions on common or preferred stock.

Short-term investments include investments with remaining maturities of one year or less at the time of acquisition and are principally stated at amortized cost.

Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and are principally stated at amortized cost.

Mortgage loans are reported at unpaid principal balances, less an allowance for impairment. A mortgage loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage agreement. When management determines that the impairment is other-than-temporary, the mortgage loan is written down to realizable value and a realized loss is recognized.

Land is reported at cost. Real estate occupied by the Company is reported at depreciated cost net of encumbrances. Real estate held for the production of income is reported at depreciated cost net of related obligations. Real estate that the Company classifies as held for sale is measured at lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the properties. The Company recognizes an impairment loss if the Company determines that the carrying amount of the real estate is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The Company deems that the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable if the carrying amount exceeds the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and disposition. The impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.

G-22

Policy loans are reported at unpaid principal balances.

The Company has minority ownership interests in joint ventures and limited partnerships. The Company carries these investments based on its interest in the underlying audited GAAP equity of the investee. For a decline in the fair value of an investment in a joint venture or limited partnership which is determined to be other-than-temporary, the Company writes it down to fair value as the new cost basis and the amount of the write down is accounted for as a realized loss in the statement of operations. The Company considers an impairment to have occurred if it is probable that the Company will be unable to recover the carrying amount of the investment or if there is evidence indicating inability of the investee to sustain earnings which would justify the carrying amount of the investment.

The Company’s investment in reverse mortgages is recorded net of an appropriate actuarial reserve. The actuarial reserve is calculated using the projected cash flows from the reverse mortgage product. Assumptions used in the actuarial model include an estimate of current home values, projected cash flows from the realization of the appreciated value of the property from its eventual sale (subject to certain limitations in the contract), mortality and termination rates based on group annuity mortality tables adjusted for the Company’s experience and a constant interest rate environment. The carrying amount of the investment in reverse mortgages of $25,464 and $31,763 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, is net of the reserve of $10,823 and $12,375, respectively. Interest income of $1,849 and $1,969 was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 respectively. The Company’s commitment includes making advances to the borrower until termination of the contract. The contract is terminated at the time the borrower moves, sells the property, dies, repays the loan balance or violates the provisions of the loan contract.

Investments in Low Income Housing Tax Credits (LIHTC) properties are valued at amortized cost. Tax credits are recognized in operations in the tax reporting year in which the tax credit is utilized by the Company.

Other “admitted assets” are valued principally at cost, as required or permitted by the Iowa Insurance Laws.

Realized capital gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are recorded net of related federal income taxes. Changes in admitted asset carrying amounts of bonds, mortgage loans, common and preferred stocks are credited or charged directly to unassigned surplus.

G-23

Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis. The Company does not accrue income on bonds in default, mortgage loans on real estate in default and/or foreclosure or which are delinquent more than twelve months, or on real estate where rent is in arrears for more than three months. Income is also not accrued when collection is uncertain. In addition, accrued interest is excluded from investment income when payment exceeds 90 days past due. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company excluded investment income due and accrued for bonds in default of $80 and $210, respectively, with respect to such practices.

For dollar repurchase agreements, the Company receives cash collateral in an amount at least equal to the fair value of the securities transferred by the Company in the transaction as of the transaction date. Cash received as collateral is invested as needed or used for general corporate purposes of the Company.

Derivative Instruments

Overview: The Company may use various derivative instruments (options, caps, floors, swaps, foreign currency forwards and futures) to manage risks related to its ongoing business operations. On the transaction date of the derivative instrument, the Company designates the derivative as either (A) hedging (fair value, foreign currency fair value, cash flow, foreign currency cash flow, forecasted transactions or net investment in a foreign operation), (B) replication, (C) income generation or (D) held for other investment/risk management activities, which do not qualify for hedge accounting under SSAP No. 86, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SSAP No. 86).

Derivative instruments used in hedging relationships are accounted for on a basis that is consistent with the hedged item (amortized cost or fair value). Derivative instruments used in replication relationships are accounted for on a basis that is consistent with the cash instrument and the replicated asset (amortized cost or fair value). Derivative instruments used in income generation relationships are accounted for on a basis that is consistent with the associated covered asset or underlying interest to which the derivative indicates (amortized cost or fair value). Derivative instruments held for other investment/risk management activities receive fair value accounting.

Derivative instruments are subject to market risk, which is the possibility that future changes in market prices may make the instruments less valuable. The Company uses derivatives as hedges, consequently, when the value of the derivative changes, the value of a corresponding hedged asset or liability will move in the opposite direction. Market risk is a consideration when changes in the value of the derivative and the hedged item do not completely offset (correlation or basis risk) which is mitigated by active measuring and monitoring.

G-24

The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to financial instruments, but it does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their obligations given their high credit rating of 'A' or better. The credit exposure of interest rate swaps and currency swaps is represented by the fair value of contracts, aggregated at a counterparty level, with a positive fair value at the reporting date. The Company has entered into collateral agreements with certain counterparties wherein the counterparty is required to post assets on the Company's behalf. The posted amount is equal to the difference between the net positive fair value of the contracts and an agreed upon threshold that is based on the credit rating of the counterparty. Inversely, if the net fair value of all contracts with this counterparty is negative, then the Company is required to post assets.

Instruments: Interest rate swaps are the primary derivative financial instruments used in the overall asset/liability management process to modify the interest rate characteristics of the underlying asset or liability. These interest rate swaps generally provide for the exchange of the difference between fixed and floating rate amounts based on an underlying notional amount. Typically, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the swap contract and a single net payment is exchanged each due date. Swaps that meet hedge accounting rules are carried in a manner consistent with the hedged item, generally at amortized cost, on the financial statements. If the swap is terminated prior to maturity, proceeds are exchanged equal to the fair value of the contract. These gains and losses may be included in IMR or AVR if the underlying instrument receives that treatment. Swaps not meeting hedge accounting rules are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments recorded in unassigned surplus.

Total return swaps are used in the asset/liability management process to mitigate the risk created when the Company has issued minimum guarantee insurance contracts linked to an index. These total return swaps generally provide for the exchange of the difference between fixed leg (tied to the S&P or interest rate index) and floating leg (tied to LIBOR) amounts based on an underlying notional amount (also tied to the underlying index). Typically, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the swap contract and a single net payment is exchanged each due date. Swaps that meet hedge accounting rules are carried in a manner consistent with the hedge item, generally at amortized cost, on the financial statements. If the swap is terminated prior to maturity, proceeds are exchanged equal to the fair value of the contract. These gains and losses may be included in IMR or AVR if the underlying instrument receives that treatment. Swaps not meeting hedge accounting rules are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments recorded in unassigned surplus.

Variance swaps are used in the asset/liability management process to mitigate the gamma risk created when the Company has issued minimum guarantee insurance contracts linked to an index. These variance swaps are similar to volatility options where the underlying index provides for the market value movements. Variance swaps do not accrue interest. Typically, no cash is exchanged at the outset of initiating the variance swap and a single receipt or payment occurs at the maturity or termination of the contract. Variance swaps that meet hedge accounting rules are carried in a manner consistent with the hedged item, generally at amortized cost, on the financial statements. If terminated prior to maturity, proceeds are exchanged equal to the fair value of the contract. These gains and losses may be included in IMR or AVR if the underlying instrument receives that treatment. Swaps not meeting hedge accounting rules are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments recorded in capital and surplus.

G-25

Interest rate basis swaps are used in the overall asset/liability management process to modify the interest rate characteristics of the underlying liability to mitigate the basis risk of assets and liabilities resetting on different indices. These interest rate swaps generally provide for the exchange of the difference between a floating rate on one index to a floating rate of another index, based upon an underlying notional amount. Typically, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the swap contract and a single net payment is exchanged at each due date. Swaps meeting hedge accounting rules are carried in a manner consistent with the hedged item, generally at amortized cost, on the financial statements. If the swap is terminated prior to maturity, proceeds are exchanged equal to the fair value of the contract. These gains and losses may be included in IMR or AVR if the underlying instrument receives that treatment. Swaps not meeting hedge accounting rules are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments recorded in unassigned surplus.

Cross currency swaps are utilized to mitigate risks when the Company holds foreign denominated assets or liabilities therefore converting the asset or liability to a U.S. dollar (USD) denominated security. These cross currency swap agreements involve the exchange of two principal amounts in two different currencies at the prevailing currency rate at contract inception. During the life of the swap, the counterparties exchange fixed or floating rate interest payments in the swapped currencies. At maturity, the principal amounts are again swapped at a pre-determined rate of exchange. Each asset or liability is hedged individually where the terms of the swap must meet the terms of the hedged instrument. For swaps qualifying for hedge accounting, the premium or discount is amortized into income over the life of the contract and the foreign currency translation adjustment is recorded as unrealized gain/loss in unassigned surplus. Swaps not meeting hedge accounting rules are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments recorded in unassigned surplus. If a swap is terminated prior to maturity, proceeds are exchanged equal to the fair value of the contract. These gains and losses may be included in IMR or AVR if the hedged instrument receives that treatment.

Futures contracts are used to hedge the liability risk associated when the Company issues products providing the customer a return based on various global equity market indices. Futures are marked to market on a daily basis whereby a cash payment is made or received by the Company. These payments are recognized as realized gains or losses in the financial statements.

G-26

The Company issues products providing the customer a return based on the various global equity market indices. The Company uses options to hedge the liability option risk associated with these products. Options are marked to fair value in the balance sheet and fair value adjustments are recorded as unassigned surplus in the financial statements.

Caps are used in the asset/liability management process to mitigate the interest rate risk created due to a rapidly rising interest rate environment. The caps are similar to options where the underlying interest rate index provides for the market value movements. The caps do not accrue interest until the interest rate environment exceeds the caps strike rate. Cash is exchanged at the onset, and a single receipt or payment occurs at the maturity or termination of the contract. Caps that meet hedge accounting rules are carried in a manner consistent with the hedged item, generally at amortized cost, on the financial statements. If terminated prior to maturity, proceeds are exchanged equal to the fair value of the contract. These gains and losses may be included in IMR or AVR if the underlying instrument receives that treatment. Caps that do not meet hedge accounting rules are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments recorded in unassigned surplus.

The Company may sell products with expected benefit payments extending beyond investment assets currently available in the market. Because assets will have to be purchased in the future to fund future liability cash flows, the Company is exposed to the risk of future investments made at lower yields than what is assumed at the time of pricing. Forward-starting interest rate swaps are utilized to lock-in the current forward rate. The accrual of income begins at the forward date, rather than at the inception date. These forward-starting swaps meet hedge accounting rules and are carried at cost in the financial statements. Gains and losses realized upon termination of the forward-starting swap are deferred and used to adjust the basis of the asset purchased in the hedged forecasted period. The basis adjustment is then amortized into income as a yield adjustment to the asset over its life.

The Company invests in domestic corporate debt securities denominated in U.S. dollars. If the issuers of these debt obligations fail to make timely payments, the value of the investment declines materially. The Company manages credit default risk through the purchase of credit default swaps. As the buyer of credit default protection, the Company will pay a premium to an approved counterparty in exchange for a contingent payment should a defined credit event occur with respect to the underlying reference entity or asset. Typically, the periodic premium or fee is expressed in basis points per notional. Generally, the premium payment for default protection is made periodically, although it may be paid as an up-front fee for short dated transactions. Should a credit event occur, the Company may be required to deliver the reference asset to the counterparty for par. Alternatively, settlement may be in cash. These credit default swaps are carried on the balance sheet at amortized cost. Premium payments made by the Company are recognized as investment expense. If the Company is unable to prove hedge effectiveness, the credit default swaps not meeting hedge accounting rules are carried at fair value with fair value adjustments recorded in unassigned surplus.

G-27

A replication transaction is a derivative transaction entered into in conjunction with a cash instrument to reproduce the investment characteristics of an otherwise permissible investment. The Company replicates investment grade corporate bonds or sovereign debt by combining a highly rated security as a cash component with a credit default swap which, in effect, converts the high quality asset into a lower rated investment grade corporate asset or sovereign debt. The benefits of using the swap market to replicate credit include possible enhanced relative values as well as ease of executing larger transactions in a shortened time frame. Generally, a premium is received by the Company on a periodic basis and recognized in investment income. In the event the representative issuer defaults on its debt obligation referenced in the contract, a payment equal to the notional of the contract will be made by the Company and recognized as a capital loss.

The Company replicates hybrid fixed to floating treasuries by combining a U.S. Treasury cash component with a forward starting swap which, in effect converts a fixed U.S. Treasury into hybrid fixed to floating treasury. The purpose of these replications is to aid duration matching between the treasuries and the supported liabilities. Generally these swaps are carried at amortized cost with periodic interest payments beginning at a future date. Any early terminations are recognized as capital gains or losses. The Company complies with the specific rules established in AVR for replication transactions.

The Company holds some warrants linked to an Argentina Government GDP as part of an authorized workout from the Argentina Brady Bonds. The Company was put into these warrants and did not voluntarily transact into these types of instruments. The Company does not have any downside risk to the warrants, and only receives a payment if the GDP is above a specific threshold. These swaps are marked to fair value in the balance sheet and the fair value adjustment is recorded in capital and surplus.

Separate Accounts

Assets held in trust for purchases of variable universal life and variable annuity contracts and the Company’s corresponding obligation to the contract owners are shown separately in the balance sheet. The assets in the accounts, carried at estimated fair value, consist of underlying mutual fund shares, common stocks, long-term bonds and short-term investments. The separate accounts, held for individual policyholders, do not have any minimum guarantees, and the investment risks associated with the fair value changes are borne entirely by the policyholder.

G-28

The Company received variable contract premiums of $888,892, $852,784 and $771,541 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. All variable account contracts are subject to discretionary withdrawal by the policyholder at the fair value of the underlying assets less the current surrender charge. Separate account contract holders have no claim against the assets of the general account.

Income and gains and losses with respect to the assets in the separate accounts accrue to the benefit of the contract owners and, accordingly, the operations of the separate accounts are not included in the accompanying financial statements. The Company received $329,455, $332,299 and $337,561, in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to fees associated with investment management, administration and contractual guarantees for separate accounts.

Separate account assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying financial statements consist of three types: guaranteed indexed, non-indexed guaranteed and nonguaranteed. Guaranteed indexed separate accounts represent funds invested by the Company for the benefit of contract holders who are guaranteed returns based on published indices. Non-indexed guaranteed separate accounts represent funds invested by the Company for the benefit of contract holders who are guaranteed certain returns as specified in the contracts. Separate account asset performance different than guaranteed requirements is either transferred to or received from the general account and reported in the statements of operations. Guaranteed indexed and non-indexed guaranteed separate account assets and liabilities are carried at fair value.

The nonguaranteed separate account assets and liabilities represent group annuity funds segregated by the Company for the benefit of contract owners, who bear the investment risks. The assets and liabilities of the nonguaranteed separate accounts are carried at fair value.

Aggregate Reserves for Policies and Contracts

Life, annuity and accident and health benefit reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined based on published tables using statutorily specified interest rates and valuation methods that will provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater than or equal to the minimum or guaranteed cash value, or the amount required by law. For direct business issued after October 1964, the Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums upon death of the insured and returns any portion of the final premium for periods beyond the month of death. For policies assumed during 1992 from former affiliates, Monumental General Insurance Company and Monumental Life Insurance Group, Inc., and for all business from company mergers occurring in 1998, the Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premium upon death of the insured and returns any portion of the final premium paid beyond the month of death. For fixed premium life insurance business resulting from company mergers occurring in 2004 and 2007, the Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums upon death of the insured and refunds portions of premiums unearned after the date of death. Where appropriate, the Company holds a nondeduction and/or refund reserve. The reserve for these benefits is computed using aggregate methods. The reserves are equal to the greater of the cash surrender value and the legally computed reserve.

G-29

The aggregate policy reserves for life insurance policies are based principally upon the 1941, 1958, 1980 and 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables, the 1912, 1941 and 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Tables, the 1960 Commissioner’s Standard Group Mortality Table, and the American Men, Actuaries and American Experience Mortality Tables. The reserves are calculated using interest rates ranging from 2.0 to 6.5 percent and are computed principally on the Net Level Premium Valuation and the Commissioners’ Reserve Valuation Methods. Reserves for universal life policies are based on account balances adjusted for the Commissioner’s Reserve Valuation Method.

Additional premiums are charged or additional mortality charges are assessed for policies issued on substandard lives according to underwriting classification. Generally, mean reserves are determined by computing the regular mean reserve for the plan at the true age and holding, in addition, one-half (1/2) of the extra premium charge for the year. For certain flexible premium and fixed premium universal life insurance products, reserves are calculated utilizing the Commissioner’s Reserve Valuation Method for universal life policies and recognizing any substandard ratings.

Deferred annuity reserves are calculated according to the Commissioner’s Annuity Reserve Valuation Method including excess interest reserves to cover situations where the future interest guarantees plus the decrease in surrender charges are in excess of the maximum valuation rates of interest. Reserves for immediate annuities and supplementary contracts with and without life contingencies are equal to the present value of future payments assuming interest rates ranging from 1.25 to 11.25 percent and mortality rates, where appropriate, from a variety of tables.

Annuity reserves also include guaranteed investment contracts (GICs) and funding agreements classified as life-type contracts as defined in SSAP No. 50, Classifications and Definitions of Insurance or Managed Care Contracts In Force. These liabilities have annuitization options at guaranteed rates and consist of floating interest rate and fixed interest rate contracts. The contract reserves are carried at the greater of the account balance or the value as determined for an annuity with cash settlement option, on a change in fund basis, according to the Commissioner’s Annuity Reserve Valuation Method.

Accident and health policy reserves are equal to the greater of the gross unearned premiums or any required mid-terminal reserves plus net unearned premiums and the present value of amounts not yet due on both reported and unreported claims.

G-30

Tabular interest, tabular less actual reserves released and tabular cost have been determined by formula. Tabular interest on funds not involving life contingencies has also been determined primarily by formula.

The liabilities related to guaranteed investment contracts and policyholder funds left on deposit with the Company generally are equal to fund balances less applicable surrender charges.

Policy and Contract Claim Reserves

Claim reserves represent the estimated accrued liability for claims reported to the Company and claims incurred but not yet reported through the balance sheet date. These reserves are estimated using either individual case-basis valuations or statistical analysis techniques. These estimates are subject to the effects of trends in claim severity and frequency. The estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary as experience develops or new information becomes available.

Liability for Deposit-Type Contracts

Deposit-type contracts do not incorporate risk from the death or disability of policyholders. These types of contracts may include GICs, funding agreements, supplemental contracts and certain annuity contracts. Deposits and withdrawals on these contracts are recorded as a direct increase or decrease, respectively, to the liability balance, and are not reported as premiums, benefits or changes in reserves in the statement of operations.

The Company issues certain funding agreements with well-defined class-based annuity purchase rates defining either specific or maximum purchase rate guarantees. However, these funding agreements are not issued to or for the benefit of an identifiable individual or group of individuals. These contracts are classified as deposit-type contracts in accordance with SSAP No. 50.

Municipal Repurchase Agreements

Municipal repurchase agreements are investment contracts issued to municipalities that pay either a fixed or floating rate of interest on the guaranteed deposit balance. The floating interest rate is based on a market index. The related liabilities are equal to the policyholder deposit and accumulated interest on the contract. The Company did not participate in repurchase agreements during 2014 or 2013.

G-31

Premiums and Annuity Considerations

Revenues for policies with mortality or morbidity risk (including annuities with purchase rate guarantees) consist of the entire premium received and are recognized over the premium paying periods of the related policies. Consideration received and benefits paid for annuity policies without mortality or morbidity risk are recorded using deposit accounting and recorded directly to an appropriate policy reserve account, without recognizing premium revenue.

Claims and Claim Adjustment Expense

Activity in the liability for unpaid claims and related processing costs net of reinsurance is summarized as follows:

G-32

The Company’s unpaid claims reserve was decreased by $6,655 and $7,755 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for health claims that occurred prior to those balance sheet dates. The change in 2014 and 2013 resulted primarily from variances in the estimated frequency of claims and claim severity.

The balance in the liability for unpaid accident and health claim adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $2,931 and $2,367, respectively. The Company incurred $4,621 and paid $4,057 of claim adjustment expenses during 2014, of which $2,111 of the paid amount was attributable to insured or covered events of prior years. The Company incurred $3,895 and paid $3,624 of claim adjustment expenses during 2013, of which $1,972 of the paid amount was attributable to insured or covered events of prior years. The Company did not increase or decrease the claim adjustment expense provision for insured events of prior years during 2014 or 2013.

Reinsurance

Reinsurance premiums, commissions, expense reimbursements and reserves related to reinsured business are accounted for on bases consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies and the terms of the reinsurance contracts. Gains associated with reinsurance of in force blocks of business are included in unassigned surplus and amortized into income as earnings emerge on the reinsured block of business. Premiums ceded and recoverable losses have been reported as a reduction of premium income and benefits, respectively. Policy liabilities and accruals are reported in the accompanying financial statements net of reinsurance ceded.

G-33

Stock Option Plan, Long-Term Incentive Compensation and Stock Appreciation Rights Plans

Certain management employees of the Company participate in a stock-based long-term incentive compensation plan issued by the Company’s indirect parent. In accordance with SSAP No. 13, Stock Options and Stock Purchase Plans, the expense or benefit related to this plan for the Company’s management employees has been charged to the Company, with an offsetting amount credit to paid-in surplus. The Company recorded an accrued expense in the amount of $719, $926 and $482 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Consistency of Presentation

Differences in tabular totals and references between footnotes are caused by rounding differences not considered to be significant to the financial statement presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Effective December 31, 2014, the Company adopted revisions to SSAP No. 104R, Share-Based Payments, which provides guidance for share-based payments transactions with non-employees. The adoption of this revision had no impact to the financial position and results of operations of the Company.

Effective December 15, 2014, the Company adopted SSAP No. 107, Accounting for Risk-Sharing Provisions of the Affordable Care Act, which establishes accounting treatment for the three risk sharing programs of the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Disclosures related to the assets, liabilities and revenue elements by program, previously adopted in SSAP No. 35R, Guaranty Fund and Other Assessments – Revised (SSAP No. 35R), were moved to this SSAP. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company adopted SSAP No. 106, Affordable Care Act Assessments, which adopted with modifications the guidance in Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-06: Other Expenses – Fees Paid to the Federal Government by Health Insurers and moves the ACA Section 9010 fee guidance from SSAP No. 35R, to SSAP No. 106. The adoption of this standard had no material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company adopted SSAP No. 105, Working Capital Finance Investments, which allows working capital finance investments to be admitted assets if certain criteria are met. The adoption of this standard had no impact to the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

G-34

Effective January 1, 2014, the Company adopted revisions to SSAP No. 30, Investments in Common Stock (excluding investments in common stock of subsidiary, controlled or affiliated entities), which requires Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) capital stock to be reported at par value and expands the disclosures related to FHLB capital stock, collateral pledged to the FHLB and borrowing from the FHLB. The adoption of these revisions did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations, as the company has no FHLB agreements.

Effective December 31, 2013, the Company adopted revisions to SSAP No. 35R, Guaranty Fund and Other Assessments – Revised which incorporates subsequent event (Type II) disclosures for entities subject to Section 9010 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act related to assessments payable. The adoption of this revision did not impact the financial position or results of operations of the Company as revisions relate to disclosures only. See Note 16 for further discussion.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted SSAP No. 92, Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, A Replacement of SSAP No. 14 and SSAP No. 102, Accounting for Pensions, A Replacement of SSAP No. 89. This guidance impacts accounting for defined benefit pension plans or other postretirement plans, along with related disclosures. SSAP No. 102 requires recognition of the funded status of the plan based on the projected benefit obligation instead of the accumulated benefit obligation as under SSAP No. 89. In addition, SSAP No. 92 and SSAP No. 102 require consideration of non-vested participants. The adoption of these standards did not impact the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures as the Company does not sponsor the pension plan and is not directly liable under the plan. See Note 11 for further discussion of the Company’s pension plan and other postretirement plans as sponsored by AEGON.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted SSAP No. 103, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities which adopts with modifications the guidance in ASU 2009-16, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and supersedes SSAP No. 91R, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. The adoption of this standard did not impact the financial position or results of operation of the Company.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted non-substantive revisions to SSAP No. 36, Troubled Debt Restructuring. These revisions adopt guidance from ASU 2011-02, Receivables – A Creditors’ Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring, which clarifies what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring and adopts with modification troubled debt restructuring disclosures for creditors from ASU 2010-20: Receivables (Topic 310), Disclosures About the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The adoption of this revision did not impact the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

G-35

Effective December 31, 2012, the Company adopted non-substantive revisions to SSAP No. 86 to require disclosure of embedded credit derivatives within a financial instrument that expose the holder to the possibility of making future payments, and adopted guidance from Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-11, Derivatives and Hedging – Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives, to clarify that seller credit derivative disclosures do not apply to embedded derivative features related to the transfer of credit risk that is only in the form of subordination of one financial instrument to another. The adoption of these revisions had no impact to the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Effective December 31, 2012, the Company adopted non-substantive revisions to SSAP No. 86 to move one aspect of the criteria for a hedged forecasted transaction and incorporate it as criteria for a fair value hedge. The adoption of this revision had no impact to the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Effective December 31, 2012, the Company adopted non-substantive revisions to SSAP No. 27, Disclosure of Information about Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk, Financial Instruments with Concentrations of Credit Risk and Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, which clarifies that embedded derivatives, which are not separately recognized as derivatives under statutory accounting, are included in the disclosures of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk. The adoption of this revision had no impact to the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Effective December 31, 2012, the Company adopted non-substantive revisions to SSAP No. 1, Disclosures of Accounting Policies, Risks and Uncertainties and Other Disclosures. These revisions require reference to the accounting policy and procedure footnote that describes permitted or prescribed practices when an individual note is impacted by such practices. The adoption of this requirement had no impact to the Company’s results of operation or financial position and did not require any additional disclosures. See Note 8 Policy and Contract Attributes for further details.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted revisions to SSAP No. 100, Fair Value Measurements (SSAP No. 100). These revisions require new disclosures of fair value hierarchy and the method used to obtain the fair value measurement, a new footnote that summarizes hierarchy levels by type of financial instrument and gross presentation of purchases, sales, issues and settlements within the reconciliation for fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the hierarchy. The adoption of these revisions had no impact to the Company’s results of operations or financial position, but did require additional disclosures. See Note 4 Fair Values of Financial Instruments for further details.

G-36

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company began computing current and deferred income taxes in accordance with SSAP No. 101. This statement established statutory accounting principles for current and deferred federal and foreign income taxes and current state income taxes. The adoption of this statement resulted in the transfer of $188,623 from Aggregate Write-Ins for Other than Special Surplus Funds to Unassigned Funds and updates to the Company’s income tax disclosures. See Note 7 Income Taxes for further details.

Effective January 1, 2015 the Company will adopt guidance that moves wholly-owned, single member/single asset LLCs where the underlying asset is real estate, into the scope of SSAP No. 40, Real Estate Investments, when specific conditions are met, and clarifies in SSAP No. 48, Joint Ventures, Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies, that these types of investments are within the scope of SSAP No. 40. The adoption of this guidance is expected to be immaterial to the financial position and results of operations of the Company.

Reclassifications

During 2013, the Company changed the presentation of deposit-type contract fund deposit and withdrawal activity within the Statement of Cash Flow. As a result of this change, $613,183 was reclassified from Other cash provided (applied) to Net withdrawals on deposit-type contracts and other insurance liabilities within the 2012 Statement of Cash Flow to conform to the 2013 presentation.

On the 2012 Statements of Operations, $10,786 was reclassified from Premiums and other considerations, net of reinsurance: Annuity to Premiums and other considerations, net of reinsurance: Life as it was determined that this amount represented considerations for supplementary contracts with life contingencies and should be shown accordingly.

2. Prescribed and Permitted Statutory Accounting Practices

The State of Iowa recognizes only statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the State of Iowa for determining and reporting the financial condition and results of operations of an insurance company for determining its solvency under Iowa Insurance Law.

G-37

A reconciliation of the Company’s net income and capital and surplus between NAIC SAP and practices prescribed by the State of Iowa is shown below:

The Company previously disclosed a state prescribed practice for secondary guarantee reinsurance. The prescribed practice entitled the Company to take reserve credit for such reinsurance contracts in the amount equal to the portion of the reserves attributable to the secondary guarantee. As a result of the NAIC adopting Actuarial Guideline XXXXVIII (AG48) during 2014, the previously disclosed prescribed practice is no longer necessary.

3. Accounting Changes and Correction of Errors

During 2014, the Company discovered that the reserve credit reported under an affiliated reinsurance agreement included risks to be retained by the Company. The impact of this error was an understatement of the reserve liability and overstatement of capital and surplus of $11,828 as of December 31, 2013. This was corrected in 2014 and is reflected as a correction of an error in the capital and surplus accounts of the Statements of Operations.

In 2014 after the filing of the Annual Statement, the Company discovered an error in the reporting of an affiliated modified coinsurance transaction resulting in misstatements of the reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded, commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded, and benefit expenses in the Statement of Operations. The impact of this error on the aforementioned accounts as of December 31, 2011 was an understatement of net income of $7,549 ($4,907 net of tax). This was corrected and is reflected as a correction of an error in the capital and surplus accounts of the 2012 Statement of Changes in Capital and Surplus. The 2012 financial statements have been restated to properly reflect the impact of the error and the 2013 financial statements have been properly stated.

G-38

During 2013, the Company determined the mark-to-market adjustment on certain swap unwinds within its synthetic asset mortgage loan program were incorrectly not made for purposes of determining taxable income at December 31, 2011. Upon reviewing the impact on the prior years, an adjustment of $7,033 was designated as a prior year correction of an error and presented as a change in unassigned surplus for the year ended December 31, 2013.

4. Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Determination of fair value

The fair values of financial instruments are determined by management after taking into consideration several sources of data. When available, the Company uses quoted market prices in active markets to determine the fair value of its investments. The Company’s valuation policy utilizes a pricing hierarchy which dictates that publicly available prices are initially sought from indices and third-party pricing services. In the event that pricing is not available from these sources, those securities are submitted to brokers to obtain quotes. Lastly, securities are priced using internal cash flow modeling techniques. These valuation methodologies commonly use reported trades, bids, offers, issuer spreads, benchmark yields, estimated prepayment speeds, and/or estimated cash flows.

To understand the valuation methodologies used by third-party pricing services, the Company reviews and monitors their applicable methodology documents. Any changes to their methodologies are noted and reviewed for reasonableness. In addition, the Company performs in-depth reviews of prices received from third-party pricing services on a sample basis. The objective for such reviews is to demonstrate that the Company can corroborate detailed information such as assumptions, inputs and methodologies used in pricing individual securities against documented pricing methodologies. Only third-party pricing services and brokers with a substantial presence in the market and with appropriate experience and expertise are used.

Each month, the Company performs an analysis of the information obtained from indices, third-party services and brokers to ensure that the information is reasonable and produces a reasonable estimate of fair value. The Company considers both qualitative and quantitative factors as part of this analysis, including but not limited to, recent transactional activity for similar securities, review of pricing statistics and trends, and consideration of recent relevant market events. Other controls and procedures over pricing received from indices, third-party pricing services or brokers include validation checks such as exception reports which highlight significant price changes, stale prices or un-priced securities.

G-39

Fair value hierarchy

The Company's financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified, for disclosure purposes, based on a hierarchy defined by SSAP No. 100. The hierarchy gives the highest ranking to fair values determined using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1), and the lowest ranking to fair values determined using methodologies and models with unobservable inputs (Level 3). An asset’s or a liability’s classification is based on the lowest level input that is significant to its measurement. For example, a Level 3 fair value measurement may include inputs that are both observable (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable (Level 3). The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active marketsaccessible at the measurement date.

Level 2 - Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

a)	Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets

b)	Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets

c)	Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable

d)	Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means

Level 3 -

Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. They reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments: The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying balance sheets for these financial instruments approximate their fair values. Cash is not included in the below tables.

G-40

Short-Term Notes Receivable from Affiliates: The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying balance sheets for these financial instruments approximate their fair value.

Bonds and Stocks: The NAIC allows insurance companies to report the fair value determined by the SVO or to determine the fair value by using a permitted valuation method. The fair values of bonds and stocks are reported or determined using the following pricing sources: indices, third party pricing services, brokers, external fund managers and internal models.

Fair values for fixed maturity securities (including redeemable preferred stock) actively traded are determined from third-party pricing services, which are determined as discussed above in the description of level one and level two values within the fair value hierarchy. For fixed maturity securities (including redeemable preferred stock) not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from third-party pricing services, or are based on non-binding broker quotes or internal models. In the case of private placements, fair values are estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using current market rates applicable to the coupon rate, credit and maturity of the investments.

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate: The fair values for mortgage loans on real estate are estimated utilizing discounted cash flows analyses, using interest rates reflective of current market conditions and the risk characteristics of the loans.

Real estate: Real estate held for sale is typically valued utilizing independent external appraisers in conjunction with reviews by qualified internal appraisers. Valuations are primarily based on active market prices, adjusted for any difference in the nature, location or condition of the specific property. If such information is not available, other valuation methods are applied, considering the value that the property’s net earning power will support, the value indicated by recent sales of comparable properties and the current cost of reproducing or replacing the property.

Other Invested Assets: The fair values for other invested assets, which include investments in surplus notes issued by other insurance companies and fixed or variable rate investments with underlying characteristics of bonds, were determined primarily by using indices, third party pricing services and internal models.

Derivative Financial Instruments: The estimated fair values of interest rate caps and options are based upon the latest quoted market price at the balance sheet date. The estimated fair values of swaps, including interest rate and currency swaps are based on pricing models or formulas using current assumptions. The estimated fair value of credit default swaps are based upon the pricing differential as of the balance sheet date for similar swap agreements. The Company accounts for derivatives that receive and pass hedge accounting in the same manner as the underlying hedged instrument. If that instrument is held at amortized cost, then the derivative is also held at amortized cost.

G-41

Policy Loans: The fair value of policy loans is equal to the book value of the loan, which is stated at unpaid principal balance.

Securities Lending Reinvested Collateral: The cash collateral from securities lending is reinvested in various short-term and long-term debt instruments. The fair values of these investments are determined using the methods described above under Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments and Bonds and Stocks.

Receivable From/Payable to Parent, Subsidiaries and Affiliates: The carrying amount of receivable from/payable to affiliates approximates their fair value.

Separate Account Assets and Annuity Liabilities: The fair value of separate account assets are based on quoted market prices when available. When not available, they are valued in the same manner as general account assets as further described in this note. The fair value of separate account annuity liabilities is based on the account value for separate accounts business without guarantees. For separate accounts with guarantees, fair value is based on discounted cash flows.

Investment Contract Liabilities: Fair value for the Company's liabilities under investment contracts, which include deferred annuities, GICs and funding agreements, are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations. The carrying value of the Company’s liabilities for deferred annuities with minimum guaranteed benefits is determined using a stochastic valuation as described in Note 8, which approximates the fair value. For investment contracts without minimum guarantees, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows. For those liabilities that are short in duration, carrying amount approximates fair value. For investments contracts with no defined maturity, fair value is estimated to be the present surrender value.

Deposit-Type Contracts: The carrying amounts of deposit-type contracts reported in the accompanying balance sheets approximate their fair values. These are included in the Investment Contract Liabilities.

Surplus Notes: Fair values for surplus notes are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

The Company accounts for its investments in affiliated common stock using the equity method of accounting; as such, they are not included in the following disclosures.

G-42

Fair values for the Company’s insurance contracts other than investment-type contracts (including separate account universal life liabilities) are not required to be disclosed. However, the fair values of liabilities under all insurance contracts are taken into consideration in the Company’s overall management of interest rate risk, such that the Company’s exposure to changing interest rates is minimized through the matching of investment maturities with amounts due under insurance contracts.

The following tables set forth a comparison of the estimated fair values and carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including those not measured at fair value in the balance sheets, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

G-43

G-44

The following tables provide information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

G-45

Bonds classified in Level 2 are valued using inputs from third party pricing services or broker quotes. Level 3 measurements for bonds are primarily those valued using non-binding broker quotes, which cannot be corroborated by other market observable data or internal modeling which utilize inputs that are not market observable.

Preferred stock in Level 3 is being internally calculated.

Common stock in Level 2 represents money market mutual funds carried at amortized cost and warrants that are valued using vendor inputs. Common stock in Level 3 is comprised primarily of shares in the FHLB of Des Moines, which are valued at par as a proxy for fair value as they can only be redeemed by the bank. In addition, the Company owns common stock being carried at book value and some warrants that are valued using broker quotes.

G-46

Short-term investments are classified as Level 2 as they are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Securities lending reinvested collateral is valued and classified in the same way as the underlying collateral, which is primarily composed of short-term investments.

Derivatives classified as Level 2 would represent over-the-counter (OTC) contracts valued using pricing models based on the net present value of estimated future cash flows, directly observed prices from exchange-traded derivatives, other OTC trades or external pricing services.

Derivatives classified as Level 3 represent Total Return Forward Bond Purchases and Warrants based on the GDP of the Argentine government. The Total Return Forward Bond Purchases are determined by using the US Treasury repo curve estimates which is then compared to the strike price to estimate future payoff. The payoff is then discounted to the present value using the standard USD LIBOR curve. The Argentine Warrants are determined by a confirmations received from brokers, and then modelled accordingly when compared to the sovereign issuance.

Separate account assets are valued and classified in the same way as general account assets (described above). For example, separate account assets in Level 3 are those valued using non-binding broker quotes, which cannot be corroborated by other market observable data or internal modeling which utilize inputs that are not market observable.

Separate account liabilities consist of derivative liabilities held on the separate accounts. They are valued in the same way as the general account derivatives (described above).

During 2014 and 2013, there were no transfers between Level 1 and 2, respectively.

G-47

The following tables summarize the changes in assets classified in Level 3 for 2014 and 2013:

G-48

(a) Recorded as a component of Net Realized Capital Gains/Losses in the Statements of Operations

(b) Recorded as a component of Change in Net Unrealized Capital Gains/Losses in the Statements of Changes in Capital and Surplus

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and out of levels as of the beginning of the reporting period.

Transfers in for bonds were attributed to securities being carried at amortized cost at December 31, 2013 and 2012, subsequently being carried at fair value during 2014 and 2013. In addition, transfers in for bonds were attributed to securities being valued using third party vendor inputs at December 31, 2012, subsequently changing to being internally modeled during 2013.

Transfers out for bonds were attributed to securities being carried at fair value at December 31, 2013, subsequently changing to being carried at amortized cost during 2014.

G-49

Transfers in for common stock were attributed to securities being valued using third party vendor inputs at December 31, 2012, subsequently changing to being internally modeled during 2013.

Transfers in for separate account bonds were attributable to securities being valued using third party vendor inputs at December 31, 2013, subsequently changing to being valued using broker quotes which utilize unobservable inputs during 2014.

Transfers out for separate account bonds were partly attributed to securities being valued using non-binding broker quotes or internal modeling which utilize unobservable inputs at December 31, 2012, subsequently changing to being valued using third party vendor inputs during 2013.

Nonrecurring fair value measurements

As indicated in Note 1, real estate held for sale is measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has several properties that it is exploring the sale of. Therefore, these properties are carried at fair value less cost to sell, which amounts to $11,708. There are no properties that have a carrying amount less than its fair value; and therefore are not carried at fair value as of December 31, 2014.

The Company also had parcels of land that were held for sale as of December 31, 2013. Fair value less cost to sell of these properties was $13,159. One parcel of land has a carrying amount less than its fair value and therefore is not carried at fair value as of December 31, 2013.

Fair value was determined by utilizing an external appraisal following the sales comparison approach. The fair value measurements are classified in Level 3 as the comparable sales and adjustments for the specific attributes of these properties are not market observable inputs.

G-50

5. Investments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of investments in bonds and preferred stocks are as follows:

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for bonds and preferred stocks that have been in a continuous loss position for greater than or equal to twelve months, the Company held 292 and 239 securities with a carrying amount of $1,895,196 and $1,555,267 and an unrealized loss of $144,174 and $187,920 with an average price of 92.4 and 87.9 (fair value/amortized cost). Of this portfolio, 83.6% and 76.6% were investment grade with associated unrealized losses of $84,425 and $126,375, respectively.

G-51

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for bonds and preferred stocks that have been in a continuous loss position for less than twelve months, the Company held 286 and 568 securities with a carrying amount of $1,170,892 and $3,698,219 and an unrealized loss of $26,377 and $166,664 with an average price of 97.8 and 95.5 (fair value/amortized cost). Of this portfolio, 89.4% and 97.4% were investment grade with associated unrealized losses of $23,373 and $162,265, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for common stocks that have been in a continuous loss position for greater than or equal to twelve months, the Company held 4 and 3 securities with a cost of $14,066 and $14 and an unrealized loss of $2 and $1 with an average price of 100.0 and 96.9 (fair value/cost).

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for common stocks that have been in a continuous loss position for less than twelve months, the Company held 2 and 2 securities with a cost of $3 and $14,052 and an unrealized loss of $2 and $1 with an average price of 40.6 and 100.0 (fair value/cost).

The estimated fair value of bonds, preferred stocks and common stocks with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

G-52

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of bonds at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The following structured notes were held at December 31, 2014:

G-53

For impairment policies related to non-structured and structured securities, refer to Note 1 under Investments.

Banking

At December 31, 2014 the Company’s banking sector portfolio had investments in an unrealized loss position which had a fair value of $470,521 and a carrying value of $551,914, resulting in a gross unrealized loss of $81,393. Bank regulators are implementing a wide array of reforms designed to strengthen capital levels, reduce balance sheet risk and improve liquidity in an attempt to reduce systemic risk. Many banks already meet new capital and liquidity requirements, well ahead of regulatory deadlines. In addition, regulators and central governments are adopting new bank guidelines, which are designed to reduce systemic risk by tapping loss-absorbing capital, as needed, to recapitalize or resolve a bank without using taxpayer money.

The Company evaluated the near-term prospects of the issuers in relation to the severity and duration of the unrealized loss and does not consider those investments to be impaired as of December 31, 2014.

Subprime Mortgages

At December 31, 2014, there were no subprime mortgage subsectors that exceeded the surplus threshold.

The Company does not currently invest in or originate whole loan residential mortgages. The Company categorizes ABS issued by a securitization trust as having subprime mortgage exposure when the average credit score of the underlying mortgage borrowers in a securitization trust is below 660 at issuance. The Company also categorizes ABS issued by a securitization trust with second lien mortgages as subprime mortgage exposure, even though a significant percentage of second lien mortgage borrowers may not necessarily have credit scores below 660 at issuance. The Company does not have any “direct” residential mortgages to subprime borrowers outside of the ABS structures.

All ABS subprime mortgage securities are monitored and reviewed on a monthly basis. Detailed cash flow models using the current collateral pool and capital structure on the portfolio are updated and are reviewed quarterly. Model output is generated under base and stress-case scenarios. The Company’s internal ABS-housing asset specialists utilize widely recognized industry modeling software to perform a loan-by-loan, bottom-up approach to modeling. Key assumptions used in the models are projected defaults, loss severities and prepayments. Each of these key assumptions varies greatly based on the significantly diverse characteristics of the current collateral pool for each security. Loan-to-value, loan size and borrower credit history are some of the key characteristics used to determine the level of assumption that is utilized. Defaults were estimated by identifying the loans that are in various delinquency buckets and defaulting a certain percentage of them over the near-term and long-term. Assumed defaults on delinquent loans are dependent on the specific security’s collateral attributes and historical performance.

G-54

Loss severity assumptions were determined by observing historical rates from broader market data and by adjusting those rates for vintage specific pool performance, collateral type, mortgage insurance and estimated loan modifications. Prepayments were estimated by examining historical averages of prepayment activity on the underlying collateral. Once the entire pool is modeled, the results are closely analyzed by the Company’s internal asset specialist to determine whether or not the particular tranche or holding is at risk for not collecting all contractual cash flows, taking into account the seniority and other terms of the tranches held.

If cash flow models indicate a credit event will impact future cash flows and the Company does not have the intent to sell the tranche or holding and does have the intent and ability to hold the security, the security is impaired to discounted cash flows. As the remaining unrealized losses in the ABS subprime mortgage portfolio relate to holdings where the Company expects to receive full principal and interest, the Company does not consider the underlying investments to be impaired as of December 31, 2014.

There were no loan-backed securities with a recognized OTTI due to intent to sell or lack of intent and ability to hold during the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013. The following table provides the aggregate totals for loan-backed securities with a recognized OTTI due to intent to sell or lack of intent and ability to hold, in which the security was written down to fair value during the year ended December 31, 2012.

G-55

The following tables provide the aggregate totals for loan-backed securities with a recognized OTTI due to the Company’s cash flow analysis, in which the security is written down to estimated future cash flows discounted at the security’s effective yield.

G-56

G-57

The following loan-backed and structured securities were held at December 31, 2014, for which an OTTI was recognized during the current reporting period:

G-58

The unrealized losses of loan-backed and structured securities where fair value is less than cost or amortized cost for which an OTTI has not been recognized in earnings as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

Detail of net investment income is presented below:

G-59

Proceeds from sales and other disposals (excluding maturities) of bonds and preferred stock and related gross realized capital gains and losses were as follows:

The Company had gross realized losses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $25,788, $42,099 and $23,315, respectively, which relate to losses recognized on other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of bonds and preferred stocks.

Net realized capital gains (losses) on investments are summarized below:

At December 31, 2014, and 2013, the Company had recorded investments in restructured securities of $0, and $320, respectively. The capital (losses) taken as a result of restructures in 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $0, $(156) and $(334) respectively. The Company often has impaired a security prior to the restructure date. These impairments are not included in the calculation of restructure related losses and are accounted for as a realized loss, reducing the cost basis of the security involved.

G-60

The changes in net unrealized capital gains and losses on investments were as follows:

The Company’s investments in mortgage loans principally involve commercial real estate.

The credit quality of mortgage loans by type of property for the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

The credit quality for commercial and farm mortgage loans was determined based on an internal credit rating model which assigns a letter rating to each mortgage loan in the portfolio as an indicator of the credit quality of the mortgage loan. The internal credit rating model was designed based on rating agency methodology, then modified for credit risk associated with the Company’s mortgage lending process, taking into account such factors as projected future cash flows, net operating income, and collateral value. The model produces a credit rating score and an associated letter rating which is intended to align with S&P ratings as closely as possible. Information supporting the credit risk rating process is updated at least annually.

During 2014, the maximum and minimum lending rates for mortgage loans during were 5.06 % and 3.62%, respectively. The maximum percentage of any one mortgage loan to the value of the underlying real estate originated during the year ending December 31, 2014 at the time of origination was 77%. During 2014, the Company did not reduce interest rates on any outstanding mortgages. At December 31, 2014, mortgage loans with a carrying value of $647 were non-income producing for the previous 180 days. There was no accrued interest related to these mortgage loans that required excluding the amount from investment income at December 31, 2014. The Company did not have any taxes, assessments and other amounts advanced not included in the mortgage loan total for the year ended December 31, 2014.

G-61

During 2013, the maximum and minimum lending rates for mortgage loans during were 5.87% and 3.00%, respectively. The maximum percentage of any one mortgage loan to the value of the underlying real estate originated during the year ending December 31, 2013 at the time of origination was 77%. During 2013, the Company did not reduce interest rates on any outstanding mortgages. At December 31, 2013, mortgage loans with a carrying value of $1,061 were non-income producing for the previous 180 days. There was no accrued interest related to these mortgage loans that required excluding the amount from investment income at December 31, 2013. The Company did not have any taxes, assessments and other amounts advanced not included in the mortgage loan total for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following tables provide the age analysis of mortgage loans aggregated by type:

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, the recorded investment in impaired loans with a related allowance for credit losses was $0 and $8,230. The Company held an allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans in the amount of $0 and $247 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during 2014 and 2013 was $8,493 and $7,915, respectively. There was no recorded investment in impaired loans without an allowance for credit losses during 2014 or 2013.

G-62

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans:

The Company accrues interest income on impaired loans to the extent deemed collectible (delinquent less than 91 days) and the loan continues to perform under its original or restructured contractual terms. Interest income on nonperforming loans generally is recognized on a cash basis. The Company recognized $472, $540 and $552 of interest income on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company recognized interest income on a cash basis of $484, $540 and $552 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The fair value of property is determined based on an appraisal from a third-party appraiser, along with information obtained from discussions with internal asset managers and a listing broker regarding recent comparable sales data and other relevant property information. Impairment losses of $3,927, $2,768 and $3,996 were taken on real estate in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to write the book value down to the current fair value and were reflected as realized losses in the statements of operations.

During 2014 and 2013, respectively, mortgage loans of $6,632 and $7,754 were foreclosed or acquired by deed and transferred to real estate. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company held a mortgage loan loss reserve in the AVR of $18,633 and $22, 728, respectively.

G-63

The Company’s mortgage loan portfolio is diversified by geographic region and specific collateral property type as follows:

At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company held mortgage loans with a total net admitted value of $355, $378 and $137, respectively, which had been restructured in accordance with SSAP No. 36, Troubled Debt Restructuring. There were no realized losses during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 related to such restructurings. There were no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors owing receivables at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

During 2012, the Company recorded an impairment of $694 for its investment in Green Mountain Partners II, L.P. The impairment was taken because the decline in fair value of the fund was deemed to be other than temporary and a recovery in value from the remaining underlying investments in the fund was not anticipated. The write-down was included in net realized capital gains (losses) within the statements of operations.

On December 31, 2010, the Company acquired two real estate related limited liability company interests (Transamerica Pyramid Properties, LLC and Transamerica Realty Properties, LLC) from Transamerica Life Insurance Company (TLIC), an affiliate, for a combined purchase price of $252,975. The price paid was based predominantly on the valuations of the properties within each of those entities. This transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the statutory purchase method and resulted in goodwill of $100,674, which was included in the carrying amount of these other invested assets. Amortization in the amount of $10,067 was recorded during each of the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, which is reflected in the carrying value of these other invested assets with an offset to the change in net unrealized capital gains/losses. As the carrying amount of the total positive goodwill of the company did not exceed 10% of the September 30, 2014 capital and surplus, adjusted to exclude positive goodwill and net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2014, the entire goodwill balance was admitted at December 31, 2014. As the carrying amount of the total positive goodwill of the Company exceeded 10% of the September 30, 2013 capital and surplus, adjusted to exclude positive goodwill and net deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2013, goodwill in the amount of $10,702 associated with this transaction was nonadmitted at December 31, 2013.

G-64

For the year ending December 31, 2014, the Company had ownership interests in thirty-eight LIHTC properties. The remaining years of unexpired tax credits ranged from one to ten and none of the properties were subject to regulatory review. The length of time remaining for holding periods ranged from one to fourteen years. The amount of contingent equity commitments expected to be paid during the years 2015 to 2025 is $1,337. There were no impairment losses, write-downs or reclassifications during the year related to any of these credits.

For the year ending December 31, 2013, the Company had ownership interests in fifty LIHTC properties. The remaining years of unexpired tax credits ranged from one to nine and none of the properties were subject to regulatory review. The length of time remaining for holding periods ranged from one to fourteen years. The amount of contingent equity commitments expected to be paid during the years 2014 to 2025 is $2,032. There were no impairment losses, write-downs or reclassifications during the year related to any of these credits.

The following tables provide the carrying value of state transferable tax credits gross of any related tax liabilities and total unused transferable tax credits by state and in total as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

*The unused amount reflects credits that the Company deems will be realizable in 2015.

The Company had no non-transferable state tax credits.

G-65

The Company estimated the utilization of the remaining state transferable tax credits by projecting a future tax liability based on projected premium, tax rates and tax credits and comparing the projected future tax liability to the availability of remaining state transferable tax credits. The Company had no impairment losses related to state transferable tax credits as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Derivatives

The Company has entered into collateral agreements with certain counterparties wherein the counterparty is required to post assets (cash or securities) on the Company's behalf in an amount equal to the difference between the net positive fair value of the contracts and an agreed upon threshold based on the credit rating of the counterparty. If the net fair value of all contracts with this counterparty is negative, then the Company is required to post similar assets (cash or securities).

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of all derivative contracts, aggregated at a counterparty level, with a positive fair value amounted to $541,725 and $370,542, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the fair value of all derivative contracts, aggregated at a counterparty level, with a negative fair value amounted to $72,133 and $52,004, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company has recorded $(41,421), $83,948 and $(1,554) respectively, for the component of derivative instruments utilized for hedging purposes that did not qualify for hedge accounting. This has been recorded directly to unassigned surplus as an unrealized gain (loss).

The Company did not recognize any unrealized gains or losses during 2014, 2013 or 2012 that represented the component of derivative instruments gain or loss that was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The maximum term over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability of future cash flows is approximately 18 years for forecasted hedge transactions.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 none of the Company’s cash flow hedges have been discontinued as it was probable that the original forecasted transactions would occur by the end of the originally specified time period documented at inception of the hedging relationship.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the company has accumulated deferred gains in the amount of $3,616 and $3,616, respectively, related to the termination of swaps that were hedging forecasted transactions. It is expected that these gains will be used as basis adjustments on futures asset purchases expected to transpire throughout 2026.

G-66

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had replicated assets with a fair value of $638,687 and $562,373, respectively, and credit default and forward starting interest rate swaps with a fair value of $(13,239) and $8,188, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $(50) and $77 in capital losses related to replication transactions.

As stated in Note 1, the Company replicates investment grade corporate bonds by writing credit default swaps. As a writer of credit swaps, the Company actively monitors the underlying asset, being careful to note any events (default or similar credit event) that would require the Company to perform on the credit swap. If such events would take place, the Company has recourse provisions from the proceeds of the bankruptcy settlement of the underlying entity or by the sale of the underlying bond.

G-67

As of December 31, 2014, credit default swaps, used in replicating corporate bonds are as follows:

G-68

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company held options with a fair value of $3,285 and $5,432, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s outstanding derivative financial instruments with on and off balance sheet risks, shown in notional amounts, are summarized as follows:

The Company recognized net realized gain (losses) from swaps in the amount of $(5,916), $(3,558) and $(3,791) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Under exchange traded futures and options, the Company agrees to purchase a specified number of contracts from other parties and to post a variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily fair values of those contracts. The parties with whom the Company enters into exchange traded futures and options are regulated futures commissions merchants who are members of a trading exchange. The Company recognized net realized gains (losses) from futures contracts in the amount of $31,295, $20,492 and $2,675 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

G-69

Open futures contracts at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

G-70

The following tables show the pledged or restricted assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

G-71

G-72

Assets pledged as collateral not captured in other categories includes the following:

Invested assets with a carrying value of $112,833 and $33,879 pledged in conjunction with derivative transactions as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Invested assets with a carrying amount of $14,245 and $14,780 pledged in conjunction with funding agreement transactions as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

6. Reinsurance

Certain premiums and benefits are assumed from and ceded to other insurance companies under various reinsurance agreements. The Company reinsures portions of the risk on certain insurance policies which exceed its established limits, thereby providing a greater diversification of risk and minimizing exposure on larger risks. The Company remains contingently liable with respect to any insurance ceded and this would become an actual liability in the event that the assuming insurance company became unable to meet its obligation under the reinsurance treaty.

Premiums earned reflect the following reinsurance amounts:

The Company received reinsurance recoveries in the amount of $506,173, $531,297 and $588,371 during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, estimated amounts recoverable from reinsurers that have been deducted from policy and contract claim reserves totaled $40,152, $44,808 and $45,821, respectively. The aggregate reserves for policies and contracts were reduced for reserve credits for reinsurance ceded at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $5,898,031, $7,101,698 and $8,852,755, respectively, of which $5,729,938, $6,957,086 and $8,683,921, respectively, were ceded to affiliates.

G-73

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, amounts recoverable from unaffiliated unauthorized reinsurers totaled $1,712 and $2,885, respectively, and reserve credits for reinsurance ceded totaled $6,237 and $10,367, respectively. The reinsurers hold collateral under these reinsurance agreements in the form of trust agreements totaling $15,112 and $19,539 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, that can be drawn on for amounts that remain unpaid for more than 120 days. There would be no reduction in surplus at December 31, 2014 if all reinsurance agreements were cancelled.

Effective December 31, 2014, the Company assumed certain stand-alone long-term care policies from TLIC, on a modified coinsurance basis for which the Company received an initial ceding commission and premiums of $350,000 and $3,914,521, respectively, and assumed modified coinsurance reserves of $3,914,521, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $350,000 ($227,500 after-tax) which has been credited directly to unassigned surplus on a net of tax basis.

Effective December 31, 2014, the Company ceded certain life policies to Harbor View Re Corp. (HVRe), an affiliate, on a coinsurance funds withheld basis for which the Company established a funds withheld liability of $7,931, released policy and claim reserves of $8,893, released other assets of $962, and exchanged no consideration, resulting in no gain or loss.

Effective October 1, 2014, the Company recaptured the business that was previously reinsured to Transamerica International Re (Bermuda), Ltd. (TIRe), an affiliate, for which the Company received net consideration of $25,000, released the funds withheld liability of $247,660, recaptured policy and claims reserves of $584,719 and recaptured other assets of $15,940, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $296,119, which was included in the Statements of Operations. In addition, the Company released into income a previously deferred unamortized gain resulting from the original cession of this business to TIRe in the amount of $120,832 with a corresponding charge to unassigned surplus.

Subsequently, October 1, 2014, the Company ceded this business to Ironwood Re Corp. (IRC), an affiliate, for which the Company established a funds withheld liability of $253,658, released policy and claims reserves of $586,648, released other assets of $15,951, and paid consideration of $11,000, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $306,040, ($198,926 after-tax) which has been credited directly to unassigned surplus.

Effective June 30, 2014, the Company assumed from TLIC, an affiliate, on a YRT basis the net amount paid in excess of $3,000 on covered level term life insurance policies. The Company received an initial premium of $858 and assumed reserves of $5,684 resulting in a pre-tax loss of $4,826 which has been included in the Statements of Operations.

G-74

On July 1, 2013, the Company recaptured certain treaties from a non-affiliate, for which net consideration received was $1,167, life and claim reserves recaptured were $3,296, premiums recaptured were $2,004, and claims recaptured were $956, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $1,081, which was included in the Statements of Operations.

During 2014 and 2013, the Company amortized deferred gains from reinsurance transactions occurring prior to 2013 of $79,944 and $34,549, respectively, into earnings on a net of tax basis with a corresponding charge to unassigned surplus.

Effective September 30, 2012, the Company agreed to amend and restate the indemnity reinsurance treaty originally effective October 1, 2009 with MLIC Re, Inc., an affiliate. The amended and restated treaty now includes an experience refund mechanism and a revised schedule of coinsurance reserves. The Company received consideration of $425,000, paid a treaty settlement equal to the change in modified coinsurance reserves of $497,500 and increased ceded coinsurance reserves by $497,500 resulting in a pre-tax gain of $425,000 ($276,250 net of tax) which has been credited directly to unassigned surplus on a net of tax basis.

The Company entered into an assumption reinsurance transaction with TLIC effective September 30, 2008. TLIC was the issuer of a series of corporate-owned life insurance policies issued to Life Investors Insurance Company of America (LIICA), an affiliate. The assumption reinsurance transaction resulted in the Company assuming all liabilities of TLIC arising under these policies. The Company assumed reserves of $138,025 and received consideration of $125,828. The Company recorded $12,197 of goodwill related to this transaction. The Company amortized $1,254 and $1,191 of this balance during 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Letters of credit held for all unauthorized reinsurers as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $1,521,194, $196,300 and $179,100, respectively.

G-75

7. Income Taxes

The net deferred income tax asset at December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the change from the prior year are comprised of the following components:

G-76

The main components of deferred income tax amounts are as follows:

G-77

G-78

As discussed in Note 1, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 the Company admits deferred income tax assets pursuant to SSAP No. 101. The amount of admitted adjusted gross deferred income tax assets under each component of SSAP No. 101 is as follows:

G-79

G-80

G-81

The impact of tax planning strategies at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

The Company’s tax planning strategies do not include the use of reinsurance-related tax planning strategies.

G-82

Current income taxes incurred consist of the following major components:

The Company did not report a valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2014 or 2013.

G-83

The Company's current income tax incurred and change in deferred income tax differs from the amount obtained by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to income before tax as follows:

For federal income tax purposes, the Company joins in a consolidated income tax return filing with its indirect parent company, Transamerica Corporation, and other affiliated companies. The method of allocation between the companies is subject to a written tax allocation agreement. Under the terms of the tax allocation agreement, allocations are based on separate income tax return calculations. The Company is entitled to recoup federal income taxes paid in the event the future losses and credits reduce the greater of the Company's separately computed income tax liability or the consolidated group's income tax liability in the year generated. The Company is also entitled to recoup federal income taxes paid in the event the losses and credits reduce the greater of the Company's separately computed income tax liability or the consolidated group's income tax liability in any carryback or carryforward year when so applied. Intercompany income tax balances are settled within thirty days of payment to or filing with the Internal Revenue Service. A tax return has not yet been filed for 2014.

G-84

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no operating loss or tax credit carryforwards available for tax purposes. The Company did not have a capital loss carryforward at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

The Company incurred income taxes during 2014, 2013 and 2012 of $191,400, $9,991 and $224,870, respectively, which will be available for recoupment in the event of future net losses.

The amount of tax contingencies calculated for the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is $782 and $592, respectively. The total amount of tax contingencies that, if recognized, would affect the effective income tax rate is $782. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as income tax expense. The Company’s interest (benefit) expense related to income taxes for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is $(54), $(508) and $800, respectively. The total interest payable balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is $78 and $24, respectively. The Company recorded no liability for penalties. It is not anticipated that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within twelve months of the reporting date.

The Company’s federal income tax returns have been examined by the Internal Revenue Service and closing agreements have been executed through 2004. The examination for the years 2005 through 2006 have been completed and resulted in tax return adjustments that are currently undergoing final calculation at appeal. The examination for the years 2007 through 2008 have been completed and resulted in tax return adjustments that are currently being appealed. An examination is in progress for the years 2009 through 2012. The Company believes that there are adequate defenses against or sufficient provisions established related to any open or contested tax positions.

8. Policy and Contract Attributes

Participating life insurance policies were issued by the Company which entitle policyholders to a share in the earnings of the participating policies, provided that a dividend distribution, which is determined annually based on mortality and persistency experience of the participating policies, is authorized by the Company. Participating insurance constituted less than 1% of ordinary life insurance in force at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, premiums for participating life insurance policies were $1,142, $1,185 and $1,232, respectively. The Company accounts for its policyholder dividends based on dividend scales and experience of the policies. The Company paid dividends in the amount of $1,255, $1,259 and $1,279 to policyholders during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and did not allocate any additional income to such policyholders.

G-85

A portion of the Company’s policy reserves and other policyholders’ funds (including separate account liabilities) relates to liabilities established on a variety of the Company’s annuity and deposit fund products. There may be certain restrictions placed upon the amount of funds that can be withdrawn without penalty. The amount of reserves on these products, by withdrawal characteristics, is summarized as follows:

G-86

Included in the liability for deposit-type contracts at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are approximately $51,464 and $53,121, respectively, of funding agreements issued to special purpose entities in conjunction with non-recourse medium-term note programs. Under these programs, the proceeds from each note series issuance are used to purchase a funding agreement from the Company which secures that particular series of notes. In general, the payment terms of the note series match the payment terms of the funding agreement that secures that series. Claims for the principal and interest for these funding agreements are afforded equal priority as other policyholders.

At December 31, 2014 the contractual maturities were as follows:

The Company’s liability for deposit-type contracts includes GIC’s and Funding Agreements assumed from Transamerica Life Insurance Company, an affiliate. The liabilities assumed are $900,800 and $900,065 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

G-87

Certain separate and variable accounts held by the Company represent funds for which the benefit is determined by the performance and/or fair value of the investments held in the separate account. The assets and the liabilities of these are carried at fair value. These variable annuities generally provide an additional minimum guaranteed death benefit. Some variable annuities also provide a minimum guaranteed income benefit. The Company’s Guaranteed Indexed separate accounts provide customers a return based on the total performance of a specified financial index plus an enhancement. Hedging instruments that return the chosen index are purchased by the Company and held within the separate account. The assets in the accounts, carried at fair value, consist primarily of long-term bonds. Information regarding the separate accounts of the Company are as follows:

G-88

G-89

A reconciliation of the amounts transferred to and from the Company’s separate accounts is presented below:

The legal insulation of separate account assets prevents such assets from being generally available to satisfy claims resulting from the general account. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s separate account statement included legally insulated assets of $22,028,872 and $21,493,746, respectively. The assets legally insulated from general account claims at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are attributed to the following products:

The Company does not participate in securities lending transactions within the separate account.

For variable annuities with guaranteed living benefits and variable annuities with minimum guaranteed death benefits the Company complies with Actuarial Guideline XLIII (AG 43), which replaces Actuarial Guidelines 34 and 39. AG 43 specifies statutory reserve requirements for variable annuity contracts with benefit guarantees (VACARVM) and without benefit guarantees and related products. The AG 43 reserve calculation includes variable annuity products issued after January 1, 1981. Examples of covered guaranteed benefits include guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits, return of premium death benefits, guaranteed minimum income benefits, guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits and guaranteed payout annuity floors. The aggregate reserve for contracts falling within the scope of AG 43 is equal to the conditional tail expectation (CTE) Amount, but not less than the standard scenario amount (SSA).

G-90

To determine the CTE Amount, the Company used 1,000 of the pre-packaged scenarios developed by the American Academy of Actuaries (AAA) produced in October 2005 and prudent estimate assumptions based on company experience. The SSA was determined using the assumptions and methodology prescribed in AG 43 for determining the SSA.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had variable and separate account annuities with minimum guaranteed benefits as follows:

The Company offers variable and separate account annuities with minimum guaranteed benefits. In accordance with the guarantees provided, if the investment proceeds are insufficient to cover the rate of return guaranteed for the product, the policyholder proceeds will be remitted by the general account. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the general account of the Company had a maximum guarantee for separate account liabilities of $329,659 and $504,086, respectively. To compensate the general account for the risk taken, the separate account paid risk charges of $12,979, $11,161, $11,032, $11,550, and $12,273 to the general account in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the general account of the Company had paid $2,698, $12,453, $12,482, $13,588, and $21,692, respectively, toward separate account guarantees.

G-91

Reserves on the Company’s traditional life insurance products are computed using mean reserving methodologies. These methodologies result in the establishment of assets for the amount of the net valuation premiums that are anticipated to be received between the policies’ paid-through date to the policies’ next anniversary date. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the gross premium and loading amounts related to these assets (which are reported as premiums deferred and uncollected), are as follows:

G-92

The Company anticipates investment income as a factor in the premium deficiency calculation, in accordance with SSAP No. 54, Individual and Group Accident and Health Contracts. A t December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company established a premium deficiency reserve of $0 and $117,300, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had insurance in force aggregating $6,058,424 and $6,438,180, respectively, in which the gross premiums are less than the net premiums required by the valuation standards established by the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa. The Company established policy reserves of $64,109 and $67,894 to cover these deficiencies at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company’s primary method utilized to estimate premium adjustments for contracts subject to redetermination is to review experience periodically and to adjust premiums for differences between the experience anticipated at the time of redetermination and that underlying the original premiums. The Company has not limited its degree of discretion contractually; however, in some states it has agreed not to raise premiums in order to recoup past losses. The Company forgoes premium changes on existing policies at its option if the administrative cost and other business issues associated with the change outweigh the direct financial impact of the change. Also, the Company has extra-contractually guaranteed the current premium scale for certain policies.

Liabilities for losses and loss/claim adjustment expenses for accident and health contracts are estimated using statistical claim development models to develop best estimates of liabilities for medical expense business and using tabular reserves employing mortality/morbidity tables and discount rates meeting minimum regulatory requirements for other business. The balance in the liability for unpaid accident and health claim adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $2,931 and $2,367, respectively.

The Company does not write any accident and health business that is subject to the Affordable Care Act risk sharing provisions. The Company has recorded a liability of $165 for the amount it has been assessed to fund the transitional reinsurance program.

9. Capital and Surplus

The Company is subject to limitations, imposed by the State of Iowa, on the payment of dividends to its stockholders. Generally, dividends during any twelve-month period may not be paid, without prior regulatory approval, in excess of the greater of (a) 10 percent of statutory surplus as of the preceding December 31, or (b) statutory gain from operations before net realized capital gains (losses) on investments for the preceding year. Subject to the availability of unassigned surplus at the time of such dividend, the Company can make a dividend payment of up to $335,069 without the prior approval of insurance regulatory authorities in 2015.

G-93

On December 29, 2014, the Company paid common stock dividends of $50,000 to its parent company, CGC. On December 23, 2013, the Company paid common stock dividends of $50,000 to its parent company, AEGON. The Company paid an ordinary common stock dividend of $118,422 and $16,578 to its parent companies, CGC and AEGON, respectively, on December 26, 2013.

The Company received dividends of $15,400 and $2,420, from its subsidiaries, Transamerica Asset Management, Inc., and Transamerica Fund Services, Inc, respectively, on December 31, 2014.

The Company received dividends of $13,090 and $2,420, from its subsidiaries, Transamerica Asset Management, Inc., and Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., respectively, during 2013.

The Company paid a capital contribution of $368 to its subsidiary, AEGON Direct Marketing Services, Inc., on December 31, 2013. The Company reported a contribution receivable from parent companies of $135,000 at December 31, 2013. Capital contributions of $118,422 and $16,578 were received from CGC and AEGON, respectively, on February 13, 2014.

The Company paid an ordinary common stock dividend of $394,560 and $82,440 to its parent companies, CGC and AEGON, respectively, on December 21, 2012.

The Company received dividends of $11,550, $2,200 and $175, from its subsidiaries, Transamerica Asset Management, Inc., Transamerica Fund Services, Inc., and Intersecurities Insurance Agency, Inc., respectively, during 2012.

The Company paid a capital contribution of $368 to its subsidiary, AEGON Direct Marketing Services, Inc., on December 31, 2012.

Life and health insurance companies are subject to certain RBC requirements as specified by the NAIC. Under those requirements, the amount of capital and surplus maintained by a life or health insurance company is to be determined based on the various risk factors related to it. At December 31, 2014, the Company meets the minimum RBC requirements.

The Company has two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B. Each outstanding share of Class A is entitled to four votes for any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, whereas each outstanding share of Class B is entitled to on such vote.

The Company’s surplus notes are held by CGC and AEGON. These notes are due 20 years from the date of issuance at an interest rate of 6% and are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all obligations and liabilities of the Company. In the event of liquidation of the Company, full payment of the surplus notes shall be made before the holders of common stock become entitled to any distribution of the remaining assets of the Company. The Company received approval from the Insurance Division, Department of Commerce, of the State of Iowa prior to paying quarterly interest payments.

G-94

Additional information related to the surplus notes at December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

10. Securities Lending

The Company participates in an agent-managed securities lending program. The Company receives collateral equal to 102% of the fair value of the loaned domestic securities as of the transaction date. If the fair value of the collateral is at any time less than 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities, the counterparty is mandated to deliver additional collateral, the fair value of which, together with the collateral already held in connection with the lending transaction, is at least equal to 102% of the fair value of the loaned government or domestic securities. In the event the Company loans a foreign security and the denomination of the currency of the collateral is other than the denomination of the currency of the loaned foreign security, the Company receives and maintains collateral equal to 105% of the fair value of the loaned security.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, securities in the amount of $285,183 and $395,306 were on loan under securities lending agreements as part of this program. At December 31, 2014, the collateral the Company received from securities lending activities was in the form of cash and on open terms. This cash collateral is reinvested and is not available for general corporate purposes. The reinvested cash collateral has a fair value of $296,291 and $410,403 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

G-95

The contractual maturities of the securities lending collateral positions are as follows:

The Company receives primarily cash collateral in an amount in excess of the fair value of the securities lent. The Company reinvests the cash collateral into higher yielding securities than the securities which the Company has lent to other entities under the arrangement.

The maturity dates of the reinvested securities lending collateral are as follows:

For securities lending, the Company’s sources of cash that it uses to return the cash collateral is dependent upon the liquidity of the current market conditions. Under current conditions, the Company has securities with a par value of $296,385 (fair value of $296,291) that are currently tradable securities that could be sold and used to pay for the $296,315 in collateral calls that could come due under a worst-case scenario.

G-96

11. Retirement and Compensation Plans

The Company’s employees participate in a qualified defined benefit pension plan sponsored by AEGON. The Company has no legal obligation for the plan. The Company recognizes pension expense equal to its allocation from AEGON. The pension expense is allocated among the participating companies based on International Accounting Standards 19 (IAS 19), Accounting for Employee Benefits and based upon actuarial participant benefit calculations. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s eligible annual compensation. Pension expenses were $4,602, $4,801 and $4,977, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The plan is subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

The Company’s employees also participate in a defined contribution plan sponsored by AEGON which is qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Service Code. Employees of the Company who customarily work at least 1,000 hours during each calendar year and meet the other eligibility requirements are participants of the plan. Participants may elect to contribute up to twenty-five percent of their salary to the plan. The Company will match an amount up to three percent of the participant’s salary. Participants may direct all of their contributions and plan balances to be invested in a variety of investment options. The plan is subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Expense related to this plan was $1,368, $1,479 and $1,556, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

AEGON sponsors supplemental retirement plans to provide the Company’s senior management with benefits in excess of normal pension benefits. The plans are noncontributory, and benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation level. The plans are unfunded and nonqualified under the Internal Revenue Service Code. In addition, AEGON has established incentive deferred compensation plans for certain key employees of the Company. The Company’s allocation of expense for these plans for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was insignificant. AEGON also sponsors an employee stock option plan/stock appreciation rights for employees of the company and a stock purchase plan for its producers, with the participating affiliated companies establishing their own eligibility criteria, producer contribution limits and company matching formula. These plans have been accrued or funded as deemed appropriate by management of AEGON and the Company.

In addition to pension benefits, the Company participates in plans sponsored by AEGON that provide postretirement medical, dental and life insurance benefits to employees

meeting certain eligibility requirements. Portions of the medical and dental plans are contributory. The postretirement plan expenses are charged to affiliates in accordance with an intercompany cost sharing arrangement. The Company expensed $1,337, $1,363 and $1,395 related to these plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

G-97

12. Related Party Transactions

The Company shares certain officers, employees and general expenses with affiliated companies.

The Company is party to a common cost allocation service arrangement between AEGON companies, in which various affiliated companies may perform specified administrative functions in connection with the operation of the Company, in consideration of reimbursement of actual costs of services rendered. The Company is also a party to a Management and Administrative and Advisory agreement with AEGON USA Realty Advisors, Inc. whereby the advisor serves as the administrator and advisor for the Company’s mortgage loan operations. AEGON USA Investment Management, LLC acts as a discretionary investment manager under an Investment Management Agreement with the Company. The company provides office space, marketing and administrative services to certain affiliates. During 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid, net of receipts, $123,312, $57,193 and $56,619, respectively, for these services, which approximates their costs to the affiliates.

Transamerica Capital, Inc. provides wholesaling distribution services for the Company under a distribution agreement. The Company incurred expenses under this agreement of $50, $61 and $71 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company reported a net amount of $80,051 and $50,633 receivable from parent, subsidiary and affiliated companies, respectively. Terms of settlement require that these amounts be settled within 90 days. Receivables from and payables to affiliates bear interest at the thirty-day commercial paper rate.

During 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid net interest of $2, $34 and $52, respectively, to affiliates.

The Company has an administration service agreement with Transamerica Asset Management, Inc. to provide administrative services to the AEGON/Transamerica Series Trust. The Company received $26,057, $25,437 and $24,250 for these services during 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company had no short-term notes receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

G-98

In prior years, the Company purchased life insurance policies covering the lives of certain employees of the Company from an affiliate. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the cash surrender value of these policies was $81,285 and $155,614, respectively.

During 1998, TLIC issued life insurance policies to LIICA, covering the lives of certain LIICA employees. As discussed in Note 6 - Reinsurance, the Company entered into an assumption reinsurance transaction with TLIC effective September 30, 2008, resulting in the Company assuming all liabilities of TLIC arising under these policies. Accordingly, the Company held aggregate reserves for policies and contracts related to these policies of $165,018 and $161,384 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

13. Managing General Agents

The Company utilizes managing general agents and third-party administrators in its operation. Information regarding these entities for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

C-	Claims Payment

CA- Claims Adjustment

B-	Binding Authority

P-	Premium Collection

U- Underwriting

For years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $576,577, $522,058, $422,874, respectively, of direct premiums written by The Vanguard Group, Inc. For years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $76,351, $91,233, $93,480, respectively, of direct premiums written by Gallagher Bollinger, Inc. For years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $131, $184, $146, respectively, of direct premiums written by all other managing general agents.

G-99

14. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has issued synthetic GIC contracts to benefit plan sponsors on assets totaling $55,355,009 and $59,317,033 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. A synthetic GIC is an off-balance sheet fee-based product sold primarily to tax qualified plans. The plan sponsor retains ownership and control of the related plan assets. The Company provides book value benefit responsiveness in the event that qualified plan benefit requests exceed plan cash flows. In certain contracts, the Company agrees to make advances to meet benefit payment needs and earns a market interest rate on these advances. The periodically adjusted contract-crediting rate is the means by which investment and benefit responsive experience is passed through to participants. In return for the book value benefit responsive guarantee, the Company receives a premium that varies based on such elements as benefit responsive exposure and contract size. The Company underwrites the plans for the possibility of having to make benefit payments and also must agree to the investment guidelines to ensure appropriate credit quality and cash flow. A contract reserve has been established for the possibility of unexpected benefit payments at below market interest rates of $112 and $127 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has mortgage loan commitments of $13,365 and $0, respectively. The Company has contingent commitments of $44,764 and $42,822 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, to provide additional funding for various joint ventures, partnerships and limited liability companies, which includes LIHTC commitments of $1,337 and $2,032, respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has private placement commitments outstanding of $21,000 and $32,000 respectively.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, no securities were acquired (sold) on a “to be announced” (TBA) basis.

The Company may pledge assets as collateral for derivative transactions. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has pledged invested assets with a carrying value of $15,844 and $15,185, respectively, and fair value of $17,924 and $15,853, respectively, in conjunction with these transactions.

Cash collateral received from derivative counterparties as well as the obligation to return the collateral is recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. The amount of cash collateral posted as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, was $222,379 and $149,006. In addition, securities in the amount of $144,019 and $206,338 were posted to the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which were not included on the balance sheet of the Company as the Company does not have the ability to sell or repledge the collateral.

G-100

The Company may pledge assets as collateral for transactions involving funding agreements. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has pledged invested assets with a carrying amount of $14,245 and $14,780 respectively, and fair value of $14,601 and $14,564 respectively, in conjunction with these transactions.

The Company has provided back-stop guarantees for the performance of non-insurance affiliates or subsidiaries that are involved in the guaranteed sale of investments in low-income housing tax credit partnerships. The nature of the obligation is to provide third party investors with a minimum guaranteed annual and cumulative return on their contributed capital which is based on tax credits and tax losses generated from the LIHTC partnerships. Guarantee payments arise if LIHTC partnerships experience unexpected significant decreases in tax credits and tax losses or there are compliance issues with the partnerships. A significant portion of the remaining term of the guarantees is between 13-18 years. In accordance with SSAP No. 5R, the Company did not recognize a liability for the LIHTC since the amount is considered immaterial to the Company’s financial results. The maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) that the Company could be required to make under these guarantees was $120 and $173 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. No payments are required as of December 31, 2014. The current assessment of risk of making payments under these guarantees is remote.

The following table provides an aggregate compilation of guarantee obligations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

The Company is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines. Through its membership, the Company has conducted business activity (borrowings) with the FHLB. It is part of the Company's strategy to utilize these funds to improve spread lending liquidity. The company has determined the actual/estimated maximum borrowing capacity as $1,127,651. The company calculated this amount in accordance with the terms and conditions of agreement with FHLB of Des Moines.

G-101

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company purchased/owned the following FHLB stock as part of the agreement:

At December 31, 2014, Membership Stock (Class A and B) Eligible for Redemption and the anticipated timeframe for redemption was as follows:

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of collateral pledged to the FHLB was as follows:

G-102

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the maximum amount pledged to the FHLB was as follows:

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the borrowings from the FHLB were as follows:

G-103

At December 31, 2014, the Maximum amount of borrowings during reporting period was as follows:

At December 31, 2014 the prepayment penalties information is as follows:

The Company has provided guarantees for the obligations of noninsurance affiliates who have accepted assignments of structured settlement payment obligations from other insurers and purchase structured settlement insurance policies from subsidiaries of the Company that match those obligations. The guarantees made by the Company are specific to each structured settlement contract and vary in date and duration of the obligation. These are numerous and are backed by the reserves established by the Company to represent the present value of the future payments for those contracts. The statutory reserve established at December 31, 2014 for the total payout block is $2,347,188. As this reserve is already recorded on the balance sheet of the Company, there was no additional liability recorded due to the adoption of SSAP No. 5R.

The Company is a party to legal proceedings involving a variety of issues incidental to its business, including class actions. Lawsuits may be brought in nearly any federal or state court in the United States or in an arbitral forum. In addition, there continues to be significant federal and state regulatory activity relating to financial services companies. The Company’s legal proceedings are subject to many variables, and given its complexity and scope, outcomes cannot be predicted with certainty. Although legal proceedings sometimes include substantial demands for compensatory and punitive damages, and injunctive relief, it is management’s opinion that damages arising from such demands will not be material to the Company’s financial position.

G-104

In addition, the insurance industry has increasingly and routinely been the subject of litigation, investigations, regulatory activity and challenges by various governmental and enforcement authorities and policyholder advocate groups concerning certain practices. For example, unclaimed property administrators and state insurance regulators are performing unclaimed property examinations of the life insurance industry in the U.S., including the Company. These are in some cases multi-state examinations that include the collective action of many of the states. Additionally, some states are conducting separate examinations or instituting separate enforcement actions in regard to unclaimed property laws and related claims practices. As other insurers in the United States have done, the Company identified certain additional internal processes that it has implemented or is in the process of implementing. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s reserves related to this matter were $23,392 and $45,219, respectively. Also, various major insurers in the U.S. have entered into settlements with insurance regulators recently regarding claims settlement practices. Certain examinations are still ongoing.

The Company is subject to insurance guaranty laws in the states in which it writes business. These laws provide for assessments against insurance companies for the benefit of policyholders and claimants in the event of insolvency of other insurance companies. Assessments are charged to operations when received by the Company except where right of offset against other taxes paid is allowed by law. Amounts available for future offsets are recorded as an asset on the Company’s balance sheet. The future obligation for known insolvencies has been accrued based on the most recent information available from the National Organization of Life and Health Insurance Guaranty Associations. Potential future obligations for unknown insolvencies are not determinable by the Company and are not required to be accrued for financial reporting purposes. The Company has established a reserve of $2,494 and $2,660 and an offsetting premium tax benefit of $1,027 and $1,069 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, for its estimated share of future guaranty fund assessments related to several major insurer insolvencies. The guaranty fund expense (benefit) was $1,066, $1,242 and $(2,814), at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

15. Sales, Transfer, and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of

Liabilities

Municipal repurchase agreements require a minimum of 95% of the fair value of the securities transferred to be maintained as collateral. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no recorded liabilities for municipal repurchase agreements.

G-105

The Company enters into dollar repurchase agreements in which securities are delivered to the counterparty once adequate collateral has been received. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had dollar repurchase agreements outstanding in the amount of $288,648 and $79,405, respectively. The Company had an outstanding liability for borrowed money in the amount $290,995 and $80,171 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively due to participation in dollar repurchase agreements which includes accrued interest.

The contractual maturities of dollar repurchase agreements are as follows:

In the course of the Company’s asset management, securities are sold and reacquired within 30 days of the sale date to enhance the Company’s yield on its investment portfolio. They were no securities of NAIC designation 3 or below sold during 2014 and reacquired within 30 days of the sale date.

16. Subsequent Events

The financial statements are adjusted to reflect events that occurred between the balance sheet date and the date when the financial statements are issued, provided they give evidence of conditions that existed at the balance sheet date (Type I). Events that are indicative of conditions that arose after the balance sheet date are disclosed, but do not result in an adjustment of the financial statements themselves (Type II). With the exception of the Affordable Care Act annual fee described below, the Company has not identified any Type I or Type II subsequent events for the year ended December 31, 2014 through the date the financial statements are issued.

G-106

On January 1, 2015, the Company will be subject to an annual fee under section 9010 of the Affordable Care Act (ACA). This annual fee will be allocated to individual health insurers based on the ratio of the amount of the entity’s net premiums written during the preceding calendar year to the amount of health insurance for any U.S. health risk that is written during the preceding calendar year. A health insurance entity’s portion of the annual fee becomes payable once the entity provides health insurance for any U.S. health risk for each calendar year beginning on or after January 1, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has written health insurance subject to the ACA assessment, expects to conduct health insurance business in 2015, and estimates their portion of the annual health insurance industry fee to be payable on September 30, 2015 to be $2,573. This assessment is not expected to have a material impact on risk based capital in 2015.

G-107

Statutory-Basis

Financial Statement Schedule

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Summary of Investments – Other Than

Investments in Related Parties

(Dollars in Thousands)

December 31, 2014

(1) Original cost of equity securities and as to fixed maturities, original cost reduced by repayments and adjusted for amortization of premiums or accrual of discounts.

(2) United States government, state, municipal and political, hybrid and corporate bonds of 59,840 are held at fair value rather than amortized cost due to having and NAIC 6 rating. A preferred stock security is held at its fair value of $136 due to having an NAIC 6 rating.

G-108

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Supplementary Insurance Information

(Dollars in Thousands)

G-109

Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company

Reinsurance

(Dollars in Thousands)

G-110


The Policy – General Provisions	1
Ownership Rights	1
Our Right to Contest the Policy	2
Suicide Exclusion	2
Misstatement of Age or Gender	2
Modifying the Policy	2
Mixed and Shared Funding	2
Addition, Deletion, or Substitution of Portfolios	2
Additional Information	3
Legal Matters	3
Variations in Policy Provisions	3
Personalized Illustrations of Policy Benefits	3
Sale of the Policies	4
Reports to Owners	4
Records	4
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	4
Underwriters	4
Underwriting Standards	4
Performance Data	5
Other Performance Data in Advertising Sales Literature	5
Transamerica Pr emier 's Published Ratings	5
Financial Statements	5
WRL Series Life Account	S-1
Transamerica Premier's Audited Financials	G- 1


Changing the Owner	·	Change the owner by providing written notice to us in good order, at our mailing address at any time while the insured is alive and the Policy is in force.
	·	Change is effective as of the date that the written notice is accepted by us in good order, at our mailing address.
	·	Changing the owner does not automatically change the beneficiary.
	·	Changing the owner may have tax consequences. You should consult a tax advisor before changing the owner.
	·	We are not liable for payments we made before we received the written notice at our mailing address.

Choosing the Beneficiary	·	The owner designates the beneficiary (the person to receive the death benefit when the insured dies) in the application.
	·	If the owner designates more than one beneficiary, then each beneficiary shares equally in any death benefit proceeds unless the beneficiary designation states otherwise.
	·	If the beneficiary dies before the insured, then any contingent beneficiary becomes the beneficiary.
	·	If both the beneficiary and contingent beneficiary die before the insured, then the death benefit will be paid to the owner or the owner's estate upon the insured's death.

Changing the Beneficiary	·	The owner changes the beneficiary by providing written notice to us in good order, at our mailing address.
Changing the Beneficiary	·	Change is effective as of the date the owner signs the written notice.
	·	We are not liable for any payments we made before we received the written notice at our mailing address.

Assigning the Policy	·	The owner may assign Policy rights while the insured is alive.
	·	The owner retains any ownership rights that are not assigned.
	·	Assignee may not change the owner or the beneficiary, and may not elect or change an optional method of payment. Any amount payable to the assignee will be paid in a lump sum.
	·	Claims under any assignment are subject to proof of interest and the extent of the assignment.
	·	We are not:
		>	bound by any assignment unless we receive a written notice of the assignment at our mailing address;
		>	responsible for the validity of any assignment;
		>	liable for any payment we made before we received written notice of the assignment at our mailing address; or
		>	bound by any assignment which results in adverse tax consequences to the owner, insured(s) or beneficiary(ies).
	·	Assigning the Policy may have tax consequences. You should consult a tax advisor before assigning the Policy.

>	the current cash value	>	any activity since the last report
>	the current net surrender value	>	projected values
>	the current death benefit	>	investment experience of each subaccount
>	outstanding loans	>	any other information required by law

·	ultimate select, non-tobacco use;
·	select, non-tobacco use;
·	ultimate standard, tobacco use;
·	standard, tobacco use; and
·	juveniles – under 18.

We may compare each subaccount's performance to the performance of:
·	other variable life issuers in general;
·	variable life insurance policies which invest in mutual funds with similar investment objectives and policies, as reported by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper") and Morningstar, Inc. ("Morningstar"); and other services, companies, individuals, or industry or financial publications (e.g., Forbes, Money, The Wall Street Journal, Business Week, Barron's, Kiplinger's Personal Finance, and Fortune);
	>	Lipper and Morningstar rank variable annuity contracts and variable life policies. Their performance analysis ranks such policies and contracts on the basis of total return, and assumes reinvestment of distributions; but it does not show sales charges, redemption fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account level.
·	the Standard & Poor's Index of 500 Common Stocks, or other widely recognized indices;
	>	unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of dividends, but usually do not reflect deductions for the expenses of operating or managing an investment portfolio; or
·	other types of investments, such as:
	>	certificates of deposit;
	>	savings accounts and U.S. Treasuries;
	>	certain interest rate and inflation indices (e.g., the Consumer Price Index); or
	>	indices measuring the performance of a defined group of securities recognized by investors as representing a particular segment of the securities markets (e.g., Nasdaq 100 Index, NYSE Acra Oil Index, Morgan Stanley High-Technology 35 Index, PHLX Gold/Silver Index, or S&P 100 Index).

Subaccount	Number of Shares	Cost		Assets at Market Value		Due (to)/from General Account		Net Assets		Units Outstanding	Range of Unit Values
AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth Strategy Class B Shares	160,403.425	$	1,971,648	$	1,932,861	$	(2)	$	1,932,859	108,996	$	13.163595	$	18.921269
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Service Class 2	629,157.667		16,874,299		23,090,086		(16)		23,090,070	1,049,813		15.607974		22.180160
Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Service Class 2	472,998.129		10,412,697		11,271,545		-		11,271,545	573,168		15.371356		19.764787
Fidelity® VIP Growth Opportunities Service Class 2	219,350.767		4,530,759		7,282,445		5		7,282,450	493,388		14.743279		17.673808
Fidelity® VIP Index 500 Service Class 2	129,122.802		20,802,986		26,601,880		(14)		26,601,866	1,284,005		16.544899		21.892172
Franklin Founding Funds Allocation Class 4 Shares	344,488.090		2,656,274		2,597,440		2		2,597,442	133,889		13.593351		20.489129
Access VP High Yield	105,108.288		3,089,971		3,082,826		(1)		3,082,825	183,784		12.826627		17.920272
ProFund VP Asia 30	72,752.085		3,796,471		4,005,730		(1)		4,005,729	453,883		8.757552		9.893990
ProFund VP Basic Materials	57,336.733		2,964,457		3,214,297		27		3,214,324	312,424		10.046070		10.898933
ProFund VP Bull	190,385.840		7,633,908		7,847,704		(3)		7,847,701	494,107		15.105425		16.066854
ProFund VP Consumer Services	57,309.935		2,984,800		3,676,432		(1)		3,676,431	170,913		19.260097		23.180129
ProFund VP Emerging Markets	136,279.591		3,542,168		3,137,156		3		3,137,159	473,019		6.566699		8.006392
ProFund VP Europe 30	36,013.666		907,382		840,919		2		840,921	90,875		9.124331		10.948533
ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar	15,218.769		414,769		369,512		(1)		369,511	50,926		6.780888		8.056720
ProFund VP Financials	118,396.133		3,105,631		3,733,030		50		3,733,080	356,539		10.287687		15.229833
ProFund VP International	77,369.772		1,719,634		1,559,775		28		1,559,803	184,987		8.326993		10.462149
ProFund VP Japan	102,060.263		1,110,537		1,054,283		2		1,054,285	106,107		9.693833		14.744292
ProFund VP Mid-Cap	146,518.112		4,517,273		4,612,390		73		4,612,463	293,798		14.558741		16.718089
ProFund VP Money Market	16,150,206.520		16,150,207		16,150,207		(2)		16,150,205	1,622,711		9.105261		10.549121
ProFund VP NASDAQ-100	457,567.139		14,838,844		15,744,885		10		15,744,895	668,036		17.480463		24.277037
ProFund VP Oil & Gas	156,423.969		7,713,427		6,968,688		(2)		6,968,686	730,537		8.503773		10.223549
ProFund VP Pharmaceuticals	212,985.952		7,361,970		8,283,024		(92)		8,282,932	421,078		19.584149		20.822317
ProFund VP Precious Metals	195,006.502		4,709,988		3,496,467		(4)		3,496,463	1,054,767		3.297584		3.506467
ProFund VP Short Emerging Markets	82,565.877		1,012,844		1,039,504		7		1,039,511	208,907		4.352312		8.876883
ProFund VP Short International	42,006.596		552,733		555,327		2		555,329	116,136		4.298166		6.792406
ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100	24,955.379		509,738		487,878		1		487,879	205,788		2.304949		4.313639
ProFund VP Short Small-Cap	42,198.400		879,054		821,603		(1)		821,602	348,509		2.220568		4.763907
ProFund VP Small-Cap	87,683.650		2,723,259		2,819,906		90		2,819,996	178,697		14.500445		16.032205
ProFund VP Small-Cap Value	36,017.622		1,486,315		1,524,266		49		1,524,315	93,224		15.547608		17.356001
ProFund VP Telecommunications	67,302.163		592,230		573,414		-		573,414	46,805		12.157900		13.436778
ProFund VP U.S. Government Plus	330,935.958		6,880,816		7,978,866		122		7,978,988	472,277		16.122758		17.928057
ProFund VP UltraNASDAQ-100	240,780.738		15,039,384		16,847,428		(1)		16,847,427	752,703		22.005092		22.713849
ProFund VP UltraSmall-Cap	358,799.547		7,407,559		7,663,958		5		7,663,963	462,449		16.368068		19.103681
ProFund VP Utilities	99,858.627		3,887,836		4,337,859		(2)		4,337,857	308,266		12.942136		16.226458
TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Conservative Initial Class	452,696.501		4,780,058		4,911,757		(4)		4,911,753	427,956		11.209925		12.019493
TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Moderate Initial Class	263,203.949		2,936,683		3,074,222		1		3,074,223	259,625		11.557226		12.072603
TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Moderate Growth Initial Class	2,836,470.669		28,462,546		33,186,707		8		33,186,715	2,733,896		11.842345		13.305499
TA Aegon High Yield Bond Initial Class	1,950,342.583		16,070,035		15,700,258		7		15,700,265	768,308		12.951033		21.056408
TA Aegon Money Market Initial Class	33,526,168.800		33,526,169		33,526,169		(47)		33,526,122	1,935,426		9.179055		20.217175
TA Aegon U.S. Government Securities Initial Class	665,246.959		8,497,424		8,089,403		18		8,089,421	545,908		11.407110		15.208942
TA AllianceBernstein Dynamic Allocation Initial Class	379,869.929		3,254,348		3,623,959		(16)		3,623,943	213,851		11.074606		17.624834
TA Asset Allocation - Conservative Initial Class	3,256,264.627		33,176,427		35,981,724		(42)		35,981,682	2,056,965		11.983605		17.762239

				TA AllianceBernstein Dynamic Allocation Initial Class	TA Asset Allocation - Conservative Initial Class	TA Asset Allocation - Growth Initial Class	TA Asset Allocation - Moderate Initial Class	TA Asset Allocation - Moderate Growth Initial Class
				Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount
Net Assets as of January 1, 2013:				$ 3,397,039	$ 42,471,943	$ 255,994,070	$ 81,048,545	$ 280,495,309
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			39,899	1,183,426	3,427,804	2,040,997	6,748,863
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			29,992	337,016	2,394,684	722,481	2,513,630
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		9,907	846,410	1,033,120	1,318,516	4,235,233
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	58,378	-	-	-
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			153,145	2,760,001	(4,255,599)	(581,555)	(38,417)
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		153,145	2,818,379	(4,255,599)	(581,555)	(38,417)
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		48,069	(603,717)	67,755,941	9,168,344	45,687,018
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	201,214	2,214,662	63,500,342	8,586,789	45,648,601
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				211,121	3,061,072	64,533,462	9,905,305	49,883,834
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(134,467)	(8,573,006)	(12,071,029)	(4,777,151)	(17,885,325)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				76,654	(5,511,934)	52,462,433	5,128,154	31,998,509
Net Assets as of December 31, 2013:				$ 3,473,693	$ 36,960,009	$ 308,456,503	$ 86,176,699	$ 312,493,818
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			35,970	988,344	7,053,442	1,888,158	8,267,930
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			30,115	320,329	2,533,111	723,353	2,592,457
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		5,855	668,015	4,520,331	1,164,805	5,675,473
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	604,524	-	-	-
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			100,763	682,007	6,864,704	2,427,643	6,176,665
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		100,763	1,286,531	6,864,704	2,427,643	6,176,665
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		53,391	(1,478,597)	(5,889,324)	(2,053,242)	(6,687,577)
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	154,154	(192,066)	975,380	374,401	(510,912)
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				160,009	475,949	5,495,711	1,539,206	5,164,561
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(9,759)	(1,454,276)	(17,833,364)	(5,134,134)	(15,139,758)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				150,250	(978,327)	(12,337,653)	(3,594,928)	(9,975,197)
Net Assets as of December 31, 2014:				$ 3,623,943	$ 35,981,682	$ 296,118,850	$ 82,581,771	$ 302,518,621

				TA Barrow Hanley Dividend Focused Initial Class	TA BlackRock Global Allocation Initial Class	TA BlackRock Tactical Allocation Initial Class	TA Clarion Global Real Estate Securities Initial Class	TA International Moderate Growth Initial Class
				Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount
Net Assets as of January 1, 2013:				$ 60,489,028	$ 3,710,765	$ 3,331,943	$ 48,402,540	$ 10,833,421
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			1,513,223	89,851	95,354	2,720,130	231,249
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			566,665	37,264	36,173	438,213	96,242
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		946,558	52,587	59,181	2,281,917	135,007
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	54,790	100,479	-	-
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			(520,060)	51,763	82,709	(3,123,847)	84,950
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		(520,060)	106,553	183,188	(3,123,847)	84,950
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		15,872,206	421,467	235,313	2,228,021	1,042,200
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	15,352,146	528,020	418,501	(895,826)	1,127,150
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				16,298,704	580,607	477,682	1,386,091	1,262,157
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(7,437,276)	1,194,758	1,200,384	(2,228,723)	(232,875)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				8,861,428	1,775,365	1,678,066	(842,632)	1,029,282
Net Assets as of December 31, 2013:				$ 69,350,456	$ 5,486,130	$ 5,010,009	$ 47,559,908	$ 11,862,703
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			988,626	169,396	624,555	754,244	268,591
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			637,547	49,588	180,840	433,192	100,906
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		351,079	119,808	443,715	321,052	167,685
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	241,613	870,405	-	-
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			3,845,896	69,772	269,448	532,454	213,379
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		3,845,896	311,385	1,139,853	532,454	213,379
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		3,569,647	(367,478)	(470,023)	4,966,875	(539,779)
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	7,415,543	(56,093)	669,830	5,499,329	(326,400)
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				7,766,622	63,715	1,113,545	5,820,381	(158,715)
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				149,182	779,710	23,418,056	(2,453,090)	(69,777)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				7,915,804	843,425	24,531,601	3,367,291	(228,492)
Net Assets as of December 31, 2014:				$ 77,266,260	$ 6,329,555	$ 29,541,610	$ 50,927,199	$ 11,634,211

				TA Janus Balanced Initial Class	TA Jennison Growth Initial Class	TA JPMorgan Core Bond Initial Class	TA JPMorgan Enhanced Index Initial Class	TA JPMorgan Mid Cap Value Initial Class
				Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount
Net Assets as of January 1, 2013:				$ 9,058,408	$ 13,204,036	$ 54,961,304	$ 4,615,177	$ 7,283,109
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			76,999	34,365	1,384,040	37,849	38,197
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			78,983	115,310	429,513	48,982	71,260
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		(1,984)	(80,945)	954,527	(11,133)	(33,063)
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	991,955	-	39,389	91,544
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			315,031	286,269	967,664	282,257	329,860
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		315,031	1,278,224	967,664	321,646	421,404
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		1,286,911	3,036,269	(3,313,464)	1,226,685	1,725,105
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	1,601,942	4,314,493	(2,345,800)	1,548,331	2,146,509
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				1,599,958	4,233,548	(1,391,273)	1,537,198	2,113,446
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(1,037,313)	(848,708)	(10,979,848)	850,043	(987,423)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				562,645	3,384,840	(12,371,121)	2,387,241	1,126,023
Net Assets as of December 31, 2013:				$ 9,621,053	$ 16,588,876	$ 42,590,183	$ 7,002,418	$ 8,409,132
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			73,261	-	861,266	61,695	58,679
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			81,625	156,635	371,676	66,050	73,356
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		(8,364)	(156,635)	489,590	(4,355)	(14,677)
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	1,722,390	-	543,621	477,717
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			389,311	1,335,039	192,033	853,577	549,097
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		389,311	3,057,429	192,033	1,397,198	1,026,814
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		328,020	(1,468,525)	1,130,545	(472,778)	90,362
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	717,331	1,588,904	1,322,578	924,420	1,117,176
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				708,967	1,432,269	1,812,168	920,065	1,102,499
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(16,172)	3,802,085	(2,292,995)	217,055	(957,719)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				692,795	5,234,354	(480,827)	1,137,120	144,780
Net Assets as of December 31, 2014:				$ 10,313,848	$ 21,823,230	$ 42,109,356	$ 8,139,538	$ 8,553,912

				TA JPMorgan Tactical Allocation Initial Class	TA MFS International Equity Initial Class	TA Morgan Stanley Capital Growth Initial Class	TA Morgan Stanley Mid-Cap Growth Initial Class	TA Multi-Managed Balanced Initial Class
				Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount
Net Assets as of January 1, 2013:				$ 58,503,544	$ 40,935,229	$ 29,074,013	$ 308,998,063	$ 113,097,747
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			597,856	477,227	227,815	2,868,497	1,869,038
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			467,565	380,345	296,485	3,107,432	1,047,337
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		130,291	96,882	(68,670)	(238,935)	821,701
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	-	149,329	7,180,039	3,832,854
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			(1,452,268)	(1,799,797)	(139,008)	10,044,069	1,923,401
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		(1,452,268)	(1,799,797)	10,321	17,224,108	5,756,255
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		3,709,395	8,311,026	13,291,604	95,909,828	11,998,614
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	2,257,127	6,511,229	13,301,925	113,133,936	17,754,869
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				2,387,418	6,608,111	13,233,255	112,895,001	18,576,570
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(10,076,991)	(3,364,596)	(334,381)	(21,167,340)	(9,078,409)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				(7,689,573)	3,243,515	12,898,874	91,727,661	9,498,161
Net Assets as of December 31, 2013:				$ 50,813,971	$ 44,178,744	$ 41,972,887	$ 400,725,724	$ 122,595,908
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			608,574	406,256	-	-	1,713,924
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			460,619	379,104	388,310	3,308,760	1,086,563
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		147,955	27,152	(388,310)	(3,308,760)	627,361
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	-	991,556	24,576,950	7,256,826
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			240,356	1,002,912	2,343,516	22,611,644	3,213,923
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		240,356	1,002,912	3,335,072	47,188,594	10,470,749
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		2,541,010	(3,588,656)	(844,873)	(47,650,729)	591,278
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	2,781,366	(2,585,744)	2,490,199	(462,135)	11,062,027
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				2,929,321	(2,558,592)	2,101,889	(3,770,895)	11,689,388
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				278,454	(2,183,488)	(575,747)	(28,794,660)	(7,441,944)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				3,207,775	(4,742,080)	1,526,142	(32,565,555)	4,247,444
Net Assets as of December 31, 2014:				$ 54,021,746	$ 39,436,664	$ 43,499,029	$ 368,160,169	$ 126,843,352

				TA PIMCO Tactical - Balanced Initial Class	TA PIMCO Tactical - Conservative Initial Class	TA PIMCO Tactical - Growth Initial Class	TA PIMCO Total Return Initial Class	TA Systematic Small/Mid Cap Value Initial Class
				Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount
Net Assets as of January 1, 2013:				$ 7,218,830	$ 9,814,626	$ 12,426,995	$ 37,217,010	$ 41,008,806
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			45,900	67,942	110,985	643,732	501,323
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			60,512	81,861	108,665	279,341	867,084
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		(14,612)	(13,919)	2,320	364,391	(365,761)
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			-	-	-	365,846	241,100
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			40,461	(66,371)	(108,622)	54,339	2,934,422
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		40,461	(66,371)	(108,622)	420,185	3,175,522
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		748,230	801,141	2,040,067	(2,011,329)	25,403,556
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	788,691	734,770	1,931,445	(1,591,144)	28,579,078
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				774,079	720,851	1,933,765	(1,226,753)	28,213,317
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(770,566)	(673,047)	(648,286)	(8,796,508)	63,412,408
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				3,513	47,804	1,285,479	(10,023,261)	91,625,725
Net Assets as of December 31, 2013:				$ 7,222,343	$ 9,862,430	$ 13,712,474	$ 27,193,749	$ 132,634,531
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			76,893	136,758	241,380	507,710	1,057,444
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			59,298	83,789	114,486	240,653	1,160,225
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		17,595	52,969	126,894	267,057	(102,781)
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			227,066	206,987	394,652	-	11,289,243
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			165,051	89,084	169,425	(373,345)	3,789,576
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		392,117	296,071	564,077	(373,345)	15,078,819
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		95,486	428,788	81,676	1,137,146	(9,550,969)
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	487,603	724,859	645,753	763,801	5,527,850
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				505,198	777,828	772,647	1,030,858	5,425,069
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(552,740)	(223,975)	(523,893)	(2,236,887)	(7,479,298)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				(47,542)	553,853	248,754	(1,206,029)	(2,054,229)
Net Assets as of December 31, 2014:				$ 7,174,801	$ 10,416,283	$ 13,961,228	$ 25,987,720	$ 130,580,302

				TA T. Rowe Price Small Cap Initial Class	TA Torray Concentrated Growth Initial Class	TA Vanguard ETF - Balanced Initial Class	TA Vanguard ETF - Growth Initial Class	TA WMC US Growth Initial Class
				Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount	Subaccount
Net Assets as of January 1, 2013:				$ 28,558,454	$ 4,052,421	$ 482,240	$ 1,405,111	$ 726,823,605
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			33,712	55,759	7,731	38,203	8,339,087
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			363,628	47,752	5,224	21,340	7,075,995
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		(329,916)	8,007	2,507	16,863	1,263,092
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			1,951,775	-	8,612	55,211	-
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			1,297,951	278,687	8,391	42,024	8,955,932
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		3,249,726	278,687	17,003	97,235	8,955,932
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		11,839,370	1,236,827	43,504	277,696	207,244,939
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	15,089,096	1,515,514	60,507	374,931	216,200,871
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				14,759,180	1,523,521	63,014	391,794	217,463,963
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				11,916,908	1,383,508	325,247	1,673,828	(67,254,792)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				26,676,088	2,907,029	388,261	2,065,622	150,209,171
Net Assets as of December 31, 2013:				$ 55,234,542	$ 6,959,450	$ 870,501	$ 3,470,733	$ 877,032,776
Investment Income:
	Reinvested Dividends			-	76,041	13,453	64,904	7,714,803
Investment Expense:
	Mortality and Expense Risk and Administrative Charges			398,579	69,566	10,818	44,724	7,584,775
		Net Investment Income (Loss)		(398,579)	6,475	2,635	20,180	130,028
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Operations:
	Capital Gain Distributions			1,404,254	1,270,171	37,100	315,835	31,164,983
	Realized Gain (Loss) on Investments			4,286,502	845,638	40,056	87,934	43,099,987
		Net Realized Capital Gains (Losses) on Investments		5,690,756	2,115,809	77,156	403,769	74,264,970
		Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation)		(3,320,228)	(1,422,921)	(30,799)	(287,730)	10,158,868
			Net Gain (Loss) on Investment	2,370,528	692,888	46,357	116,039	84,423,838
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations				1,971,949	699,363	48,992	136,219	84,553,866
Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets from Contract Transactions				(13,619,718)	(280,929)	477,031	2,088,780	(62,621,585)
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets				(11,647,769)	418,434	526,023	2,224,999	21,932,281
Net Assets as of December 31, 2014:				$ 43,586,773	$ 7,377,884	$ 1,396,524	$ 5,695,732	$ 898,965,057

Subaccount			Mutual Fund
	AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund			AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund
		AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth Strategy Class B Shares			AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth Strategy Portfolio Class B Shares
	Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Fund			Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Fund
		Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Service Class 2			Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2
		Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Service Class 2			Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Portfolio Service Class 2
		Fidelity® VIP Growth Opportunities Service Class 2			Fidelity® VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio Service Class 2
		Fidelity® VIP Index 500 Service Class 2			Fidelity® VIP Index 500 Portfolio Service Class 2
	Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust			Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
		Franklin Founding Funds Allocation Class 4 Shares			Franklin Founding Funds Allocation Fund Class 4 Shares
	Access One Trust			Access One Trust
		Access VP High Yield			Access VP High Yield
	Profunds			Profunds
		ProFund VP Asia 30			ProFund VP Asia 30
		ProFund VP Basic Materials			ProFund VP Basic Materials
		ProFund VP Bull			ProFund VP Bull
		ProFund VP Consumer Services			ProFund VP Consumer Services
		ProFund VP Emerging Markets			ProFund VP Emerging Markets
		ProFund VP Europe 30			ProFund VP Europe 30
		ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar			ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar
		ProFund VP Financials			ProFund VP Financials
		ProFund VP International			ProFund VP International
		ProFund VP Japan			ProFund VP Japan
		ProFund VP Mid-Cap			ProFund VP Mid-Cap
		ProFund VP Money Market			ProFund VP Money Market
		ProFund VP NASDAQ-100			ProFund VP NASDAQ-100
		ProFund VP Oil & Gas			ProFund VP Oil & Gas
		ProFund VP Pharmaceuticals			ProFund VP Pharmaceuticals
		ProFund VP Precious Metals			ProFund VP Precious Metals
		ProFund VP Short Emerging Markets			ProFund VP Short Emerging Markets
		ProFund VP Short International			ProFund VP Short International
		ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100			ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100
		ProFund VP Short Small-Cap			ProFund VP Short Small-Cap
		ProFund VP Small-Cap			ProFund VP Small-Cap

Subaccount		Inception Date
	ProFund VP UltraNASDAQ-100		April 30, 2012
	TA BlackRock Global Allocation Initial Class		May 19, 2011
	TA BlackRock Tactical Allocation Initial Class		May 19, 2011
	TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Conservative Initial Class		April 29, 2011
	TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Moderate Initial Class		April 29, 2011
	TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Moderate Growth Initial Class		April 29, 2011
	TA Jennison Growth Initial Class		April 29, 2010

Subaccount		Formerly
	Franklin Founding Funds Allocation Class 4 Shares		Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Class 4 Shares
	TA Torray Concentrated Growth Initial Class		TA BNP Paribas Large Cap Growth Initial Class
	TA WMC US Growth Initial Class		TA WMC Diversified Growth Initial Class

Reinvested Subaccount			Liquidated Subaccount
	TA BlackRock Tactical Allocation Initial Class				TA Hanlon Income Initial Class

Subaccount	Purchases		Sales
AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth Strategy Class B Shares	$	1,186,964	$	694,081
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Service Class 2		2,923,888		2,809,770
Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Service Class 2		1,835,576		2,540,855
Fidelity® VIP Growth Opportunities Service Class 2		1,184,001		1,253,343
Fidelity® VIP Index 500 Service Class 2		8,848,516		4,469,642
Franklin Founding Funds Allocation Class 4 Shares		949,044		531,890
Access VP High Yield		4,281,274		6,973,472
ProFund VP Asia 30		1,376,728		2,431,127
ProFund VP Basic Materials		1,347,308		2,055,378
ProFund VP Bull		8,864,143		6,722,378
ProFund VP Consumer Services		1,553,779		1,633,601
ProFund VP Emerging Markets		5,633,177		7,424,063
ProFund VP Europe 30		2,296,428		2,066,896
ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar		132,937		465,170
ProFund VP Financials		1,517,776		1,735,889
ProFund VP International		2,529,570		3,311,514
ProFund VP Japan		1,232,323		2,222,849
ProFund VP Mid-Cap		12,135,035		11,491,344
ProFund VP Money Market		41,141,595		40,938,354
ProFund VP NASDAQ-100		28,137,557		22,010,041
ProFund VP Oil & Gas		3,876,607		3,228,954
ProFund VP Pharmaceuticals		5,059,766		1,991,390
ProFund VP Precious Metals		3,627,639		2,942,358
ProFund VP Short Emerging Markets		1,988,161		1,324,525
ProFund VP Short International		1,098,917		964,187
ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100		1,685,581		1,640,009
ProFund VP Short Small-Cap		2,734,938		2,931,244
ProFund VP Small-Cap		7,430,606		12,382,454
ProFund VP Small-Cap Value		2,601,952		6,173,138
ProFund VP Telecommunications		254,523		336,087
ProFund VP U.S. Government Plus		8,087,775		4,142,892
ProFund VP UltraNASDAQ-100		26,273,360		20,255,004
ProFund VP UltraSmall-Cap		8,527,344		10,273,394
ProFund VP Utilities		4,265,719		2,682,534
TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Conservative Initial Class		1,798,559		7,375,076
TA Aegon Active Asset Allocation - Moderate Initial Class		1,202,896		1,100,511

	Year Ended December 31, 2014			Year Ended December 31, 2013
Subaccount	Units Purchased	Units Redeemed and Transferred to/from	Net Increase (Decrease)	Units Purchased	Units Redeemed and Transferred to/from	Net Increase (Decrease)
AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth Strategy Class B Shares	51,469	(38,969)	12,500	120,348	(86,630)	33,718
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Service Class 2	116,552	(128,517)	(11,965)	25,867	(46,373)	(20,506)
Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Service Class 2	74,652	(128,723)	(54,071)	21,161	13,677	34,838
Fidelity® VIP Growth Opportunities Service Class 2	85,527	(87,843)	(2,316)	183,915	(182,481)	1,434
Fidelity® VIP Index 500 Service Class 2	449,750	(225,136)	224,614	88,424	94,350	182,774
Franklin Founding Funds Allocation Class 4 Shares	45,887	(26,610)	19,277	105,506	(58,192)	47,314
Access VP High Yield	245,292	(416,245)	(170,953)	16,798	100,067	116,865
ProFund VP Asia 30	151,005	(275,131)	(124,126)	11,328	24,123	35,451
ProFund VP Basic Materials	125,401	(195,050)	(69,649)	68,709	(182,089)	(113,380)
ProFund VP Bull	572,643	(457,560)	115,083	30,364	122,845	153,209
ProFund VP Consumer Services	79,211	(83,220)	(4,009)	18,673	38,540	57,213
ProFund VP Emerging Markets	758,919	(1,049,257)	(290,338)	30,522	(503,287)	(472,765)
ProFund VP Europe 30	228,685	(207,922)	20,763	236,719	(394,305)	(157,586)
ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar	16,724	(57,110)	(40,386)	68,308	(45,175)	23,133
ProFund VP Financials	150,482	(178,764)	(28,282)	19,863	73,437	93,300
ProFund VP International	252,037	(365,045)	(113,008)	21,373	3,249	24,622
ProFund VP Japan	85,031	(243,154)	(158,123)	21,611	206,951	228,562
ProFund VP Mid-Cap	707,975	(768,721)	(60,746)	889,722	(950,409)	(60,687)
ProFund VP Money Market	4,118,298	(4,082,890)	35,408	129,093	(208,249)	(79,156)
ProFund VP NASDAQ-100	1,305,101	(1,007,776)	297,325	23,003	(46,504)	(23,501)
ProFund VP Oil & Gas	312,014	(298,413)	13,601	13,156	(87,176)	(74,020)
ProFund VP Pharmaceuticals	258,224	(109,681)	148,543	12,219	56,926	69,145
ProFund VP Precious Metals	881,845	(715,667)	166,178	81,176	(238,825)	(157,649)
ProFund VP Short Emerging Markets	396,319	(271,297)	125,022	2,923	(1,306)	1,617
ProFund VP Short International	231,766	(207,038)	24,728	3,560	(3,257)	303
ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100	644,279	(636,958)	7,321	15,019	(36,958)	(21,939)
ProFund VP Short Small-Cap	1,067,283	(1,137,225)	(69,942)	20,933	203,816	224,749

AllianceBernstein Balanced Wealth Strategy Class B Shares
	12/31/2014	108,996	$18.92	to	$17.39	$ 1,932,859	2.49	%	0.00	%	to	1.50	%	7.11	%	to	5.53	%
	12/31/2013	96,496	17.67	to	16.48	1,637,100	2.44		0.00		to	1.50		16.27		to	14.55
	12/31/2012	62,778	15.19	to	14.39	924,351	1.93		0.00		to	1.50		13.38		to	11.69
	12/31/2011	49,484	13.40	to	12.88	647,958	1.93		0.00		to	1.50		(3.06)		to	(4.49)
	12/31/2010	44,709	13.82	to	13.48	609,047	2.05		0.00		to	1.50		10.30		to	8.67
Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Service Class 2
	12/31/2014	1,049,813	15.61	to	22.09	23,090,070	0.76		0.30		to	0.90		11.32		to	10.66
	12/31/2013	1,061,778	14.02	to	19.96	21,199,390	0.85		0.30		to	0.90		30.56		to	29.79
	12/31/2012	1,082,284	10.74	to	15.38	16,648,396	1.12		0.30		to	0.90		15.79		to	15.10
	12/31/2011	1,143,869	9.27	to	13.36	15,287,373	0.75		0.30		to	0.90		(3.65)		to	(3.65)
	12/31/2010	1,277,562	13.87	to	13.87	17,720,846	1.02		0.90		to	0.90		15.88		to	15.88
Fidelity® VIP Equity-Income Service Class 2
	12/31/2014	573,168	15.37	to	19.69	11,271,545	2.63		0.30		to	0.90		8.16		to	7.51
	12/31/2013	627,239	14.21	to	18.31	11,485,921	2.43		0.30		to	0.90		27.44		to	26.69
	12/31/2012	592,401	11.15	to	14.45	8,562,126	2.95		0.30		to	0.90		16.70		to	16.01
	12/31/2011	625,547	9.56	to	12.46	7,793,281	2.28		0.30		to	0.90		(0.24)		to	(0.24)
	12/31/2010	656,922	12.49	to	12.49	8,204,632	1.63		0.90		to	0.90		13.89		to	13.89
Fidelity® VIP Growth Opportunities Service Class 2
	12/31/2014	493,388	17.67	to	14.74	7,282,450	0.01		0.30		to	0.90		11.61		to	10.95
	12/31/2013	495,704	15.84	to	13.29	6,587,747	0.05		0.30		to	0.90		37.13		to	36.31
	12/31/2012	494,270	11.55	to	9.75	4,818,399	0.15		0.30		to	0.90		18.96		to	18.25
	12/31/2011	476,272	9.71	to	8.24	3,926,217	-		0.30		to	0.90		1.06		to	1.06
	12/31/2010	451,620	8.16	to	8.16	3,683,913	-		0.90		to	0.90		22.37		to	22.37
Fidelity® VIP Index 500 Service Class 2
	12/31/2014	1,284,005	17.40	to	16.75	26,601,866	1.65		0.00		to	1.50		13.29		to	11.61
	12/31/2013	1,059,391	15.36	to	15.01	19,728,648	1.84		0.00		to	1.50		31.91		to	29.96
	12/31/2012	876,617	11.64	to	11.55	12,543,718	2.08		0.00		to	1.50		15.63		to	13.91
	12/31/2011	746,995	10.07	to	10.14	9,370,215	1.73		0.00		to	1.50		1.78		to	0.28
	12/31/2010	757,255	9.89	to	10.11	9,418,539	1.86		0.00		to	1.50		14.73		to	13.03
Franklin Founding Funds Allocation Class 4 Shares
	12/31/2014	133,889	20.49	to	18.83	2,597,442	2.76		0.00		to	1.50		2.75		to	1.23
	12/31/2013	114,612	19.94	to	18.60	2,194,012	10.64		0.00		to	1.50		23.68		to	21.85
	12/31/2012	67,298	16.12	to	15.27	1,050,329	2.54		0.00		to	1.50		15.17		to	13.46
	12/31/2011	48,942	14.00	to	13.45	669,001	0.02		0.00		to	1.50		(1.67)		to	(3.12)
	12/31/2010	32,527	14.24	to	13.89	456,236	2.63		0.00		to	1.50		10.24		to	8.61
Access VP High Yield
	12/31/2014	183,784	17.92	to	16.02	3,082,825	3.53		0.00		to	1.50		2.34		to	0.83
	12/31/2013	354,737	17.51	to	15.89	5,908,320	2.62		0.00		to	1.50		10.02		to	8.39
	12/31/2012	237,872	15.92	to	14.66	3,628,088	4.52		0.00		to	1.50		14.12		to	12.43
	12/31/2011	167,471	13.95	to	13.04	2,258,889	1.07		0.00		to	1.50		2.74		to	1.23
	12/31/2010	153,131	13.57	to	12.88	2,027,460	6.13		0.00		to	1.50		16.37		to	14.66
ProFund VP Asia 30
	12/31/2014	453,883	9.31	to	9.89	4,005,729	0.07		0.00		to	1.50		(1.57)		to	(3.02)
	12/31/2013	578,009	9.46	to	10.20	5,217,606	0.06		0.00		to	1.50		14.97		to	13.27
	12/31/2012	542,558	8.23	to	9.01	4,292,528	-		0.00		to	1.50		15.48		to	13.76
	12/31/2011	568,855	7.13	to	7.92	3,927,613	0.04		0.00		to	1.50		(27.00)		to	(28.07)
	12/31/2010	646,594	9.76	to	11.01	6,160,651	0.07		0.00		to	1.50		13.90		to	12.22

Subaccount		Year Ended	Units		Unit Fair Value Corresponding to Lowest to Highest Expense Ratio					Net Assets	Investment Income Ratio*				Expense Ratio** Lowest to Highest					Total Return*** Corresponding to Lowest to Highest Expense Ratio
ProFund VP Basic Materials
	12/31/2014			312,424		$10.90	to	$10.05	$ 3,214,324			0.58	%	0.00		%	to	1.50	%		1.69	%	to	0.18	%
	12/31/2013			382,073		10.72	to	10.03	3,893,330			0.95		0.00			to	1.50			18.43		to	16.68
	12/31/2012			495,453		9.05	to	8.59	4,299,388			0.32		0.00			to	1.50			8.49		to	6.87
	12/31/2011			556,324		8.34	to	8.04	4,487,958			0.13		0.00			to	1.50			(16.15)		to	(17.39)
	12/31/2010			842,823		9.95	to	9.73	8,181,637			0.55		0.00			to	1.50			29.69		to	27.78
ProFund VP Bull
	12/31/2014			494,107		15.34	to	15.11	7,847,701			-		0.00			to	1.50			11.47		to	9.82
	12/31/2013			379,024		13.76	to	13.75	5,456,864			-		0.00			to	1.50			29.76		to	27.84
	12/31/2012			225,815		10.61	to	10.76	2,527,591			-		0.00			to	1.50			13.89		to	12.20
	12/31/2011			244,235		9.31	to	9.59	2,419,318			-		0.00			to	1.50			0.00		to	(1.47)
	12/31/2010			880,494		9.31	to	9.73	8,807,186			0.14		0.00			to	1.50			12.58		to	10.91
ProFund VP Consumer Services
	12/31/2014			170,913		22.89	to	23.18	3,676,431			-		0.00			to	1.50			12.46		to	10.80
	12/31/2013			174,922		20.35	to	20.92	3,394,209			0.23		0.00			to	1.50			39.87		to	37.80
	12/31/2012			117,709		14.55	to	15.18	1,646,930			-		0.00			to	1.50			22.10		to	20.29
	12/31/2011			161,851		11.92	to	12.62	1,868,275			-		0.00			to	1.50			5.50		to	3.94
	12/31/2010			74,047		11.30	to	12.14	816,386			-		0.00			to	1.50			21.39		to	19.60
ProFund VP Emerging Markets
	12/31/2014			473,019		6.98	to	7.10	3,137,159			0.18		0.00			to	1.50			(3.42)		to	(4.85)
	12/31/2013			763,357		7.23	to	7.47	5,251,045			0.62		0.00			to	1.50			(6.42)		to	(7.81)
	12/31/2012			1,236,122		7.73	to	8.10	9,160,476			1.06		0.00			to	1.50			6.57		to	4.99
	12/31/2011			803,984		7.25	to	7.71	5,637,656			-		0.00			to	1.50			(19.70)		to	(20.89)
	12/31/2010			2,157,293		9.03	to	9.75	19,013,392			-		0.00			to	1.50			9.77		to	8.15
ProFund VP Europe 30
	12/31/2014			90,875		9.70	to	9.14	840,921			0.95		0.00			to	1.50			(8.65)		to	(10.00)
	12/31/2013			70,112		10.62	to	10.16	710,051			0.36		0.00			to	1.50			21.64		to	19.84
	12/31/2012			227,698		8.73	to	8.48	1,908,666			2.21		0.00			to	1.50			16.60		to	14.86
	12/31/2011			44,483		7.49	to	7.38	322,844			0.61		0.00			to	1.50			(8.88)		to	(10.23)
	12/31/2010			35,416		8.22	to	8.22	284,103			1.53		0.00			to	1.50			2.63		to	1.12
ProFund VP Falling U.S. Dollar
	12/31/2014			50,926		7.61	to	6.78	369,511			-		0.00			to	1.50			(12.60)		to	(13.89)
	12/31/2013			91,312		8.71	to	7.87	757,593			-		0.00			to	1.50			(2.01)		to	(3.46)
	12/31/2012			68,179		8.89	to	8.16	581,557			-		0.00			to	1.50			(0.77)		to	(2.24)
	12/31/2011			70,638		8.96	to	8.34	612,079			-		0.00			to	1.50			(2.72)		to	(4.16)
	12/31/2010			56,113		9.21	to	8.71	504,230			-		0.00			to	1.50			(2.59)		to	(4.03)
ProFund VP Financials
	12/31/2014			356,539		10.94	to	12.74	3,733,080			0.21		0.00			to	1.50			12.92		to	11.25
	12/31/2013			384,821		9.69	to	11.45	3,559,313			0.33		0.00			to	1.50			32.08		to	30.13
	12/31/2012			291,521		7.33	to	8.80	2,057,578			0.15		0.00			to	1.50			24.73		to	22.88
	12/31/2011			286,101		5.88	to	7.16	1,628,344			-		0.00			to	1.50			(13.83)		to	(15.10)
	12/31/2010			297,817		6.82	to	8.43	1,983,828			0.24		0.00			to	1.50			10.93		to	9.29
ProFund VP International
	12/31/2014			184,987		8.85	to	8.67	1,559,803			-		0.00			to	1.50			(8.11)		to	(9.47)
	12/31/2013			297,995		9.64	to	9.58	2,733,179			-		0.00			to	1.50			19.49		to	17.73
	12/31/2012			273,373		8.06	to	8.14	2,114,787			-		0.00			to	1.50			15.93		to	14.21
	12/31/2011			213,244		6.96	to	7.12	1,434,875			-		0.00			to	1.50			(14.34)		to	(15.60)
	12/31/2010			977,030		8.12	to	8.44	7,742,694			-		0.00			to	1.50			7.80		to	6.21
ProFund VP Japan
	12/31/2014			106,107		10.34	to	9.69	1,054,285			-		0.00			to	1.50			3.23		to	1.70
	12/31/2013			264,230		10.02	to	9.53	2,520,139			-		0.00			to	1.50			48.24		to	46.05
	12/31/2012			35,668		6.76	to	6.53	231,290			-		0.00			to	1.50			22.95		to	21.12
	12/31/2011			229,831		5.50	to	5.39	1,222,963			-		0.00			to	1.50			(18.54)		to	(19.74)
	12/31/2010			48,243		6.75	to	6.71	317,483			-		0.00			to	1.50			(6.53)		to	(7.91)

TA Asset Allocation - Moderate Growth Initial Class
	12/31/2014	16,383,697	$14.40	to	$13.07	$ 302,518,621	2.68	%	0.00	%	to	1.50	%	2.57	%	to	1.06	%
	12/31/2013	16,718,753	14.04	to	12.94	312,493,818	2.29		0.00		to	1.50		19.38		to	17.62
	12/31/2012	17,748,639	11.76	to	11.00	280,495,309	2.48		0.00		to	1.50		10.65		to	9.00
	12/31/2011	18,829,416	10.63	to	10.09	271,487,804	2.04		0.00		to	1.50		(2.01)		to	(3.46)
	12/31/2010	20,252,081	10.84	to	10.45	300,804,661	2.21		0.00		to	1.50		12.73		to	11.06
TA Barrow Hanley Dividend Focused Initial Class
	12/31/2014	2,458,343	15.11	to	14.42	77,266,260	1.34		0.00		to	1.50		12.17		to	10.51
	12/31/2013	2,340,738	13.47	to	13.05	69,350,456	2.35		0.00		to	1.50		30.24		to	28.32
	12/31/2012	2,546,573	10.34	to	10.17	60,489,028	1.80		0.00		to	1.50		11.72		to	10.06
	12/31/2011	2,689,394	9.26	to	9.24	58,346,888	1.73		0.00		to	1.50		2.74		to	1.22
	12/31/2010	2,680,772	9.01	to	9.13	58,169,402	0.80		0.00		to	1.50		10.44		to	8.81
TA BlackRock Global Allocation Initial Class
	12/31/2014	542,404	11.90	to	11.39	6,329,555	2.83		0.30		to	1.50		1.78		to	0.58
	12/31/2013	475,997	11.69	to	11.33	5,486,130	2.00		0.30		to	1.50		14.27		to	12.92
	12/31/2012	365,905	10.23	to	10.03	3,710,765	4.03		0.30		to	1.50		9.94		to	8.64
	12/31/2011(1)	197,637	9.30	to	9.24	1,832,732	-		0.30		to	1.50		(7.22)		to	(7.65)
TA BlackRock Tactical Allocation Initial Class
	12/31/2014	2,381,838	12.66	to	12.11	29,541,610	2.83		0.00		to	1.50		5.03		to	3.79
	12/31/2013	422,236	12.03	to	11.66	5,010,009	2.22		0.30		to	1.50		12.29		to	10.97
	12/31/2012	313,647	10.72	to	10.51	3,331,943	2.55		0.30		to	1.50		9.90		to	8.60
	12/31/2011(1)	110,603	9.75	to	9.68	1,074,808	-		0.30		to	1.50		(2.77)		to	(3.21)
	12/31/2010	164,285	15.82	to	15.43	2,560,486	0.65		0.00		to	1.50		19.17		to	17.41
TA Clarion Global Real Estate Securities Initial Class
	12/31/2014	1,624,291	12.48	to	13.05	50,927,199	1.51		0.00		to	1.50		13.56		to	11.89
	12/31/2013	1,637,406	10.99	to	11.67	47,559,908	5.50		0.00		to	1.50		3.90		to	2.36
	12/31/2012	1,671,646	10.57	to	11.40	48,402,540	3.58		0.00		to	1.50		25.25		to	23.39
	12/31/2011	1,688,106	8.44	to	9.24	39,627,251	6.97		0.00		to	1.50		(5.74)		to	(7.13)
	12/31/2010	1,792,747	8.96	to	9.94	45,249,664	6.28		0.00		to	1.50		15.67		to	13.96
TA International Moderate Growth Initial Class
	12/31/2014	1,029,236	12.25	to	10.81	11,634,211	2.27		0.00		to	1.50		(0.47)		to	(1.94)
	12/31/2013	1,035,656	12.31	to	11.02	11,862,703	2.05		0.00		to	1.50		12.72		to	11.05
	12/31/2012	1,056,911	10.92	to	9.93	10,833,421	2.98		0.00		to	1.50		12.81		to	11.13
	12/31/2011	1,195,357	9.68	to	8.93	10,957,032	2.05		0.00		to	1.50		(7.37)		to	(8.74)
	12/31/2010	1,086,132	10.45	to	9.79	10,841,225	2.70		0.00		to	1.50		10.50		to	8.87
TA Janus Balanced Initial Class
	12/31/2014	778,586	13.91	to	12.81	10,313,848	0.73		0.00		to	1.50		8.20		to	6.60
	12/31/2013	776,819	12.85	to	12.02	9,621,053	0.81		0.00		to	1.50		19.27		to	17.51
	12/31/2012	865,336	10.78	to	10.23	9,058,408	-		0.00		to	1.50		12.75		to	11.08
	12/31/2011	933,187	9.56	to	9.21	8,735,617	0.23		0.00		to	1.50		(10.60)		to	(11.92)
	12/31/2010	911,158	10.69	to	10.45	9,619,762	0.14		0.00		to	1.50		3.39		to	1.87
TA Jennison Growth Initial Class
	12/31/2014	1,208,243	18.88	to	17.61	21,823,230	-		0.00		to	1.50		9.96		to	8.33
	12/31/2013	997,359	17.17	to	16.26	16,588,876	0.26		0.00		to	1.50		37.70		to	35.67
	12/31/2012	1,083,830	12.47	to	11.98	13,204,036	0.08		0.00		to	1.50		15.77		to	14.05
	12/31/2011	1,442,409	10.77	to	10.51	15,313,587	0.13		0.00		to	1.50		(0.63)		to	(2.09)
	12/31/2010(1)	983,566	10.84	to	10.73	10,598,851	0.05		0.00		to	1.50		8.40		to	7.32
TA JPMorgan Core Bond Initial Class
	12/31/2014	1,248,616	15.74	to	13.00	42,109,356	2.03		0.00		to	1.50		5.33		to	3.77
	12/31/2013	1,189,246	14.94	to	12.53	42,590,183	2.84		0.00		to	1.50		(1.84)		to	(3.29)
	12/31/2012	1,393,184	15.22	to	12.96	54,961,304	2.59		0.00		to	1.50		4.98		to	3.42
	12/31/2011	1,483,842	14.50	to	12.53	55,847,749	4.24		0.00		to	1.50		7.53		to	5.94
	12/31/2010	1,497,898	13.49	to	11.83	54,990,397	5.90		0.00		to	1.50		8.24		to	6.64

TA JPMorgan Enhanced Index Initial Class
	12/31/2014	377,272	$17.94	to	$17.52	$ 8,139,538	0.80	%	0.00	%	to	1.50	%	14.18	%	to	12.50	%
	12/31/2013	363,316	15.71	to	15.57	7,002,418	0.66		0.00		to	1.50		32.52		to	30.56
	12/31/2012	314,793	11.86	to	11.93	4,615,177	1.04		0.00		to	1.50		16.35		to	14.62
	12/31/2011	337,004	10.19	to	10.41	4,287,113	1.98		0.00		to	1.50		0.74		to	(0.75)
	12/31/2010	159,313	10.12	to	10.48	2,022,985	1.37		0.00		to	1.50		15.17		to	13.47
TA JPMorgan Mid Cap Value Initial Class
	12/31/2014	269,018	17.78	to	32.44	8,553,912	0.71		0.30		to	0.90		14.94		to	14.26
	12/31/2013	297,704	15.47	to	28.39	8,409,132	0.48		0.30		to	0.90		31.42		to	30.64
	12/31/2012	335,477	11.77	to	21.73	7,283,109	0.74		0.30		to	0.90		20.16		to	19.45
	12/31/2011	383,683	9.80	to	18.19	6,976,202	1.11		0.30		to	0.90		1.26		to	1.11
	12/31/2010	443,622	15.12	to	17.99	7,977,312	1.82		0.75		to	0.90		22.07		to	21.89
TA JPMorgan Tactical Allocation Initial Class
	12/31/2014	2,083,828	12.58	to	10.72	54,021,746	1.13		0.00		to	1.50		6.53		to	4.95
	12/31/2013	1,836,341	11.81	to	10.22	50,813,971	1.12		0.00		to	1.50		5.51		to	3.95
	12/31/2012	2,035,421	11.19	to	9.83	58,503,544	0.60		0.00		to	1.50		7.72		to	6.12
	12/31/2011	2,110,890	10.39	to	9.26	58,567,573	1.77		0.00		to	1.50		3.63		to	2.10
	12/31/2010	2,142,565	10.03	to	9.07	59,508,491	3.72		0.00		to	1.50		(0.11)		to	(1.59)
TA MFS International Equity Initial Class
	12/31/2014	2,468,627	11.77	to	11.76	39,436,664	0.95		0.00		to	1.50		(5.17)		to	(6.58)
	12/31/2013	2,542,705	12.41	to	12.59	44,178,744	1.12		0.00		to	1.50		18.09		to	16.35
	12/31/2012	2,725,762	10.51	to	10.82	40,935,229	1.67		0.00		to	1.50		22.16		to	20.34
	12/31/2011	2,855,519	8.60	to	8.99	35,715,997	1.23		0.00		to	1.50		(10.06)		to	(11.38)
	12/31/2010	3,152,339	9.56	to	10.15	44,273,875	1.38		0.00		to	1.50		10.49		to	8.86
TA Morgan Stanley Capital Growth Initial Class
	12/31/2014	1,615,749	18.79	to	18.34	43,499,029	-		0.00		to	1.50		6.00		to	4.44
	12/31/2013	1,614,954	17.73	to	17.56	41,972,887	0.68		0.00		to	1.50		48.25		to	46.06
	12/31/2012	1,631,610	11.96	to	12.02	29,074,013	-		0.00		to	1.50		15.55		to	13.83
	12/31/2011	1,811,729	10.35	to	10.56	28,217,193	-		0.00		to	1.50		(5.81)		to	(7.20)
	12/31/2010	1,888,765	10.99	to	11.38	31,571,559	0.88		0.00		to	1.50		27.44		to	25.55
TA Morgan Stanley Mid-Cap Growth Initial Class
	12/31/2014	7,353,327	20.86	to	17.09	368,160,169	-		0.00		to	1.50		0.02		to	(1.46)
	12/31/2013	6,801,694	20.86	to	17.35	400,725,724	0.82		0.00		to	1.50		39.14		to	37.09
	12/31/2012	6,178,505	14.99	to	12.66	308,998,063	-		0.00		to	1.50		9.08		to	7.46
	12/31/2011	6,871,553	13.74	to	11.78	320,319,419	0.31		0.00		to	1.50		(6.71)		to	(8.09)
	12/31/2010	6,111,664	14.73	to	12.81	315,951,891	0.12		0.00		to	1.50		33.90		to	31.92
TA Multi-Managed Balanced Initial Class
	12/31/2014	5,490,844	18.76	to	16.55	126,843,352	1.38		0.00		to	1.50		10.81		to	9.17
	12/31/2013	5,788,779	16.93	to	15.16	122,595,908	1.59		0.00		to	1.50		18.09		to	16.35
	12/31/2012	6,242,270	14.33	to	13.03	113,097,747	1.63		0.00		to	1.50		12.57		to	10.90
	12/31/2011	6,734,147	12.73	to	11.75	109,394,054	2.30		0.00		to	1.50		4.04		to	2.50
	12/31/2010	7,285,593	12.24	to	11.47	114,812,439	0.69		0.00		to	1.50		24.12		to	22.29
TA PIMCO Tactical - Balanced Initial Class
	12/31/2014	574,965	13.10	to	12.04	7,174,801	1.06		0.00		to	1.50		8.05		to	6.45
	12/31/2013	619,030	12.13	to	11.31	7,222,343	0.63		0.00		to	1.50		12.16		to	10.50
	12/31/2012	688,515	10.81	to	10.24	7,218,830	1.97		0.00		to	1.50		1.29		to	(0.22)
	12/31/2011	946,795	10.67	to	10.26	9,877,534	1.26		0.00		to	1.50		(3.20)		to	(4.62)
	12/31/2010	981,490	11.03	to	10.76	10,667,540	0.37		0.00		to	1.50		(3.28)		to	(4.71)
TA PIMCO Tactical - Conservative Initial Class
	12/31/2014	874,836	12.51	to	11.50	10,416,283	1.36		0.00		to	1.50		8.93		to	7.32
	12/31/2013	892,693	11.49	to	10.72	9,862,430	0.70		0.00		to	1.50		8.44		to	6.83
	12/31/2012	955,518	10.59	to	10.03	9,814,626	1.50		0.00		to	1.50		1.70		to	0.19
	12/31/2011	917,617	10.42	to	10.01	9,346,564	1.38		0.00		to	1.50		(7.15)		to	(8.52)
	12/31/2010	867,427	11.22	to	10.94	9,594,997	0.63		0.00		to	1.50		(1.85)		to	(3.30)

TA PIMCO Tactical - Growth Initial Class
		12/31/2014	1,147,051	$12.81	to	$11.77	$ 13,961,228	1.75	%	0.00	%	to	1.50	%	6.63	%	to	5.06	%
		12/31/2013	1,186,871	12.01	to	11.21	13,712,474	0.86		0.00		to	1.50		17.03		to	15.30
		12/31/2012	1,248,575	10.27	to	9.72	12,426,995	0.77		0.00		to	1.50		0.98		to	(0.52)
		12/31/2011	1,301,567	10.17	to	9.77	12,936,910	1.51		0.00		to	1.50		(11.37)		to	(12.68)
		12/31/2010	1,260,674	11.47	to	11.19	14,255,487	0.94		0.00		to	1.50		(0.44)		to	(1.91)
TA PIMCO Total Return Initial Class
		12/31/2014	1,565,996	15.43	to	12.90	25,987,720	1.83		0.00		to	1.50		4.67		to	3.13
		12/31/2013	1,680,310	14.74	to	12.51	27,193,749	2.00		0.00		to	1.50		(2.55)		to	(3.99)
		12/31/2012	2,217,501	15.12	to	13.02	37,217,010	4.20		0.00		to	1.50		7.55		to	5.95
		12/31/2011	2,117,073	14.06	to	12.29	33,381,877	2.45		0.00		to	1.50		6.27		to	4.70
		12/31/2010	2,044,774	13.23	to	11.74	30,675,838	3.99		0.00		to	1.50		7.19		to	5.61
TA Systematic Small/Mid Cap Value Initial Class
		12/31/2014	4,290,229	23.33	to	16.59	130,580,302	0.79		0.00		to	1.50		5.23		to	3.67
		12/31/2013	4,447,355	22.17	to	16.00	132,634,531	0.50		0.00		to	1.50		36.32		to	34.30
		12/31/2012	1,867,035	16.26	to	11.91	41,008,806	1.00		0.00		to	1.50		16.39		to	14.66
		12/31/2011	1,854,594	13.97	to	10.39	35,587,598	-		0.00		to	1.50		(2.66)		to	(4.09)
		12/31/2010	1,809,020	14.36	to	10.83	36,122,323	0.82		0.00		to	1.50		30.41		to	28.49
TA T. Rowe Price Small Cap Initial Class
		12/31/2014	1,644,786	23.92	to	21.00	43,586,773	-		0.00		to	1.50		6.55		to	4.97
		12/31/2013	2,153,737	22.45	to	20.00	55,234,542	0.08		0.00		to	1.50		44.07		to	41.94
		12/31/2012	1,599,090	15.58	to	14.09	28,558,454	-		0.00		to	1.50		15.69		to	13.97
		12/31/2011	1,685,938	13.47	to	12.37	26,401,828	-		0.00		to	1.50		1.69		to	0.19
		12/31/2010	1,795,626	13.25	to	12.34	27,953,674	-		0.00		to	1.50		34.42		to	32.44
TA Torray Concentrated Growth Initial Class
		12/31/2014	298,884	26.51	to	24.36	7,377,884	0.93		0.00		to	1.50		10.00		to	8.37
		12/31/2013	300,744	24.10	to	22.48	6,959,450	1.02		0.00		to	1.50		33.10		to	31.13
		12/31/2012	231,152	18.10	to	17.14	4,052,421	0.84		0.00		to	1.50		17.13		to	15.39
		12/31/2011	221,165	15.46	to	14.85	3,339,827	0.84		0.00		to	1.50		(2.27)		to	(3.71)
TA Vanguard ETF - Balanced Initial Class
		12/31/2014	106,808	13.87	to	13.34	1,396,524	1.05		0.00		to	1.50		4.81		to	3.26
		12/31/2013	69,037	13.23	to	12.91	870,501	1.25		0.00		to	1.50		11.76		to	10.11
		12/31/2012	42,347	11.84	to	11.73	482,240	1.31		0.00		to	1.50		8.67		to	7.06
		12/31/2011	37,141	10.89	to	10.95	392,883	1.27		0.00		to	1.50		1.57		to	0.07
		12/31/2010	22,580	10.73	to	10.95	237,099	1.34		0.00		to	1.50		11.07		to	9.43
TA Vanguard ETF - Growth Initial Class
		12/31/2014	428,382	14.06	to	13.82	5,695,732	1.25		0.00		to	1.50		4.17		to	2.63
		12/31/2013	269,355	13.50	to	13.46	3,470,733	1.54		0.00		to	1.50		19.09		to	17.33
		12/31/2012	128,885	11.34	to	11.48	1,405,111	1.47		0.00		to	1.50		11.79		to	10.13
		12/31/2011	202,915	10.14	to	10.42	1,996,047	1.72		0.00		to	1.50		(0.86)		to	(2.32)
		12/31/2010	126,380	10.23	to	10.67	1,263,507	1.27		0.00		to	1.50		13.15		to	11.48
TA WMC US Growth Initial Class
		12/31/2014	40,287,656	15.61	to	14.45	898,965,057	0.89		0.00		to	1.50		11.10		to	9.46
		12/31/2013	42,951,581	14.05	to	13.20	877,032,776	1.05		0.00		to	1.50		32.46		to	30.51
		12/31/2012	46,560,857	10.60	to	10.11	726,823,605	0.31		0.00		to	1.50		13.17		to	11.49
		12/31/2011	50,985,903	9.37	to	9.07	709,945,091	0.37		0.00		to	1.50		(3.73)		to	(5.15)
		12/31/2010	41,871,514	9.73	to	9.56	611,309,502	0.54		0.00		to	1.50		17.81		to	16.07

	(1)	See footnote 1

a) Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets
b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets
c) Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable
d) Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.

(a)		Board of Directors Resolution
	(i)	Resolution of the Board of Directors of Western Reserve establishing the separate account (1)
	(ii)	Resolution of TPLIC Board authorizing Plan of Merger and attached Plan of Merger (12)
	(iii)	Resolution of WRL Board of Directors authorizing Plan of Merger and attached Plan of Merger (12)
	(iv)	Resolution authorizing Re-Domestication of Separate Account (12)
(b)		Not Applicable
(c)		Underwriting Contracts
	(i)	Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement between Transamerica Capital Inc. and Monumental Life dated March 1, 2013 (14)
	(ii)	Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement between Transamerica Capital, Inc. and Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company (formerly, Monumental Life) dated July 31, 2014 (12)
(d)		Contracts
	(i)	Specimen Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy (1)
	(ii)	Endorsement (EL101) (2)
	(iii)	Terminal Illness Accelerated Death Benefit Rider (1)
(e)		Applications
		Application for Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy (3)
(f)		Depositor’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws
	(i)	Restated Articles of Incorporation and Articles of Re-domestication of TPLIC (formerly, Monumental Life Insurance Company) (15)
	(ii)	Amended By-Laws of TPLIC (formerly, Monumental Life Insurance Company) (12)
(g)		Reinsurance Contracts
	(i)	Reinsurance Treaty dated September 30, 2000 and Amendments Thereto (2)
	(ii)	Reinsurance Treaty dated July 1, 2002 and Amendments Thereto (2)
(h)		Participation Agreements
	(i)	Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, Monumental Life Insurance Company, and Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio dated May 1, 2013 (11)
	(ii)	Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, Monumental Life Insurance Company, and Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio dated May 1, 2013 (11)
	(iii)	Revision to Schedule A dated September 3, 2013 of the Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, Monumental Life Insurance Company, and Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio dated May 1, 2013 (11)
	(iv)	Revision to Schedule A dated September 18, 2013 of the Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, Monumental Life Insurance Company, and Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio dated May 1, 2013 (11)
	(v)	Revision to Schedule A dated October 31, 2013 of the Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, Monumental Life Insurance Company, and Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio dated May 1, 2013 (11)
	(vi)	Summary Prospectus Agreement between WRL and Fidelity Distributors Corporation dated May 1, 2011(9)
	(vii)	Revision to Schedule A dated May 1, 2014 of the Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, Monumental Life Insurance Company, and Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio dated May 1, 2013 (16)
	(viii)	Revision to Schedule A dated July 1, 2014 of the Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, Monumental Life Insurance Company, and Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio dated May 1, 2013 (16)

	(ix)	Amendment No. 2 dated November 10, 2014 to Participation Agreement among Transamerica Series Trust and Transamerica Life Insurance Company, Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, and Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company dated May 1, 2013 (16)
	(x)	Participation Agreement Among Variable Insurance Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Company dated 12-1-2000 (16)
	(xi)	Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement Among Variable Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Company dated 3-8-2004 (16)
	(xii)	Amendment No. 2 to Participation Agreement Among Variable Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Company dated 5-1-2005 (16)
	(xiii)	Amendment No. 3 to Participation Agreement Among Variable Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Company dated 6-27-2007 (16)
	(xiv)	Amendment No. 4 to Participation Agreement Among Variable Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Company dated 10-1-2007 (16)
	(xv)	Amendment No. 5 (Privacy) to Participation Agreement Among Variable Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Monumental Life Insurance Company (formerly, Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Company) dated 3-1-2012 (16)
	(xvi)	Amendment No. 6 to Participation Agreement Among Variable Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Monumental Life Insurance Company (formerly, Peoples Benefit Life Insurance Company) dated 5-1-2013 (16)
	(xvii)	Amendment No. 7 to Participation Agreement Among Variable Products’ Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company (formerly, Monumental Life Insurance Company) dated 10-1-2014 (16)
	( xviii )	Participation Agreement Among Western Reserve, ProFunds, Access One Trust and ProFund Advisors LLC dated June 6, 2006 (4)


	(x ix )	Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement among Western Reserve, ProFunds, Access One Trust and ProFund Advisors LLC dated June 1, 2007 (5)
	(x x )	Amendment No. 2 to Participation Agreement among Western Reserve, ProFunds, Access One Trust and ProFund Advisors LLC dated August 30, 2008 (5)
	(x xi )	Amendment No. 3 to Participation Agreement among Western Reserve, ProFunds, Access One Trust and ProFund Advisors LLC dated February 28, 2008. (6)
	(x xii )	Amendment No. 5 to ProFunds Participation Agreement among Western Reserve, ProFunds, Access One Trust and ProFunds Advisors LLC dated May 1, 2012 (9)
	(x xiii )	Amendment No. 6 to Participation Agreement among Westerner Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio and ProFunds, Access One Trust and ProFund Advisors LLC dated May 1, 2013(11)
	(x x iv )	Confidentiality Amendment to ProFunds Participation Agreement among Western Reserve, ProFunds, Access One Trust and ProFunds Advisors LLC dated February 22, 2012 (9)
	(x xv )	Participation Agreement between AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. and TPLIC (formerly Monumental) dated August 2, 2000 (13)
	(x xvi )	Amendment to Participation Agreement Among AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. and TPLIC dated May 9, 2008 (13)
	(x xvii )	Amendment No. 2 to Participation Agreement between AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. and TPLIC dated April 25, 2013(14)
	(x xviii )	Amendment No. 3 to Participation Agreement between AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. and TPLIC dated April 30, 2014(15)
	(xx ix )	Amendment No. 4 to Participation Agreement between AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. and TPLIC dated October 1, 2014(12)
	(xx x )	Participation Agreement Among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated November 10, 2008 (7)
	(xx x i)	Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement Among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated May 1, 2009 (7)
	(xx x ii)	Amendment No. 2 to Participation Agreement Among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated October 1, 2010 (10)
	( xxxiii )	Amendment No. 3 to Participation Agreement Among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated October 31, 2011 (9)

	( xxxiv )	Addendum to Participation Agreement among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Western Reserve and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated May 1, 2011.(8)
	(xxxv)	Amendment No.6 to Participation Agreement Among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated May 1, 2014 (16)
	(xxxvi)	Amendment No.7 to Participation Agreement Among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company (formerly, Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio) and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated September 30, 2014 (16)
	(xxxvii)	Amendment No.8 to Participation Agreement Among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Transamerica Premier Life Insurance Company (formerly, Western Reserve Life Assurance Co. of Ohio) and Transamerica Capital, Inc. dated October 24, 2014 (16)
(i)		Not Applicable
(j)		Not Applicable
(k)		Legal Opinion
	(i)	Legal Opinion and Consent of Arthur D. Woods, Esq. as to the Legality of the Securities being Registered (1 7 )
(l)		Actuarial Opinion
		N/A
(m)		Sample Hypothetical Illustration (4)
(n)		Other Opinions:
	(i)	Written Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (17)
	(i)	Written Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (1 7 )
(o)		Not Applicable
(p)		Not Applicable
(q)		Redeemability Exemption
	(i)	Memorandum describing issuance, transfer and redemption procedures (1)
(r)		Powers of Attorney (1 6 )
	(i)	Mark W. Mullin
	(ii)	Arthur C. Schneider
	(iii)	Brenda K. Clancy
	(iv)	Jason Orlandi
	(v)	Robert J. Kontz
	(vi)	C. Michiel van Katwijk
	(vii)	Eric J. Martin
	(viii)	Scott W. Ham